Text Block Summary for Disclosure (Nature of operations)


# 1
Entity Registrant Name 3M CO
Nature of operations

# 2
Entity Registrant Name ABBOTT LABORATORIES
Nature of operations

# 3
Entity Registrant Name AETNA INC /PA/
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
1.
Organization

We conduct our operations in three business segments:

•
Health Care consists of medical, pharmacy benefit management services, dental, behavioral health and vision plans offered on both an Insured basis (where we assume all or a majority of the risk for medical and dental care costs) and an employer-funded basis (where the plan sponsor under an administrative services contract (“ASC”) assumes all or a majority of this risk) and emerging businesses products and services, such as Accountable Care Solutions (“ACS”), that complement and enhance our medical products. Medical products include point-of-service (“POS”), preferred provider organization (“PPO”), health maintenance organization (“HMO”) and indemnity benefit (“Indemnity”) plans. Medical products also include health savings accounts (“HSAs”) and Aetna HealthFund®, consumer-directed health plans that combine traditional POS or PPO and/or dental coverage, subject to a deductible, with an accumulating benefit account (which may be funded by the plan sponsor and/or the member in the case of HSAs). We also offer Medicare and Medicaid products and services and other medical products, such as medical management and data analytics services, medical stop loss insurance, workers' compensation administrative services and products that provide access to our provider network in select geographies.

•
Group Insurance primarily includes group life insurance and group disability products. Group life insurance products are offered on an Insured basis, and include basic and supplemental group term life, group universal life, supplemental or voluntary programs and accidental death and dismemberment coverage. Group disability products consist primarily of short-term and long-term disability products (and products which combine both), which are offered to employers on both an Insured and an ASC basis, and absence management services offered to employers, which include short-term and long-term disability administration and leave management. Group Insurance also includes long-term care products that were offered primarily on an Insured basis, which provide benefits covering the cost of care in private home settings, adult day care, assisted living or nursing facilities. We no longer solicit or accept new long-term care customers.

•
Large Case Pensions manages a variety of retirement products (including pension and annuity products) primarily for tax-qualified pension plans. These products provide a variety of funding and benefit payment distribution options and other services. Large Case Pensions also includes certain discontinued products (refer to Note 20 beginning on page 137 for additional information).

Our three business segments are distinct businesses that offer different products and services. Our Chief Executive Officer evaluates financial performance and makes resource allocation decisions at these segment levels. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2, below. We evaluate the performance of these business segments based on operating earnings (net income or loss attributable to Aetna, excluding net realized capital gains or losses and other items, if any) (refer to Note 19 beginning on page 135 for segment financial information).

On May 7, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), we completed the acquisition of Coventry in a transaction valued at approximately $8.7 billion, including the fair value of Coventry's outstanding debt (refer to Note 3 beginning on page 91 for additional information).

# 4
Entity Registrant Name Allstate Corp
Nature of operations

# 5
Entity Registrant Name AMAZON COM INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
Amazon.com opened its virtual doors on the World Wide Web in July 1995. We seek to be Earth’s most customer-centric company. In each of our two geographic segments, we serve our primary customer sets, consisting of consumers, sellers, enterprises, and content creators. We serve consumers through our retail websites and focus on selection, price, and convenience. We also manufacture and sell electronic devices. We offer programs that enable sellers to sell their products on our websites and their own branded websites and to fulfill orders through us, and programs that allow authors, musicians, filmmakers, app developers, and others to publish and sell content. We serve developers and enterprises of all sizes through AWS, which provides access to technology infrastructure that enables virtually any type of business. In addition, we provide services, such as advertising services and co-branded credit card agreements.
We have organized our operations into two segments: North America and International. See “Note 12—Segment Information.”
Prior Period Reclassifications
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Unearned revenue is now presented separately on our consolidated balance sheets.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Amazon.com, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and those entities in which we have a variable interest and of which we are the primary beneficiary. Intercompany balances and transactions between consolidated entities are eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, determining the selling price of products and services in multiple element revenue arrangements and determining the lives of these elements, incentive discount offers, sales returns, vendor funding, stock-based compensation forfeiture rates, income taxes, valuation and impairment of investments, inventory valuation and inventory purchase commitments, collectability of receivables, valuation of acquired intangibles and goodwill, depreciable lives of property and equipment, internal-use software, acquisition purchase price allocations, investments in equity interests, and contingencies. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using our weighted-average outstanding common shares including the dilutive effect of stock awards as determined under the treasury stock method. In periods when we recognize a net loss, we exclude the impact of outstanding stock awards from the diluted loss per share calculation as their inclusion would have an antidilutive effect.
The following table shows the calculation of diluted shares (in millions):
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Shares used in computation of basic earnings per share
457

 
453

 
453

Total dilutive effect of outstanding stock awards
8

 
—

 
8

Shares used in computation of diluted earnings per share
465

 
453

 
461


Revenue
We recognize revenue from product sales or services rendered when the following four criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units and revenue is allocated using estimated selling prices if we do not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling prices of the deliverables. We allocate the arrangement price to each of the elements based on the estimated selling prices of each element. Estimated selling prices are management’s best estimates of the prices that we would charge our customers if we were to sell the standalone elements separately and include considerations of customer demand, prices charged by us and others for similar deliverables, and the price if largely based on costs. Sales of our Kindle device are considered arrangements with multiple deliverables, consisting of the device, 3G wireless access and delivery for some models, and software upgrades. The revenue related to the device, which is the substantial portion of the total sale price, and related costs are recognized upon delivery as cost of sales. Revenue related to 3G wireless access and delivery and software upgrades is amortized over the average life of the device. Sales of Amazon Prime memberships are considered arrangements with multiple deliverables, including shipping benefits, Prime Instant Video, and access to the Kindle Owners' Lending Library. The revenue related to the deliverables is amortized over the life of the membership according to the estimated delivery of services. Amazon Prime membership fees are allocated between product sales and services sales. Costs to deliver Amazon Prime benefits are recognized as cost of sales as incurred.
We evaluate whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. Generally, when we are primarily obligated in a transaction, are subject to inventory risk, have latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or have several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded at the gross sale price. We generally record the net amounts as commissions earned if we are not primarily obligated and do not have latitude in establishing prices. Such amounts earned are determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed-payment schedule, or a combination of the two.
Product sales represent revenue from the sale of products and related shipping fees and digital content where we are the seller of record. Product sales and shipping revenues, net of promotional discounts, rebates, and return allowances, are recorded when the products are shipped and title passes to customers. Kindle devices sold through retailers are recognized at the point of sale to consumers. Retail sales to customers are made pursuant to a sales contract that provides for transfer of both title and risk of loss upon our delivery to the carrier.
Services sales represent third-party seller fees earned (including commissions) and related shipping fees, and non-retail activities such as AWS, advertising services, and our co-branded credit card agreements. Services sales, net of promotional discounts and return allowances, are recognized when services have been rendered.
Return allowances, which reduce revenue, are estimated using historical experience. Allowance for returns was $167 million, $198 million, and $155 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Additions to the allowance were $907 million, $702 million, and $542 million, and deductions to the allowance were $938 million, $659 million, and $490 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Revenue from product sales and services rendered is recorded net of sales and consumption taxes. Additionally, we periodically provide incentive offers to our customers to encourage purchases. Such offers include current discount offers, such as percentage discounts off current purchases, inducement offers, such as offers for future discounts subject to a minimum current purchase, and other similar offers. Current discount offers, when accepted by our customers, are treated as a reduction to the purchase price of the related transaction, while inducement offers, when accepted by our customers, are treated as a reduction to purchase price based on estimated future redemption rates. Redemption rates are estimated using our historical experience for similar inducement offers. Current discount offers and inducement offers are presented as a net amount in “Total net sales.”
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists of the purchase price of consumer products and digital content where we are the seller of record, inbound and outbound shipping charges, and packaging supplies. Shipping charges to receive products from our suppliers are included in our inventory, and recognized as cost of sales upon sale of products to our customers. Payment processing and related transaction costs, including those associated with seller transactions, are classified in “Fulfillment” on our consolidated statements of operations.
Vendor Agreements
We have agreements with our vendors to receive funds for cooperative marketing efforts, promotions, and volume rebates.  We generally consider amounts received from vendors to be a reduction of the prices we pay for their goods or services, and therefore record those amounts as a reduction of the cost of inventory or cost of services.  Vendor rebates are typically dependent upon reaching minimum purchase thresholds. We evaluate the likelihood of reaching purchase thresholds using past experience and current year forecasts. When volume rebates can be reasonably estimated, we record a portion of the rebate as we make progress towards the purchase threshold.
When we receive direct reimbursements for costs incurred by us in advertising the vendor’s product or service, the amount we receive is recorded as an offset to “Marketing” on our consolidated statements of operations.
Fulfillment
Fulfillment costs represent those costs incurred in operating and staffing our fulfillment and customer service centers, including costs attributable to buying, receiving, inspecting, and warehousing inventories; picking, packaging, and preparing customer orders for shipment; payment processing and related transaction costs, including costs associated with our guarantee for certain seller transactions; responding to inquiries from customers; and supply chain management for our manufactured electronic devices. Fulfillment costs also include amounts paid to third parties that assist us in fulfillment and customer service operations.
Marketing
Marketing costs consist primarily of targeted online advertising, television advertising, public relations expenditures, and payroll and related expenses for personnel engaged in marketing, business development, and selling activities. We pay commissions to participants in our Associates program when their customer referrals result in product sales and classify such costs as “Marketing” on our consolidated statements of operations. We also participate in cooperative advertising arrangements with certain of our vendors, and other third parties.
Advertising and other promotional costs are expensed as incurred and were $2.4 billion, $2.0 billion, and $1.4 billion in 2013, 2012, and 2011. Prepaid advertising costs were not significant as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Technology and Content
Technology and content expenses consist principally of technology infrastructure expenses and payroll and related expenses for employees involved in application, product, and platform development, category expansion, editorial content, buying, merchandising selection, systems support, and initiatives to expand our ecosystem of digital products and services, as well as costs associated with AWS.
Technology and content costs are expensed as incurred, except for certain costs relating to the development of internal-use software and website development, including software used to upgrade and enhance our websites and applications supporting our business, which are capitalized and amortized over two years.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of payroll and related expenses for employees involved in general corporate functions, including accounting, finance, tax, legal, and human resources, among others; costs associated with use by these functions of facilities and equipment, such as depreciation expense and rent; professional fees and litigation costs; and other general corporate costs.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation cost for all stock awards expected to vest is measured at fair value on the date of grant and recognized over the service period. The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the number of shares granted and the quoted price of our common stock. Such value is recognized as expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures, using the accelerated method. The estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from our current estimates, such amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including employee class, economic environment, and historical experience.
Other Operating Expense (Income), Net
Other operating expense (income), net, consists primarily of intangible asset amortization expense and expenses related to legal settlements.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of foreign currency gains and losses of $(137) million, $(95) million, and $64 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011, and realized gains and losses on marketable securities sales of $(1) million, $10 million, and $4 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes. Except as required under U.S. tax law, we do not provide for U.S. taxes on our undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have not been previously taxed since we intend to invest such undistributed earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S. If our intent changes or if these funds are needed for our U.S. operations, we would be required to accrue or pay U.S. taxes on some or all of these undistributed earnings. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are indefinitely invested outside of the U.S were $2.5 billion as of December 31, 2013. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability that would be incurred if such amounts were repatriated is not practicable.
Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.
Deferred tax assets are evaluated for future realization and reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent we believe a portion will not be realized. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including our recent cumulative earnings experience and expectations of future taxable income and capital gains by taxing jurisdiction, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. We allocate our valuation allowance to current and long-term deferred tax assets on a pro-rata basis.
We utilize a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. We include interest and penalties related to our tax contingencies in income tax expense.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:
Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3—Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.
We measure the fair value of money market funds and equity securities based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. All other financial instruments were valued either based on recent trades of securities in inactive markets or based on quoted market prices of similar instruments and other significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data. We did not hold any cash, cash equivalents, or marketable securities categorized as Level 3 as of December 31, 2013, or December 31, 2012.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We classify all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase as cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories, consisting of products available for sale, are primarily accounted for using the FIFO method, and are valued at the lower of cost or market value. This valuation requires us to make judgments, based on currently-available information, about the likely method of disposition, such as through sales to individual customers, returns to product vendors, or liquidations, and expected recoverable values of each disposition category.
We provide Fulfillment by Amazon services in connection with certain of our sellers’ programs. Third-party sellers maintain ownership of their inventory, regardless of whether fulfillment is provided by us or the third-party sellers, and therefore these products are not included in our inventories.
Accounts Receivable, Net and Other
Included in “Accounts receivable, net and other” on our consolidated balance sheets are amounts primarily related to vendor and customer receivables. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, vendor receivables, net, were $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, and customer receivables, net, were $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We estimate losses on receivables based on known troubled accounts and historical experience of losses incurred. Receivables are considered impaired and written-off when it is probable that all contractual payments due will not be collected in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $153 million, $116 million, and $82 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. Additions to the allowance were $172 million, $136 million, and $87 million, and deductions to the allowance were $135 million, $102 million, and $82 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Internal-use Software and Website Development
Costs incurred to develop software for internal use and our websites are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. Costs related to design or maintenance of internal-use software and website development are expensed as incurred. For the years ended 2013, 2012, and 2011, we capitalized $581 million (including $87 million of stock-based compensation), $454 million (including $74 million of stock-based compensation), and $307 million (including $51 million of stock-based compensation) of costs associated with internal-use software and website development. Amortization of previously capitalized amounts was $451 million, $327 million, and $236 million for 2013, 2012, and 2011.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Property includes buildings and land that we own, along with property we have acquired under build-to-suit, financing, and capital lease arrangements. Equipment includes assets such as furniture and fixtures, heavy equipment, servers and networking equipment, and internal-use software and website development. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally the lesser of 40 years or the remaining life of the underlying building, two years for assets such as internal-use software, three years for our servers, five years for networking equipment, five years for furniture and fixtures, and ten years for heavy equipment). Depreciation expense is classified within the corresponding operating expense categories on our consolidated statements of operations.
Leases and Asset Retirement Obligations
We categorize leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases. On certain of our lease agreements, we may receive rent holidays and other incentives. We recognize lease costs on a straight-line basis without regard to deferred payment terms, such as rent holidays that defer the commencement date of required payments. Additionally, incentives we receive are treated as a reduction of our costs over the term of the agreement. Leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost and amortized over the lesser of their expected useful life or the non-cancellable term of the lease.
We establish assets and liabilities for the estimated construction costs incurred under build-to-suit lease arrangements to the extent we are involved in the construction of structural improvements or take construction risk prior to commencement of a lease. Upon occupancy of facilities under build-to-suit leases, we assess whether these arrangements qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If we continue to be the deemed owner, the facilities are accounted for as financing leases.
We establish assets and liabilities for the present value of estimated future costs to retire long-lived assets at the termination or expiration of a lease. Such assets are depreciated over the lease period into operating expense, and the recorded liabilities are accreted to the future value of the estimated retirement costs.
Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We test goodwill for impairment by first comparing the book value of net assets to the fair value of the reporting units. If the fair value is determined to be less than the book value or qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, a second step is performed to compute the amount of impairment as the difference between the estimated fair value of goodwill and the carrying value. We estimate the fair value of the reporting units using discounted cash flows. Forecasts of future cash flows are based on our best estimate of future net sales and operating expenses, based primarily on expected category expansion, pricing, market segment share, and general economic conditions.
We conduct our annual impairment test as of October 1 of each year, and have determined there to be no impairment for any of the periods presented. There were no triggering events identified from the date of our assessment through December 31, 2013 that would require an update to our annual impairment test. See “Note 4—Acquisitions, Goodwill, and Acquired Intangible Assets.”
Other Assets
Included in “Other assets” on our consolidated balance sheets are amounts primarily related to acquired intangible assets, net of amortization; digital video content, net of amortization; long-term deferred tax assets; certain equity investments; marketable securities restricted for longer than one year, the majority of which are attributable to collateralization of bank guarantees and debt related to our international operations; and intellectual property rights, net of amortization.
Content Costs
We obtain digital video content through licensing agreements that have a wide range of licensing provisions and generally have terms from one to five years with fixed payment schedules. When the license fee for a specific movie or television title is determinable or reasonably estimable and available for streaming, we recognize an asset representing the fee per title and a corresponding liability for the amounts owed. We relieve the liability as payments are made and we amortize the asset as cost of sales on a straight-line basis over each title’s contractual window of availability, which typically ranges from six months to five years. If we are unable to reasonably estimate the cost per title, no asset or liability is recorded and licensing costs are expensed as incurred.
Investments
We generally invest our excess cash in investment grade short- to intermediate-term fixed income securities and AAA-rated money market funds. Such investments are included in “Cash and cash equivalents,” or “Marketable securities” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, classified as available-for-sale, and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.”
Equity investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment gives us the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee. The total of our investments in equity-method investees, including identifiable intangible assets, deferred tax liabilities, and goodwill, is included within “Other assets” on our consolidated balance sheets. Our share of the earnings or losses as reported by equity-method investees, amortization of the related intangible assets, and related gains or losses, if any, are classified as “Equity-method investment activity, net of tax” on our consolidated statements of operations. Our share of the net income or loss of our equity-method investees includes operating and non-operating gains and charges, which can have a significant impact on our reported equity-method investment activity and the carrying value of those investments. In the event that net losses of the investee reduce our equity-method investment carrying amount to zero, additional net losses may be recorded if other investments in the investee, not accounted for under the equity method, are at-risk even if we have not committed to provide financial support to the investee. We regularly evaluate these investments, which are not carried at fair value, for other-than-temporary impairment. We also consider whether our equity-method investments generate sufficient cash flows from their operating or financing activities to meet their obligations and repay their liabilities when they come due.

We record purchases, including incremental purchases, of shares in equity-method investees at cost. Reductions in our ownership percentage of an investee, including through dilution, are generally valued at fair value, with the difference between fair value and our recorded cost reflected as a gain or loss in our equity-method investment activity. In the event we no longer have the ability to exercise significant influence over an equity-method investee, we would discontinue accounting for the investment under the equity method.
Equity investments without readily determinable fair values for which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting and classified as “Other assets” on our consolidated balance sheets. Under the cost method, investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in fair value, certain distributions, and additional investments.
Equity investments that have readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale and are included in “Marketable securities” in our consolidated balance sheets and are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.”
We periodically evaluate whether declines in fair values of our investments below their book value are other-than-temporary. This evaluation consists of several qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the severity and duration of the unrealized loss as well as our ability and intent to hold the investment until a forecasted recovery occurs. Additionally, we assess whether we have plans to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell any investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis. Factors considered include quoted market prices; recent financial results and operating trends; implied values from any recent transactions or offers of investee securities; credit quality of debt instrument issuers; other publicly available information that may affect the value of our investments; duration and severity of the decline in value; and our strategy and intentions for holding the investment.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable.
For long-lived assets used in operations, impairment losses are only recorded if the asset’s carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted, probability-weighted future cash flows. We measure the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and estimated fair value. Long-lived assets are considered held for sale when certain criteria are met, including when management has committed to a plan to sell the asset, the asset is available for sale in its immediate condition, and the sale is probable within one year of the reporting date. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Assets held for sale were not significant as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.
Accrued Expenses and Other
Included in “Accrued expenses and other” as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were liabilities of $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion for unredeemed gift cards. We reduce the liability for a gift card when redeemed by a customer. If a gift card is not redeemed, we recognize revenue when it expires or when the likelihood of its redemption becomes remote, generally two years from the date of issuance.
Unearned Revenue
Unearned revenue is recorded when payments are received in advance of performing our service obligations and is recognized over the service period. Unearned revenue primarily relates to Amazon Prime memberships and AWS.
Foreign Currency
We have internationally-focused websites for the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Japan, Canada, China, Italy, Spain, Brazil, India, Mexico, and Australia. Net sales generated from these websites, as well as most of the related expenses directly incurred from those operations, are denominated in local functional currencies. The functional currency of our subsidiaries that either operate or support these websites is the same as the local currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars at period-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation adjustments are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and in the “Foreign-currency effect on cash and cash equivalents,” on our consolidated statements of cash flows. Transaction gains and losses including intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in “Other income (expense), net” on our consolidated statements of operations. In connection with the settlement and remeasurement of intercompany balances, we recorded gains (losses) of $(84) million, $(95) million, and $70 million in 2013, 2012, and 2011.

# 6
Entity Registrant Name AMERICAN AIRLINES INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and for the three years ended December 31, 2012 include the accounts of AMR and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including (i) its principal subsidiary, American Airlines, Inc. (American) and (ii) its regional airline subsidiary, AMR Eagle Holding Corporation (AMR Eagle), which has two primary subsidiaries, American Eagle Airlines, Inc. and Executive Airlines, Inc. . The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries as well as variable interest entities (VIEs) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), including the provisions of ASC 852 “Reorganizations” (ASC 852). ASC 852 requires that the financial statements of the Company, for periods subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, certain revenues, expenses (including professional fees), realized gains and losses and provisions for losses that are realized or incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases are recorded in reorganization items, net on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, prepetition obligations that may be impacted by the Chapter 11 reorganization process have been classified on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in liabilities subject to compromise. These liabilities are reported at the amounts expected to be allowed by the Bankruptcy Court, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts.
Certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are not part of the Chapter 11 Cases. Since the non-US subsidiaries not part of the bankruptcy filing do not have significant transactions, we do not separately disclose the condensed combined financial statements of such non-U.S. subsidiaries s in accordance with the requirements of reorganization accounting.
The Company has also prepared these consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability of assets and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
As a result of the Chapter 11 proceedings, the satisfaction of our liabilities and funding of ongoing operations are subject to uncertainty and, accordingly, there is a substantial doubt of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the Chapter 11 Cases, other than as set forth under “liabilities subject to compromise” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and “income (loss) before reorganization items, net” and “reorganization items, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements). In particular, the financial statements do not purport to show (1) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (2) as to prepetition liabilities, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (3) as to shareowners’ equity accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made to the Debtors' capitalization; or (4) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made to the Debtors' business.
While operating as debtors-in-possession under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors may sell or otherwise dispose of or liquidate assets or settle liabilities, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court or otherwise as permitted in the ordinary course of business. Moreover, the ultimate plan of reorganization for the Debtors could materially change the amounts and classifications in the historical consolidated financial statements.
New Accounting Pronouncements In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, “Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and


Liabilities.”  This update creates new disclosure requirements about the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The disclosure requirements in this update are effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact this update will have on its disclosures.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” This update amends ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” to allow entities an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test.  Under that option, an entity no longer would be required to calculate the fair value of the intangible asset unless the entity determines, based on that qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount.  The amendments in this update are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact this update may have on its indefinite-lived intangibles impairment testing.

In August of 2012, the SEC issued a final rule implementing Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that imposes reporting requirements on issuers who use or may use “Conflict Minerals,” defined as columbite-tantalite (the metal ore from which tantalum is extracted), cassiterite (the metal ore from which tin is extracted), gold, and wolframite (the metal ore from which tungsten is extracted), or their derivatives, originating from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and neighboring countries (collectively, “covered countries”). The rule was mandated in response to humanitarian concerns that trade in conflict minerals are used to finance armed groups in the covered countries. The rule describes assessment and reporting requirements for all issuers for which conflict minerals originating in a covered country are necessary to the functionality or production of a product manufactured, or contracted to be manufactured, by the issuer. Such issuers are required to file a newly created Form SD annually by May 31 for the prior calendar year. Initial Form SDs are required to be filed by May 31, 2014 for the calendar year 2013. The Company is currently in the process of assessing whether it will be required to file a Form SD for calendar year 2013 and determining necessary processes and procedures to collect information necessary to make any required filing. The Company does not anticipate that any requirement to file this new Form SD will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

# 7
Entity Registrant Name AMERICAN EXPRESS CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock

NOTE 1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

American Express Company (the Company) is a global services company that provides customers with access to products, insights and experiences that enrich lives and build business success. The Company's principal products and services are charge and credit payment card products and travel-related services offered to consumers and businesses around the world. The Company also focuses on generating alternative sources of revenue on a global basis in areas such as online and mobile payments and fee-based services. The Company's various products and services are sold globally to diverse customer groups, including consumers, small businesses, mid-sized companies and large corporations. These products and services are sold through various channels, including direct mail, online applications, targeted direct and third-party sales forces and direct response advertising.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

The Company consolidates entities in which it holds a “controlling financial interest.” For voting interest entities, the Company is considered to hold a controlling financial interest when it is able to exercise control over the investees' operating and financial decisions. For variable interest entities (VIEs), it is considered to hold a controlling financial interest when it is determined to be the primary beneficiary. A primary beneficiary is the party that has both: (1) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact that entity's economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The determination of whether an entity is a VIE is based on the amount and characteristics of the entity's equity.

Entities in which the Company's voting interest in common equity does not provide it with control, but allows the Company to exert significant influence over the operating and financial decisions, are accounted for under the equity method. All other investments in equity securities, to the extent that they are not considered marketable securities, are accounted for under the cost method.

 

Foreign Currency

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based upon exchange rates prevailing at the end of each year. The resulting translation adjustments, along with any related qualifying hedge and tax effects, are included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (AOCI), a component of shareholders' equity. Translation adjustments, including qualifying hedge and tax effects, are reclassified to earnings upon the sale or substantial liquidation of investments in foreign operations. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average month-end exchange rates during the year. Gains and losses related to transactions in a currency other than the functional currency, including operations outside the U.S. where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are reported net in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income, in other non-interest revenue, interest income, interest expense, or other expenses, depending on the nature of the activity. Net foreign currency transaction gains amounted to approximately $108 million, $120 million and $145 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Amounts Based on Estimates and Assumptions

Accounting estimates are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates are based, in part, on management's assumptions concerning future events. Among the more significant assumptions are those that relate to reserves for Card Member losses on loans and receivables, the proprietary point liability for Membership Rewards costs, fair value measurement, goodwill and income taxes. These accounting estimates reflect the best judgment of management, but actual results could differ.

 

Total Revenues Net of Interest Expense

Discount Revenue

Discount revenue represents fees generally charged to merchants with which the Company, or a Global Network Services (GNS) partner, has entered into card acceptance agreements for facilitating transactions between the merchants and the Company's Card Members. The discount fee generally is deducted from the payment to the merchant and recorded as discount revenue at the time the charge is captured.

 

Net Card Fees

Card fees, net of direct card acquisition costs and a reserve for projected membership cancellations, are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the 12-month card membership period as Net Card Fees in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The unamortized net card fee balance is reported net in Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 11).

 

 

Travel Commissions and Fees

The Company earns travel commissions and fees by charging clients transaction or management fees for selling and arranging travel and for travel management services. Client transaction fee revenue is recognized at the time the client books the travel arrangements. Travel management services revenue is recognized over the contractual term of the agreement. The Company's travel suppliers (e.g., airlines, hotels and car rental companies) pay commissions and fees on tickets issued, sales and other services based on contractual agreements. Commissions and fees from travel suppliers are generally recognized at the time a ticket is purchased or over the term of the contract. Commissions and fees that are based on services rendered (e.g., hotel stays and car rentals) are recognized based on usage.

 

Other Commissions and Fees

Other commissions and fees include foreign currency conversion fees, Card Member delinquency fees, service fees and other card related assessments, which are recognized primarily in the period in which they are charged to the Card Member (refer to Note 19). In addition, service fees are also earned from other customers (e.g., merchants) for a variety of services and are recognized when the service is performed, which is generally in the period the fee is charged. Also included are fees related to the Company's Membership Rewards program, which are deferred and recognized over the period covered by the fee. The unamortized Membership Rewards fee balance is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 11).

 

Contra-revenue

The Company regularly makes payments through contractual arrangements with merchants, corporate payments clients, Card Members and certain other customers. Payments to such customers, including cash rebates paid to Card Members, are generally classified as contra-revenue unless a specifically identifiable benefit (e.g., goods or services) is received by the Company or its Card Members in consideration for that payment, and the fair value of such benefit is determinable and measurable. If no such benefit is identified, then the entire payment is classified as contra-revenue and included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the revenue line item where the related transactions are recorded (e.g., discount revenue, travel commissions and fees and other commissions and fees). If such a benefit is identified, then the payment is classified as expense up to the estimated fair value of the benefit.

 

Interest Income

Interest on Card Member loans is assessed using the average daily balance method. Unless the loan is classified as non-accrual, interest is recognized based upon the outstanding balance, in accordance with the terms of the applicable account agreement, until the outstanding balance is paid or written off.

Interest and dividends on investment securities primarily relates to the Company's performing fixed-income securities. Interest income is accrued as earned using the effective interest method, which adjusts the yield for security premiums and discounts, fees and other payments, so that a constant rate of return is recognized on the investment security's outstanding balance. Amounts are recognized until such time as a security is in default or when it is likely that future interest payments will not be received as scheduled.

Interest on deposits with banks and other is recognized as earned, and primarily relates to the placement of cash in interest-bearing time deposits, overnight sweep accounts, and other interest-bearing demand and call accounts.

 

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest incurred primarily to fund Card Member loans, charge card product receivables, general corporate purposes, and liquidity needs, and is recognized as incurred. Interest expense is divided principally into two categories: (i) deposits, which primarily relates to interest expense on deposits taken from customers and institutions, and (ii) long-term debt and other, which primarily relates to interest expense on the Company's long-term financing and short-term borrowings, and the realized impact of derivatives hedging interest rate risk.

 

Balance Sheet

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from banks, interest-bearing bank balances, including securities purchased under resale agreements, and other highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Costs incurred during construction are capitalized and are depreciated once an asset is placed in service. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets, which range from 3 to 10 years for equipment, furniture and building improvements. Premises are depreciated based upon their estimated useful life at the acquisition date, which generally ranges from 30 to 50 years.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the economic life of the improvement, which ranges from 5 to 10 years. The Company maintains operating leases worldwide for facilities and equipment. Rent expense for facility leases is recognized ratably over the lease term, and includes adjustments for rent concessions, rent escalations and leasehold improvement allowances. The Company recognizes lease restoration obligations at the fair value of the restoration liabilities when incurred, and amortizes the restoration assets over the lease term.

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software's estimated useful life, generally 5 years.

Other Significant Accounting Policies

The following table identifies the Company's other significant accounting policies, the Note and page where the Note can be found.

  Note    
Significant Accounting PolicyNumberNote TitlePage
Fair Value Measurements Note 3 Fair Values  Page 68
Accounts Receivable Note 4 Accounts Receivable and Loans Page 72
Loans Note 4 Accounts Receivable and Loans Page 72
Reserves for Losses Note 5 Reserves for Losses Page 77
Investment Securities Note 6 Investment Securities Page 79
Asset Securitizations Note 7 Asset Securitizations Page 80
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Note 8 Other Assets Page 81
Membership Rewards Note 11 Other Liabilities Page 87
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities Note 12 Derivatives and Hedging Activities Page 87
Income Taxes Note 17 Income Taxes Page 94
Stock-based Compensation Note 20 Stock Plans Page 97
Retirement Plans Note 21 Retirement Plans Page 98
Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy Note 23 Regulatory Matters and Capital Adequacy Page 100
Legal Contingencies Note 24 Commitments and Contingencies Page 101
Reportable Operating Segments Note 25 Reportable Operating Segments and Geographic Operations Page 102
       

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.   Provided certain conditions are met, this standard permits entities to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method, which results in amortizing the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received, and recognizing the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense. Additionally, the standard requires new disclosures about all investments in qualified affordable housing projects irrespective of the method used to account for the investments.  The standard, which is to be retrospectively applied, will be effective beginning in the first quarter of 2015; however, early adoption is permitted. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations upon adoption. 

 

Classification of Various Items

Certain reclassifications of prior period amounts have been made to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 


# 8
Entity Registrant Name AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

American International Group, Inc. (AIG) is a leading international insurance organization serving customers in more than 130 countries. AIG companies serve commercial, institutional and individual customers through one of the most extensive worldwide property-casualty networks of any insurer. In addition, AIG companies are leading providers of life insurance and retirement services in the United States. AIG Common Stock, par value $2.50 per share (AIG Common Stock), is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: AIG) and the Tokyo Stock Exchange. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms "AIG," "we," "us" or "our" mean American International Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and the term "AIG Parent" means American International Group, Inc. and not any of its consolidated subsidiaries.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of AIG Parent, our controlled subsidiaries (generally through a greater than 50 percent ownership of voting rights of a voting interest entity), and variable interest entities (VIEs) of which we are the primary beneficiary. Equity investments in entities that we do not consolidate, including corporate entities in which we have significant influence and partnership and partnership-like entities in which we have more than minor influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for under the equity method unless we have elected the fair value option.

Certain of our foreign subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements report on different annual fiscal year bases, in most cases ending November 30. The effect on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations of all material events occurring at these subsidiaries between such fiscal year end and December 31 for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements has been recorded.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Segment changes are discussed in Note 3 herein.

AIG Life and Retirement

 

Advisory fee income, and the related commissions and advisory fee expenses of AIG Life and Retirement's broker dealer business, are now being presented on a gross basis within Other income and Other expenses, respectively. Previously, these amounts were included on a net basis within Policy fees in AIG's Consolidated Statements of Income and in AIG Life and Retirement's segment results.

In addition, policyholder benefits related to certain payout annuities, primarily with life contingent features, are now being presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts instead of as Policyholder contract deposits.

Prior period amounts were conformed to the current period presentation. These changes did not affect Income from continuing operations before income tax expense, Net income attributable to AIG or Total liabilities.

Sale of ILFC

 

On December 16, 2013, we entered into a definitive agreement with AerCap Holdings N.V. (AerCap) and AerCap Ireland Limited (Purchaser), a wholly-owned subsidiary of AerCap for the sale of 100 percent of the common stock of International Lease Finance Corporation (ILFC). Based on the terms of this agreement, notably AIG's interest of 46 percent of the common shares of AerCap upon consummation of the sale of ILFC to AerCap, we determined ILFC no longer met the criteria at December 31, 2013 to be presented as a discontinued operation. ILFC's results are reflected in Aircraft leasing revenue and Aircraft leasing expenses and the loss associated with the 2012 classification of ILFC as held for sale is included in Net loss on sale of properties and divested businesses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The assets and liabilities of ILFC are classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2013 and 2012 in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 4 herein for further discussion.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Accounting policies that we believe are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions are considered our critical accounting estimates and are related to the determination of:

•
classification of ILFC as held for sale and related fair value measurement;

•
income tax assets and liabilities, including recoverability of our net deferred tax asset and the predictability of future tax operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset;

•
liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expense;

•
reinsurance assets;

•
valuation of future policy benefit liabilities and timing and extent of loss recognition;

•
valuation of liabilities for guaranteed benefit features of variable annuity products;

•
estimated gross profits to value deferred acquisition costs for investment-oriented products;

•
impairment charges, including other-than-temporary impairments on available for sale securities, impairments on investments in life settlements and goodwill impairment;

•
liability for legal contingencies; and

•
fair value measurements of certain financial assets and liabilities.

These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions about matters, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. To the extent actual experience differs from the assumptions used, our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected.


# 9
Entity Registrant Name AMERISOURCEBERGEN CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

AmerisourceBergen Corporation (the “Company”) is one of the largest global pharmaceutical sourcing and distribution services companies, helping both healthcare providers and pharmaceutical and biotech manufacturers improve patient access to products and enhance patient care. The Company delivers innovative programs and services designed to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of the pharmaceutical supply chain.

 


# 10
Entity Registrant Name APPLE INC
Nature of operations

# 11
Entity Registrant Name ARCHER DANIELS MIDLAND CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Nature of Business

The Company is principally engaged in procuring, transporting, storing, processing, and merchandising agricultural commodities and products.

# 12
Entity Registrant Name AT&T Inc.
Nature of operations

# 13
Entity Registrant Name BANK OF AMERICA CORP /DE/
Nature of operations

# 14
Entity Registrant Name BEST BUY CO INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock
Description of Business

We are a multi-national, multi-channel retailer of technology products, including mobile phones, tablets and computers, large and small appliances, televisions, digital imaging, entertainment products and related accessories. We also offer technology services – including technical support, repair and installation – under the Geek Squad brand. We have two operating segments: Domestic and International. The Domestic segment is comprised of store, online and call center operations in all states, districts and territories of the U.S., operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Geek Squad, Magnolia Audio Video and Pacific Sales. The International segment is comprised of: (i) all Canada store, online and call center operations, operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Mobile, Cell Shop, Connect Pro, Future Shop and Geek Squad, (ii) all China store and call center operations, operating under the brand names Five Star and Best Buy Mobile, and (iii) all Mexico store operations operating under the brand names Best Buy, Best Buy Express and Geek Squad.

In addition to our retail store operations, we also operate websites including BestBuy.com, BestBuy.ca and FutureShop.ca.

# 15
Entity Registrant Name BOEING CO
Nature of operations

# 16
Entity Registrant Name CARDINAL HEALTH INC
Nature of operations

# 17
Entity Registrant Name CATERPILLAR INC
Nature of operations

# 18
Entity Registrant Name CHEVRON CORP
Nature of operations

# 19
Entity Registrant Name Chrysler Group LLC
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

Note 1. Background and Nature of Operations

Unless otherwise specified, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Chrysler Group” and the “Company” refer to Chrysler Group LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, or any one or more of them, as the context may require. “Fiat” refers to Fiat S.p.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Italy, its consolidated subsidiaries (excluding Chrysler Group) and entities it jointly controls, or any one or more of them, as the context may require.

Background

Chrysler Group was formed on April 28, 2009 as a Delaware limited liability company. On June 10, 2009, we completed the transaction contemplated by the master transaction agreement dated April 30, 2009, among the Company, Fiat and Old Carco LLC (“Old Carco”) and certain of its subsidiaries, which was approved under section 363 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “363 Transaction”). In connection with the closing of the 363 Transaction, we received capital contributions from the UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust (the “VEBA Trust”), Fiat, the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) and Canada CH Investment Corporation, a 100 percent owned subsidiary of the Canada Development Investment Corporation, a Canadian federal Crown corporation (“Canadian Government”), in exchange for ownership interests in the Company.

As a result of a series of transactions during 2011 and 2012 that were contemplated in our governance documents and certain other agreements, our continuing members, as of December 31, 2013, were Fiat, which beneficially held a 58.5 percent ownership interest in us, and the VEBA Trust, which beneficially held the remaining 41.5 percent ownership interest in us. On January 21, 2014, Fiat completed a transaction in which its 100 percent owned indirect subsidiary Fiat North America LLC (“FNA”) indirectly acquired from the VEBA Trust all of the equity membership interests in Chrysler Group not previously held by FNA. Refer to Note 25, Subsequent Events, for additional information regarding Fiat’s acquisition of the remaining equity interests in Chrysler Group.

Nature of Operations

We design, engineer, manufacture, distribute and sell vehicles under the brand names Chrysler, Jeep, Dodge and Ram. As part of our industrial alliance with Fiat (the “Fiat-Chrysler Alliance”), we also manufacture certain Fiat-brand vehicles in Mexico, which are distributed by us throughout North America and select markets and sold to Fiat for distribution in other select markets. Our product lineup includes passenger cars, utility vehicles (which include sport utility vehicles and crossover vehicles), minivans, trucks, and commercial vans. We also sell automotive service parts and accessories under the Mopar brand name.

Our products are available in more than 150 countries around the world. We sell our products to dealers and distributors for sale to retail customers and fleet customers, which include rental car companies, commercial fleet customers, leasing companies and government entities. The majority of our operations, employees, independent dealers and sales are in North America, primarily in the U.S. Approximately 10 percent of our vehicle sales during 2012 and 2013 were outside North America, principally in Asia Pacific, South America and Europe. Vehicle, service parts and accessories sales outside North America are primarily through our 100 percent owned, affiliated or independent distributors and dealers. In June 2011, Fiat became the general distributor of our vehicles and service parts in Europe selling our products through a network of dealers. In addition, Fiat has taken on the distribution of our vehicles in certain markets outside of North America where its dealer networks are better established. We are the general distributor for Fiat vehicles in select markets outside of Europe. In addition, as part of the Fiat-Chrysler Alliance, Fiat manufactures certain Fiat-brand vehicles for us, which we sell in select markets. Refer to Note 19, Other Transactions with Related Parties, for additional information regarding the Fiat-Chrysler Alliance and other transactions with Fiat.


# 20
Entity Registrant Name CHS Inc.
Nature of operations

# 21
Entity Registrant Name CIGNA Corporation
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

Note 1 — Description of Business

 

Cigna Corporation and its subsidiaries (either individually or collectively referred to as “Cigna”, “the Company”, “we”, or “our”) is a global health services organization with a mission to help its customers improve their health, well-being and sense of security. Its insurance subsidiaries are major providers of medical, dental, disability, life and accident insurance and related products and services, the majority of which are offered through employers and other groups (e.g. governmental and non‐governmental organizations, unions and associations). Cigna also offers Medicare and Medicaid products and health, life and accident insurance coverages primarily to individuals in the U.S. and selected international markets. In addition to its ongoing operations described above, Cigna also has certain run‐off operations, including a Run‐off Reinsurance segment.

 


# 22
Entity Registrant Name CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
1.
Basis of Presentation
The fiscal year for Cisco Systems, Inc. (the “Company” or “Cisco”) is the 52 or 53 weeks ending on the last Saturday in July. Fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2012 are each 52-week fiscal years. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Cisco and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company conducts business globally and is primarily managed on a geographic basis in the following three geographic segments: the Americas; Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA); and Asia Pacific, Japan, and China (APJC).
The Company consolidates its investments in a venture fund managed by SOFTBANK Corp. and its affiliates (“SOFTBANK”) as this is a variable interest entity and the Company is the primary beneficiary. The noncontrolling interests attributed to SOFTBANK are presented as a separate component from the Company’s equity in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. SOFTBANK’s share of the earnings in the venture fund are not presented separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as these amounts are not material for any of the fiscal periods presented.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts for prior years in order to conform to the current year’s presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date that the financial statements were issued.

# 23
Entity Registrant Name COCA COLA CO
Nature of operations

# 24
Entity Registrant Name COMCAST CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock

Note 1: Business and Basis of Presentation

We are a global media and technology company with two primary businesses, Comcast Cable and NBCUniversal. We were incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania in December 2001. Through our predecessors, we have developed, managed and operated cable systems since 1963. In 2011, we closed the NBCUniversal transaction in which we acquired control of the businesses of NBCUniversal Media, LLC (“NBCUniversal”), and in 2013, we acquired GE's remaining 49% common equity interest in NBCUniversal.

We present our operations for Comcast Cable in one reportable business segment, referred to as Cable Communications, and our operations for NBCUniversal in four reportable business segments. The Cable Networks, Broadcast Television, Filmed Entertainment and Theme Parks segments comprise the NBCUniversal businesses and are collectively referred to as the NBCUniversal segments. See Note 19 for additional information on our reportable business segments.

Our Cable Communications segment primarily manages and operates cable systems that serve residential and business customers in the United States. As of December 31, 2013, we served 21.7 million video customers, 20.7 million high-speed Internet customers and 10.7 million voice customers.

Our Cable Networks segment consists primarily of a diversified portfolio of cable television networks. Our cable networks are comprised of our national cable networks, which provide a variety of entertainment, news and information and sports content, our regional sports and news networks, our international cable networks, and our cable television production operations.

Our Broadcast Television segment consists primarily of the NBC and Telemundo broadcast networks, our NBC and Telemundo owned local television stations, and our broadcast television production operations.

Our Filmed Entertainment segment primarily produces, acquires, markets and distributes filmed entertainment worldwide. Our films are produced primarily under the Universal Pictures, Focus Features and Illumination names.

Our Theme Parks segment consists primarily of our Universal theme parks in Orlando and Hollywood. We also receive fees from third parties that own and operate Universal Studios Japan and Universal Studios Singapore for intellectual property licenses and other services.

Our other business interests primarily include Comcast-Spectacor, which owns the Philadelphia Flyers and the Wells Fargo Center arena in Philadelphia and operates arena management-related businesses.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include all entities in which we have a controlling voting interest (“subsidiaries”) and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) required to be consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).

We translate assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the local currency, primarily the euro and the British pound, into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect as of the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We translate revenue and expenses using average monthly exchange rates, and the related foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in our consolidated statement of income.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications have been made to our consolidated financial statements for the prior years to conform to classifications used in 2013.

 


# 25
Entity Registrant Name CONOCOPHILLIPS
Nature of operations

# 26
Entity Registrant Name CORNING INC /NY
Nature of operations

# 27
Entity Registrant Name COSTCO WHOLESALE CORP /NEW
Nature of operations

# 28
Entity Registrant Name CVS CAREMARK CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
Significant Accounting Policies
 
Description of business - CVS Caremark Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is the largest integrated pharmacy health care provider in the United States based upon revenues and prescriptions filled. The Company currently has three reportable business segments, Pharmacy Services, Retail Pharmacy and Corporate, which are described below.
 
Pharmacy Services Segment (the “PSS”) - The PSS provides a full range of pharmacy benefit management services including mail order pharmacy services, specialty pharmacy services, plan design and administration, formulary management and claims processing. The Company’s clients are primarily employers, insurance companies, unions, government employee groups, managed care organizations and other sponsors of health benefit plans and individuals throughout the United States.
 
As a pharmacy benefits manager, the PSS manages the dispensing of pharmaceuticals through the Company’s mail order pharmacies and national network of nearly 68,000 retail pharmacies, consisting of approximately 41,000 chain pharmacies and 27,000 independent pharmacies, to eligible members in the benefits plans maintained by the Company’s clients and utilizes its information systems to perform, among other things, safety checks, drug interaction screenings and brand to generic substitutions.
 
The PSS’ specialty pharmacies support individuals that require complex and expensive drug therapies. The specialty pharmacy business includes mail order and retail specialty pharmacies that operate under the CVS Caremark® and CarePlus CVS/pharmacy® names.
 
The PSS also provides health management programs, which include integrated disease management for 17 conditions, through the Company’s Accordant® rare disease management offering.
 
In addition, through the Company’s SilverScript Insurance Company (“SilverScript”) subsidiary, the PSS is a national provider of drug benefits to eligible beneficiaries under the Federal Government’s Medicare Part D program.
 
The PSS generates net revenues primarily by contracting with clients to provide prescription drugs to plan members. Prescription drugs are dispensed by the mail order pharmacies, specialty pharmacies and national network of retail pharmacies. Net revenues are also generated by providing additional services to clients, including administrative services such as claims processing and formulary management, as well as health care related services such as disease management.
 
The pharmacy services business operates under the CVS Caremark® Pharmacy Services, Caremark®, CVS Caremark®, CarePlus CVS/pharmacy®, RxAmerica®, Accordant®, SilverScript® and Novologix® names. As of December 31, 2013, the PSS operated 25 retail specialty pharmacy stores, 11 specialty mail order pharmacies and four mail service dispensing pharmacies located in 22 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia.
 
Retail Pharmacy Segment (the “RPS”) - The RPS sells prescription drugs and a wide assortment of general merchandise, including over-the-counter drugs, beauty products and cosmetics, photo finishing, seasonal merchandise, greeting cards and convenience foods, through the Company’s CVS/pharmacy®, Longs Drugs® and Drogaria Onofre® retail stores and online through CVS.com® and Onofre.com.br.
 
The RPS also provides health care services through its MinuteClinic® health care clinics. MinuteClinics are staffed by nurse practitioners and physician assistants who utilize nationally recognized protocols to diagnose and treat minor health conditions, perform health screenings, monitor chronic conditions and deliver vaccinations.
 
As of December 31, 2013, the retail pharmacy business included 7,660 retail drugstores (of which 7,603 operated a pharmacy) located in 43 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Brazil operating primarily under the CVS/pharmacy and Drogaria Onofre® names, the online retail websites, CVS.com and Onofre.com.br, and 800 retail health care clinics operating under the MinuteClinic® name (of which 792 were located in CVS/pharmacy stores).
 
Corporate Segment - The Corporate Segment provides management and administrative services to support the Company. The Corporate Segment consists of certain aspects of the Company’s executive management, corporate relations, legal, compliance, human resources, corporate information technology and finance departments.

Principles of consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Use of estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Fair value hierarchy - The Company utilizes the three-level valuation hierarchy for the recognition and disclosure of fair value measurements. The categorization of assets and liabilities within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the measurement of fair value. The three levels of the hierarchy consist of the following:
 
•
Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.
 
•
Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the instrument.
 
•
Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable inputs based upon management’s best estimate of inputs market participants could use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date, including assumptions about risk.
 
Cash and cash equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and temporary investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. The Company invests in short-term money market funds, commercial paper and time deposits, as well as other debt securities that are classified as cash equivalents within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as these funds are highly liquid and readily convertible to known amounts of cash. These investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices.
 
Short-term investments - The Company’s short-term investments consist of certificate of deposits with initial maturities of greater than three months when purchased. These investments, which were classified as available-for-sale within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy, were carried at fair value, which approximated historical cost at December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
Fair value of financial instruments - As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, the Company’s carrying value approximates fair value. The carrying amount and estimated fair value of total long-term debt was $13.4 billion and $14.2 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was estimated based on quoted rates currently offered in active markets for the Company’s debt, which is considered Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company had outstanding letters of credit, which guaranteed foreign trade purchases, with a fair value of $3.6 million as of December 31, 2013. There were no outstanding derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.
 
Foreign currency translation and transactions - For local currency functional locations, assets and liabilities are translated at end-of-period rates while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates in effect during the period. Equity is translated at historical rates and the resulting cumulative translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).

For U.S. dollar functional currency locations, foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at end-of-period exchange rates, except for non-monetary balance sheet accounts, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expense are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those expenses related to the nonmonetary balance sheet amounts, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement are included in income.

Gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions and the effects of remeasurements were not material for all period presented.

Accounts receivable - Accounts receivable are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The accounts receivable balance primarily includes amounts due from third party providers (e.g., pharmacy benefit managers, insurance companies and governmental agencies), clients and members, as well as vendors and manufacturers. Charges to bad debt are based on both historical write-offs and specifically identified receivables.
 


The activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
 
In millions
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance
$
243

 
$
189

 
$
182

Additions charged to bad debt expense
195

 
149

 
129

Write-offs charged to allowance
(182
)
 
(95
)
 
(122
)
Ending balance
$
256

 
$
243

 
$
189



Inventories - Prior to 2012, inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis using the retail inventory method in the retail pharmacy stores, the weighted average cost method in the mail service and specialty pharmacies, and the cost method on a first-in, first-out basis in the distribution centers. Effective January 1, 2012, the Company changed its methods of accounting for prescription drug inventories in the RPS to the weighted average cost method. See Note 2 for additional information regarding the accounting change. Physical inventory counts are taken on a regular basis in each store and a continuous cycle count process is the primary procedure used to validate the inventory balances on hand in each distribution center and mail facility to ensure that the amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are properly stated. During the interim period between physical inventory counts, the Company accrues for anticipated physical inventory losses on a location-by-location basis based on historical results and current trends.
 
Property and equipment - Property, equipment and improvements to leased premises are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or when applicable, the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Estimated useful lives generally range from 10 to 40 years for buildings, building improvements and leasehold improvements and 3 to 10 years for fixtures, equipment and internally developed software. Repair and maintenance costs are charged directly to expense as incurred. Major renewals or replacements that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated. Application development stage costs for significant internally developed software projects are capitalized and depreciated.
 
The following are the components of property and equipment at December 31: 
In millions
2013
 
2012
Land
$
1,460

 
$
1,429

Building and improvements
2,694

 
2,614

Fixtures and equipment
8,419

 
7,928

Leasehold improvements
3,320

 
3,105

Software
1,515

 
1,230

 
17,408

 
16,306

Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(8,793
)
 
(7,674
)
Property and equipment, net
$
8,615

 
$
8,632


 
The gross amount of property and equipment under capital leases was $260 million and $219 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accumulated amortization of property and equipment under capital lease was $74 million and $64 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of property and equipment under capital lease is included within depreciation expense. Depreciation expense totaled $1.4 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Goodwill and other indefinitely-lived assets - Goodwill and other indefinitely-lived assets are not amortized, but are subject to impairment reviews annually, or more frequently if necessary. See Note 4 for additional information on goodwill and other indefinitely-lived assets.
 
Intangible assets - Purchased customer contracts and relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives between 10 and 20 years. Purchased customer lists are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to 10 years. Purchased leases are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the lease. See Note 4 for additional information about intangible assets.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets - The Company groups and evaluates fixed and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the lowest level at which individual cash flows can be identified, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company first compares the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated future cash flows associated with the asset group (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the estimated future cash flows used in this analysis are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss calculation is prepared. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying amount of the asset group to the asset group’s estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges). If required, an impairment loss is recorded for the portion of the asset group’s carrying value that exceeds the asset group’s estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges).

Redeemable noncontrolling interest — Through June 29, 2012, the Company had an approximately 60% ownership interest in Generation Health, Inc. (“Generation Health”) and consolidated Generation Health in its consolidated financial statements. The nonemployee noncontrolling shareholders of Generation Health held put rights for the remaining interest in Generation Health that if exercised would require the Company to purchase the remaining interest in Generation Health in 2015 for a minimum of $26 million and a maximum of $159 million, depending on certain financial metrics of Generation Health in 2014. Since the noncontrolling shareholders of Generation Health had a redemption feature as a result of the put rights, the Company had classified the redeemable noncontrolling interest in Generation Health in the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance sheet outside of shareholders’ equity. On June 29, 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 40% interest in Generation Health from minority shareholders and employee option holders for $26 million and $5 million, respectively, for a total of $31 million.
 
The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
In millions
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance
$
30

 
$
34

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
(2
)
 
(4
)
Purchase of noncontrolling interest
(26
)
 
—

Reclassification to capital surplus in connection with purchase of
 
 
 
noncontrolling interest
(2
)
 
—

Ending balance
$
—

 
$
30


 
Revenue Recognition
 
Pharmacy Services Segment - The PSS sells prescription drugs directly through its mail service dispensing pharmacies and indirectly through its retail pharmacy network. The PSS recognizes revenue from prescription drugs sold by its mail service dispensing pharmacies and under retail pharmacy network contracts where it is the principal using the gross method at the contract prices negotiated with its clients. Net revenues include: (i) the portion of the price the client pays directly to the PSS, net of any volume-related or other discounts paid back to the client (see “Drug Discounts” below), (ii) the price paid to the PSS by client plan members for mail order prescriptions (“Mail Co-Payments”) and the price paid to retail network pharmacies by client plan members for retail prescriptions (“Retail Co-Payments”), and (iii) administrative fees for retail pharmacy network contracts where the PSS is not the principal as discussed below. Sales taxes are not included in revenue.
 
Revenue is recognized when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The following revenue recognition policies have been established for the PSS:
 
•
Revenues generated from prescription drugs sold by mail service dispensing pharmacies are recognized when the prescription is delivered. At the time of delivery, the PSS has performed substantially all of its obligations under its client contracts and does not experience a significant level of returns or reshipments.
 
•
Revenues generated from prescription drugs sold by third party pharmacies in the PSS’s retail pharmacy network and associated administrative fees are recognized at the PSS’s point-of-sale, which is when the claim is adjudicated by the PSS’s online claims processing system.
 
The PSS determines whether it is the principal or agent for its retail pharmacy network transactions on a contract by contract basis. In the majority of its contracts, the PSS has determined it is the principal due to it: (i) being the primary obligor in the arrangement, (ii) having latitude in establishing the price, changing the product or performing part of the service, (iii) having discretion in supplier selection, (iv) having involvement in the determination of product or service specifications, and (v) having credit risk. The PSS’s obligations under its client contracts for which revenues are reported using the gross method are separate and distinct from its obligations to the third party pharmacies included in its retail pharmacy network contracts. Pursuant to these contracts, the PSS is contractually required to pay the third party pharmacies in its retail pharmacy network for products sold, regardless of whether the PSS is paid by its clients. The PSS’s responsibilities under its client contracts typically include validating eligibility and coverage levels, communicating the prescription price and the co-payments due to the third party retail pharmacy, identifying possible adverse drug interactions for the pharmacist to address with the prescriber prior to dispensing, suggesting generic alternatives where clinically appropriate and approving the prescription for dispensing. Although the PSS does not have credit risk with respect to Retail Co-Payments, management believes that all of the other applicable indicators of gross revenue reporting are present. For contracts under which the PSS acts as an agent, revenue is recognized using the net method.

Drug Discounts - The PSS deducts from its revenues any rebates, inclusive of discounts and fees, earned by its clients. Rebates are paid to clients in accordance with the terms of client contracts, which are normally based on fixed rebates per prescription for specific products dispensed or a percentage of manufacturer discounts received for specific products dispensed. The liability for rebates due to clients is included in “Claims and discounts payable” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Medicare Part D - The PSS, through its SilverScript Insurance Company subsidiary, participates in the Federal Government’s Medicare Part D program as a Prescription Drug Plan (“PDP”). Net revenues include insurance premiums earned by the PDP, which are determined based on the PDP’s annual bid and related contractual arrangements with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”). The insurance premiums include a direct premium paid by CMS and a beneficiary premium, which is the responsibility of the PDP member, but is subsidized by CMS in the case of low-income members. Premiums collected in advance are initially deferred in accrued expenses and are then recognized in net revenues over the period in which members are entitled to receive benefits.
 
In addition to these premiums, net revenues include co-payments, coverage gap benefits, deductibles and co-insurance (collectively, the “Member Co-Payments”) related to PDP members’ actual prescription claims. In certain cases, CMS subsidizes a portion of these Member Co-Payments and pays the PSS an estimated prospective Member Co-Payment subsidy amount each month. The prospective Member Co-Payment subsidy amounts received from CMS are also included in net revenues. The Company assumes no risk for these amounts. If the prospective Member Co-Payment subsidies received differ from the amounts based on actual prescription claims, the difference is recorded in either accounts receivable or accrued expenses.
 
The PSS accounts for CMS obligations and Member Co-Payments (including the amounts subsidized by CMS) using the gross method consistent with its revenue recognition policies for Mail Co-Payments and Retail Co-Payments (discussed previously in this document).
 
Retail Pharmacy Segment - The RPS recognizes revenue from the sale of merchandise (other than prescription drugs) at the time the merchandise is purchased by the retail customer. Prior to the fourth quarter of 2013, revenue from the sale of prescription drugs was recognized at the time the prescription was filled as opposed to upon delivery as required under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 605, Revenue Recognition. For substantially all prescriptions, the fill date and the delivery date occur in the same reporting period. The effect on both revenue and income of recording prescription drug sales upon fill as opposed to delivery is immaterial. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company began recognizing revenue from the sale of prescription drugs when the prescription is picked up by the customer. This immaterial error correction is reflected in all annual and quarterly financial statements presented. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the correction reduced net revenues and net income attributable to CVS Caremark by $13 million and $13 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the correction reduced net revenues by $20 million and increased net income attributable to CVS Caremark by $1 million. Diluted earnings per share from net income attributable to CVS Caremark was reduced by $0.01 for the year ended December 31, 2012. There was no impact on diluted earnings per share from net income attributable to CVS Caremark in any other annual or interim period impacted by the immaterial error correction. The adjustment increased total assets and total liabilities by $309 million and $360 million as of December 31, 2012 and decreased retained earnings by $38 million and $39 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Customer returns are not material. Revenue generated from the performance of services in the RPS’s health care clinics is recognized at the time the services are performed. Sales taxes are not included in revenue.
 
See Note 13 for additional information about the revenues of the Company’s business segments.
 




Cost of revenues
 
Pharmacy Services Segment - The PSS’ cost of revenues includes: (i) the cost of prescription drugs sold during the reporting period directly through its mail service dispensing pharmacies and indirectly through its retail pharmacy network, (ii) shipping and handling costs, and (iii) the operating costs of its mail service dispensing pharmacies and client service operations and related information technology support costs including depreciation and amortization. The cost of prescription drugs sold component of cost of revenues includes: (i) the cost of the prescription drugs purchased from manufacturers or distributors and shipped to members in clients’ benefit plans from the PSS’ mail service dispensing pharmacies, net of any volume-related or other discounts (see “Vendor allowances and purchase discounts” below) and (ii) the cost of prescription drugs sold (including Retail Co-Payments) through the PSS’ retail pharmacy network under contracts where it is the principal, net of any volume-related or other discounts.
 
Retail Pharmacy Segment - The RPS’ cost of revenues includes: the cost of merchandise sold during the reporting period and the related purchasing costs, warehousing and delivery costs (including depreciation and amortization) and actual and estimated inventory losses.

See Note 13 for additional information about the cost of revenues of the Company’s business segments.

Vendor allowances and purchase discounts
 
The Company accounts for vendor allowances and purchase discounts as follows:
 
Pharmacy Services Segment - The PSS receives purchase discounts on products purchased. The PSS’ contractual arrangements with vendors, including manufacturers, wholesalers and retail pharmacies, normally provide for the PSS to receive purchase discounts from established list prices in one, or a combination, of the following forms: (i) a direct discount at the time of purchase, (ii) a discount for the prompt payment of invoices, or (iii) when products are purchased indirectly from a manufacturer (e.g., through a wholesaler or retail pharmacy), a discount (or rebate) paid subsequent to dispensing. These rebates are recognized when prescriptions are dispensed and are generally calculated and billed to manufacturers within 30 days of the end of each completed quarter. Historically, the effect of adjustments resulting from the reconciliation of rebates recognized to the amounts billed and collected has not been material to the PSS’ results of operations. The PSS accounts for the effect of any such differences as a change in accounting estimate in the period the reconciliation is completed. The PSS also receives additional discounts under its wholesaler contracts if it exceeds contractually defined annual purchase volumes. In addition, the PSS receives fees from pharmaceutical manufacturers for administrative services. Purchase discounts and administrative service fees are recorded as a reduction of “Cost of revenues”.
 
Retail Pharmacy Segment - Vendor allowances received by the RPS reduce the carrying cost of inventory and are recognized in cost of revenues when the related inventory is sold, unless they are specifically identified as a reimbursement of incremental costs for promotional programs and/or other services provided. Amounts that are directly linked to advertising commitments are recognized as a reduction of advertising expense (included in operating expenses) when the related advertising commitment is satisfied. Any such allowances received in excess of the actual cost incurred also reduce the carrying cost of inventory. The total value of any upfront payments received from vendors that are linked to purchase commitments is initially deferred. The deferred amounts are then amortized to reduce cost of revenues over the life of the contract based upon purchase volume. The total value of any upfront payments received from vendors that are not linked to purchase commitments is also initially deferred. The deferred amounts are then amortized to reduce cost of revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the related contract. The total amortization of these upfront payments was not material to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Insurance - The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to general liability, workers’ compensation and auto liability. The Company obtains third party insurance coverage to limit exposure from these claims. The Company is also self-insured for certain losses related to health and medical liabilities. The Company’s self-insurance accruals, which include reported claims and claims incurred but not reported, are calculated using standard insurance industry actuarial assumptions and the Company’s historical claims experience.
 
Facility opening and closing costs - New facility opening costs, other than capital expenditures, are charged directly to expense when incurred. When the Company closes a facility, the present value of estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation less estimated sublease income and the book value of abandoned property and equipment, are charged to expense. The long-term portion of the lease obligations associated with facility closings was $246 million and $288 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
Advertising costs - Advertising costs are expensed when the related advertising takes place. Advertising costs, net of vendor funding (included in operating expenses), were $177 million, $221 million and $211 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Interest expense, net - Interest expense, net of capitalized interest, was $517 million, $561 million and $588 million, and interest income was $8 million, $4 million and $4 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Capitalized interest totaled $25 million, $29 million and $37 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Shares held in trust - The Company maintains grantor trusts, which held approximately 1 million shares of its common stock at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These shares are designated for use under various employee compensation plans. Since the Company holds these shares, they are excluded from the computation of basic and diluted shares outstanding.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss - Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of changes in the net actuarial gains and losses associated with pension and other postretirement benefit plans, unrealized losses on derivatives from cash flow hedges executed in previous years associated with the issuance of long-term debt, and foreign currency translation adjustments. The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans was $172 million pre-tax ($106 million after-tax) as of December 31, 2013 and $268 million pre-tax ($165 million after-tax) as of December 31, 2012. The net impact on cash flow hedges totaled $22 million pre-tax ($13 million after-tax) and $26 million pre-tax ($16 million after-tax) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments at December 31, 2013 were $30 million.

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are shown below:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013(1)
In millions
Losses on Cash Flow Hedges
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
 
Foreign Currency
 
Total
Balance, December 31, 2012
$
(16
)
 
$
(165
)
 
$
—

 
$
(181
)
     Other comprehensive income (loss) before
       reclassifications
—

 
—

 
(30
)
 
(30
)
     Amounts reclassified from accumulated
       other comprehensive income (2)
3

 
59

 
—

 
62

Net other comprehensive income (loss)
3

 
59

 
(30
)
 
32

Balance, December 31, 2013
$
(13
)
 
$
(106
)
 
$
(30
)
 
$
(149
)

(1)
All amounts are net of tax.
(2)
The amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income for cash flow hedges are recorded within interest expense, net on the consolidated statement of income. The amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income for pension and other postretirement benefits are included in operating expenses on the consolidated statement of income.

Stock-based compensation - Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the applicable requisite service period of the stock award (generally 3 to 5 years) using the straight-line method. Stock-based compensation is included in operating expenses.

Related party transactions - The Company has an equity method investment in SureScripts, LLC (“SureScripts”), which operates a clinical health information network. The Pharmacy Services and Retail Pharmacy segments utilize this clinical health information network in providing services to its client plan members and retail customers. The Company expensed fees of approximately $48 million, $32 million and $28 million in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for the use of this network.

The Company’s investment in and equity in earnings in SureScripts for all periods presented is immaterial.
 
Income taxes - The Company provides for income taxes currently payable, as well as for those deferred because of timing differences between reported income and expenses for financial statement purposes versus income tax return purposes. Income tax credits are recorded as a reduction of income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax return purposes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recoverable or settled. The effect of a change in income tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period of the change.
 
Earnings per common share - Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing: (i) net earnings by (ii) the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year (the “Basic Shares”). Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing: (i) net earnings by (ii) Basic Shares plus the additional shares that would be issued assuming that all dilutive stock awards are exercised. Options to purchase 6.2 million, 5.9 million and 30.5 million shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, but were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (“ASU 2012-02”). ASU 2012-02 allows entities to use a qualitative approach to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount and recognize an impairment loss, if any, to the extent the carrying value exceeds its fair value. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2013-02”). ASU 2013-02 adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The additional disclosures include: (1) changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances by component and (2) significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balance by component will be disaggregated to separately present reclassification adjustments and current-period other comprehensive income. Significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component are required to be presented either on the face of the statement of income or as separate disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. These additional disclosures may be presented before-tax or net-of-tax as long as the income tax benefit or expense attributed to each component of other comprehensive income and reclassification adjustments is presented in the financial statement or in the notes to the financial statements. ASU 2013-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and should be applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The expanded disclosures have been included in Note 1 to these consolidated financial statements.

# 29
Entity Registrant Name DELTA AIR LINES INC /DE/
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureAndSignificantAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

Delta Air Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation, provides scheduled air transportation for passengers and cargo throughout the United States (“U.S.”) and around the world. Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Delta Air Lines, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). We do not consolidate the financial statements of any company in which we have an ownership interest of 50% or less. We are not the primary beneficiary of, nor do we have a controlling financial interest in, any variable interest entity. Accordingly, we have not consolidated any variable interest entity. We reclassified certain prior period amounts, none of which were material, to conform to the current period presentation.

We have marketing alliances with other airlines to enhance our access to domestic and international markets. These arrangements may include codesharing, reciprocal frequent flyer program benefits, shared or reciprocal access to passenger lounges, joint promotions, common use of airport gates and ticket counters, ticket office co-location and other marketing agreements. We have received antitrust immunity for certain marketing arrangements, which enables us to offer a more integrated route network and develop common sales, marketing and discount programs for customers. Some of our marketing arrangements provide for the sharing of revenues and expenses. Revenues and expenses associated with collaborative arrangements are presented on a gross basis in the applicable line items on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

As described in Note 18, we became the sole owner of Endeavor Air, Inc. ("Endeavor"), formerly Pinnacle Airlines, Inc., on May 1, 2013, pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization in the bankruptcy cases of Endeavor and its affiliates. Prior to this acquisition, Endeavor served as a regional carrier under a capacity purchase agreement where we purchased all of Endeavor's seat inventory and marketed it under the Delta tradename. Accordingly, Endeavor's passenger revenue was included in regional carriers passenger revenue in Delta's Consolidated Statements of Operations. All of the expenses Delta incurred under this arrangement were included in contract carrier arrangements expense. Subsequent to this acquisition, we have maintained this presentation and have re-titled contract carrier arrangements expense as regional carrier expense to reflect the inclusion of a wholly-owned regional carrier. This presentation aligns with the regional revenue presentation on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Use of Estimates

We are required to make estimates and assumptions when preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Standards

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Recently issued accounting guidance revises the reporting of items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted this guidance in the March 2013 quarter and have presented amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income in a note to the financial statements. For more information about accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), see Note 14.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued "Presentation of Comprehensive Income." The standard revises the presentation and prominence of the items reported in other comprehensive income and is effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this standard in 2012 and have presented comprehensive income in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

Short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased are classified as cash and cash equivalents. Investments with maturities of greater than three months, but not in excess of one year, when purchased are classified as short-term investments.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily consist of amounts due from credit card companies from the sale of passenger airline tickets, customers of our aircraft maintenance and cargo transportation services and other companies for the purchase of mileage credits under our SkyMiles Program. We provide an allowance for uncollectible accounts equal to the estimated losses expected to be incurred based on historical chargebacks, write-offs, bankruptcies and other specific analyses. Bad debt expense was not material in any period presented.

Inventories

Spare Parts. Inventories of expendable parts related to flight equipment, which cannot be economically repaired, reconditioned or reused after removal from the aircraft, are carried at moving average cost and charged to operations as consumed. An allowance for obsolescence is provided over the remaining useful life of the related fleet for spare parts expected to be available at the date aircraft are retired from service. We also provide allowances for parts identified as excess or obsolete to reduce the carrying costs to the lower of cost or net realizable value. These parts are assumed to have an estimated residual value of 5% of the original cost.

Refinery. Refined product, feedstock and blendstock inventories, all of which are finished goods, are carried at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Costs include the raw material consumed plus direct manufacturing costs (such as labor, utilities and supplies) as incurred and an applicable portion of manufacturing overhead. Ending inventory costs in excess of market value are written down to net recoverable values and charged to operating expense.

Accounting for Refinery Related Buy/Sell Agreements

To the extent that we receive jet fuel for non-jet fuel products (as defined in Note 2) exchanged under buy/sell agreements, we account for these transactions as non-monetary exchanges. We have recorded these non-monetary exchanges at the carrying amount of the non-jet fuel products transferred within aircraft fuel and related taxes on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Derivatives

Changes in aircraft fuel prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates impact our results of operations. In an effort to manage our exposure to these risks, we enter into derivative contracts and may adjust our derivative portfolio as market conditions change. We recognize derivative contracts at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Not Designated as Accounting Hedges. During 2011, we stopped designating substantially all of our new fuel derivative contracts as accounting hedges and discontinued hedge accounting for fuel derivative contracts that had previously been designated as accounting hedges. As a result, we record changes in the fair value of our fuel hedges in aircraft fuel and related taxes. Prior to this change in accounting designation, gains or losses on these contracts were deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI") until contract settlement. At contract settlement, the gains or losses were then reclassified to aircraft fuel and related taxes. As of December 31, 2013, there are no fuel derivative contracts designated as accounting hedges.

Designated as Cash Flow Hedges. For derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges (interest rate contracts and foreign currency exchange rates), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The effective portion of the derivative represents the change in fair value of the hedge that offsets the change in fair value of the hedged item. To the extent the change in the fair value of the hedge does not perfectly offset the change in the fair value of the hedged item, the ineffective portion of the hedge is immediately recognized in other (expense) income.

Designated as Fair Value Hedges. For derivative contracts designated as fair value hedges (interest rate contracts), the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting loss or gain on the hedge item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. We include the gain or loss on the hedged item in the same account as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivative contract, resulting in no impact to our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table summarizes the risk each type of derivative contract is hedging and the classification of related gains and losses on our Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Derivative Type
 Hedged Risk
Classification of Gains and Losses
Fuel hedge contracts
Increases in jet fuel prices
Aircraft fuel and related taxes
Interest rate contracts
Increases in interest rates
Interest expense, net
Foreign currency exchange contracts
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates
Passenger revenue

The following table summarizes the accounting treatment of our derivative contracts:
 
Impact of Unrealized Gains and Losses
Accounting Designation
Effective Portion
Ineffective Portion
Not designated as hedges
Change in fair value of hedge is recorded in earnings
Designated as cash flow hedges
Market adjustments are recorded in AOCI
Excess, if any, over effective portion of hedge is recorded in other expense
Designated as fair value hedges
Market adjustments are recorded in long-term debt and capital leases
Excess, if any, over effective portion of hedge is recorded in other expense

We perform, at least quarterly, an assessment of the effectiveness of our derivative contracts designated as hedges, including assessing the possibility of counterparty default. If we determine that a derivative is no longer expected to be highly effective, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively and recognize subsequent changes in the fair value of the hedge in earnings. We believe our derivative contracts that continue to be designated as hedges, consisting of interest rate and foreign currency exchange contracts, will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flow attributable to the hedged risk.

Hedge Margin. In accordance with our fuel, interest rate and foreign currency hedge contracts, we may require counterparties to fund the margin associated with our gain position and/or counterparties may require us to fund the margin associated with our loss position on these contracts. The amount of the margin, if any, is periodically adjusted based on the fair value of the hedge contracts. The margin requirements are intended to mitigate a party's exposure to the risk of contracting party default. We do not offset margin funded to counterparties or margin funded to us by counterparties against fair value amounts recorded for our hedge contracts.

The hedge margin we receive from counterparties is recorded in cash and cash equivalents or restricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, with the offsetting obligation in accounts payable. The hedge margin we provide to counterparties is recorded in accounts receivable. All cash flows associated with purchasing and settling hedge contracts are classified as operating cash flows.

Passenger Tickets

We record sales of passenger tickets in air traffic liability. Passenger revenue is recognized when we provide transportation or when the ticket expires unused, reducing the related air traffic liability. We periodically evaluate the estimated air traffic liability and record any adjustments in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These adjustments relate primarily to refunds, exchanges, transactions with other airlines and other items for which final settlement occurs in periods subsequent to the sale of the related tickets at amounts other than the original sales price.

Passenger Taxes and Fees

We are required to charge certain taxes and fees on our passenger tickets, including U.S. federal transportation taxes, federal security charges, airport passenger facility charges and foreign arrival and departure taxes. These taxes and fees are assessments on the customer for which we act as a collection agent. Because we are not entitled to retain these taxes and fees, we do not include such amounts in passenger revenue. We record a liability when the amounts are collected and reduce the liability when payments are made to the applicable government agency or operating carrier.

Frequent Flyer Program

The SkyMiles Program offers incentives to travel on Delta. This program allows customers to earn mileage credits by flying on Delta, regional air carriers with which we have contract carrier agreements and airlines that participate in the SkyMiles Program, as well as through participating companies such as credit card companies, hotels and car rental agencies. We sell mileage credits to non-airline businesses, customers and other airlines.

The SkyMiles Program includes two types of transactions that are considered revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. As discussed below, these are (1) passenger ticket sales earning mileage credits and (2) the sale of mileage credits to participating companies with which we have marketing agreements. Mileage credits are a separate unit of accounting as they can be redeemed by customers in future periods for air travel on Delta and participating airlines, membership in our Sky Club and other program awards.

Passenger Ticket Sales Earning Mileage Credits. Passenger ticket sales earning mileage credits under our SkyMiles Program provide customers with two deliverables: (1) mileage credits earned and (2) air transportation. We value each deliverable on a standalone basis. Our estimate of the selling price of a mileage credit is based on an analysis of our sales of mileage credits to other airlines and customers, which is re-evaluated at least annually. We use established ticket prices to determine the estimated selling price of air transportation. We allocate the total amount collected from passenger ticket sales between the deliverables based on their relative selling prices.

We defer revenue for the mileage credits related to passenger ticket sales and recognize it as passenger revenue when miles are redeemed and services are provided. We record the air transportation portion of the passenger ticket sales in air traffic liability and recognize these amounts in passenger revenue when we provide transportation or when the ticket expires unused.

Sale of Mileage Credits. Customers may earn mileage credits through participating companies such as credit card companies, hotels and car rental agencies with which we have marketing agreements to sell mileage credits. Our contracts to sell mileage credits under these marketing agreements have multiple deliverables, as defined below.

Our most significant contract to sell mileage credits relates to our co-brand credit card relationship with American Express. Our agreements with American Express provide for joint marketing, grant certain benefits to Delta-American Express co-branded credit card holders ("Cardholders") and American Express Membership Rewards Program participants and allow American Express to market using our customer database. Cardholders earn mileage credits for making purchases using co-branded cards, may check their first bag for free, are granted access to Delta SkyClub lounges and receive other benefits while traveling on Delta. These benefits that we provide in the form of separate products and services under the SkyMiles agreements are referred to as "deliverables." Additionally, participants in the American Express Membership Rewards program may exchange their points for mileage credits under the SkyMiles Program. As a result, we sell mileage credits at agreed upon rates to American Express for provision to their customers under the co-brand credit card program and the Membership Rewards program.

In September 2013, we and American Express modified our SkyMiles agreements. This modification required that we use a different accounting standard for recording SkyMiles sold. Prior to the modifications, we allocated consideration we received from selling miles to American Express among two primary deliverables: credit redeemable for future travel and marketing deliverables. We deferred revenue related to the portion of mileage credits redeemable for future travel based on the rate at which we sell mileage credits to other airlines. We calculated the value of the marketing component based on the residual method and recognize it as other revenue as related marketing services are provided.
 
The September 2013 modifications introduced new deliverables and modified existing deliverables. Because these modifications were material to the SkyMiles agreements, we are required to use a different accounting standard that allocates the consideration received from selling miles to all deliverables based on their relative standalone sales price. Accordingly, we determined our best estimate of selling prices by considering discounted cash flows analysis using multiple inputs and assumptions, including: (1) the expected number of miles awarded and number of miles redeemed, (2) the rate at which we sell mileage credits to other airlines, (3) published rates on our website for baggage fees, access to Delta SkyClub lounges and other benefits while traveling on Delta and (4) brand value. The effect of this change in accounting standard lowered the deferral rate we use to record miles sold under the agreements, which increases revenue we will record in future periods. The revenue impact of the SkyMiles agreement modifications was insignificant for 2013 and is expected to increase 2014 revenue by approximately $100 million. Additionally, upon application of this accounting standard, we were required to adjust the recorded value of miles currently deferred in our Frequent Flyer Liability that originated through the American Express programs. Accordingly, we adjusted the liability in the September 2013 quarter by less than $10 million.

Breakage. For mileage credits that we estimate are not likely to be redeemed (“breakage”), we recognize the associated value proportionally during the period in which the remaining mileage credits are expected to be redeemed. Management uses statistical models to estimate breakage based on historical redemption patterns. A change in assumptions as to the period over which mileage credits are expected to be redeemed, the actual redemption activity for mileage credits or the estimated fair value of mileage credits expected to be redeemed could have a material impact on our revenue in the year in which the change occurs and in future years.

Regional Carriers Revenue

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had contract carrier agreements with third party regional carriers ("Contract Carriers"), in addition to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Endeavor. In May 2013, Endeavor (formerly Pinnacle Airlines, Inc.) emerged from bankruptcy and we became its sole owner pursuant to a confirmed plan of reorganization. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Comair, Inc. ("Comair") ceased operations in September 2012 (see Note 16).

Our Contract Carrier agreements are structured as either (1) capacity purchase agreements where we purchase all or a portion of the Contract Carrier's capacity and are responsible for selling the seat inventory we purchase or (2) revenue proration agreements, which are based on a fixed dollar or percentage division of revenues for tickets sold to passengers traveling on connecting flight itineraries. We record revenue related to all of our Contract Carrier agreements as regional carriers passenger revenue. We record expenses related to our Contract Carrier agreements, as regional carrier expense.

Cargo Revenue

Cargo revenue is recognized when we provide the transportation.

Other Revenue

Other revenue is primarily comprised of (1) the marketing component of the sale of mileage credits discussed above, (2) baggage fee revenue, (3) other miscellaneous service revenue, including ticket change fees and (4) revenue from ancillary businesses, such as the aircraft maintenance and repair and staffing services we provide to third parties.

Long-Lived Assets

The following table shows our property and equipment:
 
 
December 31,
(in millions, except for estimated useful life)
Estimated Useful Life
2013
2012
Flight equipment
21-30 years
$
23,373

$
21,481

Ground property and equipment
3-40 years
4,596

4,254

Flight and ground equipment under capital leases
Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life
1,296

1,381

Advance payments for equipment
 
381

253

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization(1)
 
(7,792
)
(6,656
)
Total property and equipment, net
 
$
21,854

$
20,713



(1) Includes accumulated amortization for flight and ground equipment under capital leases in the amount of $657 million and $653 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We record property and equipment at cost and depreciate or amortize these assets on a straight-line basis to their estimated residual values over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life for leasehold improvements is the shorter of lease term or estimated useful life. Depreciation expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $1.4 billion. Residual values for owned aircraft, engines, spare parts and simulators are generally 5% to 10% of cost.

We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to develop and implement software, and amortize those costs over an estimated useful life of three to seven years. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded $110 million, $76 million and $64 million, respectively, for amortization of capitalized software. The net book value of these assets totaled $383 million and $344 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We record impairment losses on flight equipment and other long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate the assets may be impaired and the estimated future cash flows generated by those assets are less than their carrying amounts. Factors which could cause impairment include, but are not limited to, (1) a decision to permanently remove flight equipment or other long-lived assets from operations, (2) significant changes in the estimated useful life, (3) significant changes in projected cash flows, (4) permanent and significant declines in fleet fair values and (5) changes to the regulatory environment. For long-lived assets held for sale, we discontinue depreciation and record impairment losses when the carrying amount of these assets is greater than the fair value less the cost to sell.

To determine whether impairments exist for aircraft used in operations, we group assets at the fleet-type level (the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows) and then estimate future cash flows based on projections of capacity, passenger mile yield, fuel costs, labor costs and other relevant factors. If an impairment occurs, the impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the aircraft's carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value. We estimate aircraft fair values using published sources, appraisals and bids received from third parties, as available.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We apply a fair value-based impairment test to the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis (as of October 1) and, if certain events or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have been incurred, on an interim basis. In 2012, the FASB issued "Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." The standard gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired rather than calculating the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. It is effective prospectively for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard and have applied the provisions to our annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests in both the December 2013 and 2012 quarters. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. In September 2011, the FASB issued "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." The standard revises the way in which entities test goodwill for impairment. We adopted this standard and applied its provisions to our annual goodwill impairment tests in each of the December 2013, 2012 and 2011 quarters.

We value goodwill and identified intangible assets primarily using market capitalization and income approach valuation techniques. These measurements include the following significant unobservable inputs: (1) our projected revenues, expenses and cash flows, (2) an estimated weighted average cost of capital, (3) assumed discount rates depending on the asset and (4) a tax rate. These assumptions are consistent with those hypothetical market participants would use. Since we are required to make estimates and assumptions when evaluating goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, the actual amounts may differ materially from these estimates.

Changes in certain events and circumstances could result in impairment. Factors which could cause impairment include, but are not limited to, (1) negative trends in our market capitalization, (2) an increase in fuel prices, (3) declining passenger mile yields, (4) lower passenger demand as a result of a weakened U.S. and global economy, (5) interruption to our operations due to a prolonged employee strike, terrorist attack, or other reasons and (6) changes to the regulatory environment.

Goodwill. Our goodwill balance, which is related to the airline segment, was $9.8 billion at December 31, 2013. In evaluating goodwill for impairment, we estimate the fair value of our reporting unit by considering market capitalization and other factors if it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit's fair value exceeds its carrying value, no further testing is required. If, however, the reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, we then determine the amount of the impairment charge, if any. We recognize an impairment charge if the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value.

Identifiable Intangible Assets. Our identifiable intangible assets, which are related to the airline segment, had a net carrying amount of $4.7 billion at December 31, 2013. Indefinite-lived assets are not amortized and consist of routes, slots, the Delta tradename and assets related to SkyTeam. Definite-lived intangible assets consist primarily of marketing agreements and are amortized on a straight-line basis or under the undiscounted cash flows method over the estimated economic life of the respective agreements. Costs incurred to renew or extend the term of an intangible asset are expensed as incurred.

We assess our indefinite-lived assets under a qualitative or quantitative approach. We analyze market factors to determine if events and circumstances have affected the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the asset value may be impaired, we use the quantitative approach to assess the asset's fair value and the amount of the impairment. We perform the quantitative impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the asset's fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated based on (1) recent market transactions, where available, (2) a combination of limited market transactions and the lease savings method for certain airport slots (which reflects potential lease savings from owning the slots rather than leasing them from another airline at market rates), (3) the royalty method for the Delta tradename (which assumes hypothetical royalties generated from using our tradename) or (4) projected discounted future cash flows. We recognize an impairment charge if the asset's carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

Income Taxes

We account for deferred income taxes under the liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by current enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded net as current and noncurrent deferred income taxes. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when necessary. For additional information about our income taxes, see Note 12.

Manufacturers' Credits

We periodically receive credits in connection with the acquisition of aircraft and engines. These credits are deferred until the aircraft and engines are delivered, and then applied on a pro rata basis as a reduction to the cost of the related equipment.

Maintenance Costs

We record maintenance costs to aircraft maintenance materials and outside repairs. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred, except for costs incurred under power-by-the-hour contracts, which are expensed based on actual hours flown. Power-by-the-hour contracts transfer certain risk to third party service providers and fix the amount we pay per flight hour to the service provider in exchange for maintenance and repairs under a predefined maintenance program. Modifications that enhance the operating performance or extend the useful lives of airframes or engines are capitalized and amortized over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining lease term, whichever is shorter.

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs as other selling expenses in the year incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $200 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Commissions

Passenger sales commissions are recognized in operating expense when the related revenue is recognized.

# 30
Entity Registrant Name DOW CHEMICAL CO /DE/
Nature of operations

# 31
Entity Registrant Name DUPONT E I DE NEMOURS & CO
Nature of operations

# 32
Entity Registrant Name Express Scripts Holding Co.
Nature of operations

# 33
Entity Registrant Name EXXON MOBIL CORP
Nature of operations

# 34
Entity Registrant Name Federal Express Corporation
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS. Federal Express Corporation (“FedEx Express”) is the world's largest express transportation company and a wholly owned subsidiary of FedEx Corporation (“FedEx”).


# 35
Entity Registrant Name FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Freddie Mac was chartered by Congress in 1970 to stabilize the nation’s residential mortgage market and expand opportunities for home ownership and affordable rental housing. Our statutory mission is to provide liquidity, stability and affordability to the U.S. housing market. We are a GSE regulated by FHFA, the SEC, HUD, and Treasury, and are currently operating under the conservatorship of FHFA. For more information on the roles of FHFA and Treasury, see “NOTE 2: CONSERVATORSHIP AND RELATED MATTERS.”
We are involved in the U.S. housing market by participating in the secondary mortgage market. We do not participate directly in the primary mortgage market. Our participation in the secondary mortgage market includes providing our credit guarantee for mortgages originated by mortgage lenders in the primary mortgage market and investing in mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities.
Our operations consist of three reportable segments, which are based on the type of business activities each performs — Single-family Guarantee, Investments, and Multifamily. Our Single-family Guarantee segment reflects results from our single-family credit guarantee activities. In our Single-family Guarantee segment, we purchase and guarantee single-family mortgage loans originated by our seller/servicers in the primary mortgage market. In most instances, we use the mortgage securitization process to package the loans into guaranteed mortgage-related securities. We guarantee the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage-related securities in exchange for management and guarantee fees. Our Investments segment reflects results from three primary activities: (a) managing the company’s mortgage-related investments portfolio, excluding Multifamily segment investments; (b) managing the treasury function, including funding and liquidity, for the overall company; and (c) managing interest-rate risk for the overall company. In our Investments segment, we invest principally in mortgage-related securities and single-family performing mortgage loans. Our Multifamily segment reflects results from our investment (both purchases and sales), securitization, and guarantee activities in multifamily mortgage loans and securities. In our Multifamily segment, our primary business model is to purchase multifamily mortgage loans for aggregation and then securitization through issuance of multifamily K Certificates. See “NOTE 13: SEGMENT REPORTING” for additional information.
We are focused on the following primary business objectives: (a) reducing taxpayer exposure to losses by reducing and managing our overall risk profile, especially to mortgage-related risks; (b) supporting U.S. homeowners and renters by providing lenders with a constant source of liquidity for mortgage products even when other sources of financing are scarce; (c) building a commercially strong and efficient business enterprise; and (d) positioning the company, in particular our people and infrastructure, to succeed in a to-be-determined "future state." For information regarding these objectives, see “NOTE 2: CONSERVATORSHIP AND RELATED MATTERS — Business Objectives.”
Throughout our consolidated financial statements and related notes, we use certain acronyms and terms which are defined in the “GLOSSARY.”
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and include our accounts as well as the accounts of other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Our current accounting policies are described below. We are operating under the basis that we will realize assets and satisfy liabilities in the normal course of business as a going concern and in accordance with the delegation of authority from FHFA to our Board of Directors and management. Certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
We evaluate the materiality of identified errors in the financial statements using both an income statement, or “rollover,” and a balance sheet, or “iron curtain,” approach, based on relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. Net income (loss) includes certain adjustments to correct immaterial errors related to previously reported periods.
We recorded the cumulative effect of the correction of certain miscellaneous errors related to previously reported periods in the year ended December 31, 2013. We concluded that these errors are not material individually or in the aggregate to our previously issued consolidated financial statements for any of the periods affected, or to our earnings for the full year ended December 31, 2013, or to the trend of earnings.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect: (a) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and (b) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses and gains and losses during the reporting period. Management has made significant estimates in preparing the financial statements, including, but not limited to, establishing the allowance for loan losses and reserve for guarantee losses, valuing financial instruments and other assets and liabilities, assessing impairments on investments, and assessing our ability to realize net deferred tax assets. Actual results could be different from these estimates.

Change in Estimate
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Non-Agency Mortgage-Related Securities
During the fourth quarter of 2013, we incorporated new information which enhanced the assumptions used to estimate the contractual loan terms for certain modified loans collateralizing non-agency mortgage-related securities for which actual data about those terms was unavailable to the market. This enhancement resulted in a lower net present value of projected cash flows on our non-agency mortgage-related securities and increased our net other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings by $0.7 billion.
Single-Family Loan Loss Reserve Severity
During the second quarter of 2013, we updated our method of estimating loss severity rates for single-family loan loss reserves to change from the most recent six months of sales experience on our distressed property dispositions to the most recent three months of sales experience on our distressed property dispositions. This change did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Consolidation and Equity Method of Accounting
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our subsidiaries. We consolidate entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
For each entity with which we are involved, we determine whether the entity should be consolidated in our financial statements. The method for determining whether a controlling financial interest exists varies depending on whether the entity is a VIE or non-VIE. A VIE is an entity: (a) that has a total equity investment at risk that is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support provided by another party; (b) where the group of equity holders does not have: (i) the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; (ii) the obligation to absorb the entity’s expected losses; or (iii) the right to receive the entity’s expected residual returns; or (c) where the voting rights of some investors are disproportionate to their obligation to absorb expected losses or their right to expected residual returns (or both) and substantially all of the entity’s activities are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights.
We consolidate VIEs in which we hold a controlling financial interest and are therefore deemed to be the primary beneficiary. An enterprise has a controlling financial interest in, and thus is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of, a VIE if it has both: (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance; and (b) exposure to losses or benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We perform ongoing assessments to determine if we are the primary beneficiary of the VIEs with which we are involved and, as such, conclusions may change over time as the nature and extent of our involvement changes.
We use securitization trusts in our securities issuance process that are VIEs. We are the primary beneficiary of trusts that issue our single-family PCs and certain Other Guarantee Transactions. See “NOTE 3: VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES” for more information. When we transfer assets into a VIE that we consolidate at the time of the transfer (or shortly thereafter), we recognize the assets and liabilities of the VIE at the amounts that they would have been recognized if they had not been transferred, and no gain or loss is recognized on these transfers. For all other VIEs that we consolidate, we recognize the assets and liabilities of the VIE at fair value, and we recognize a gain or loss for the difference between: (a) the fair value of the consideration paid and the fair value of any noncontrolling interests held by third parties; and (b) the net amount, as measured on a fair value basis, of the assets and liabilities consolidated.
For entities that are not VIEs, the usual condition of a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest in an entity. We use the equity method of accounting for entities over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control.
Fair Value Measurements
Consistent with the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, we use a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities, giving highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Fair value represents the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements under this hierarchy are distinguished among three levels: quoted market prices, observable inputs, and unobservable inputs. We use quoted market prices and valuation techniques that seek to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available, and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Our inputs are based on the assumptions a market participant would use in valuing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. When assets and liabilities are transferred between levels, we recognize the transfer as of the beginning of the period. See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” for additional information regarding the fair value measurements and the hierarchy.
Securitization Activities through Issuances of Freddie Mac Mortgage-Related Securities
Overview
When we securitize mortgages that we purchase, we issue mortgage-related securities such as PCs that can be sold to investors or held by us. We issue mortgage-related securities in the form of PCs, REMICs and Other Structured Securities, and Other Guarantee Transactions. Guarantor swaps are transactions where financial institutions exchange mortgage loans for PCs backed by these mortgage loans. Multilender swaps are similar to guarantor swaps, except that formed PC pools include loans that are contributed by more than one party. We issue PCs through various swap-based exchanges significantly more often than through cash-based transfers. We issue REMICs and Other Structured Securities in transactions in which securities dealers or investors sell us mortgage-related assets in exchange for REMICs and Other Structured Securities. We also issue Other Guarantee Transactions to third parties in exchange for non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities.
PCs
Our PCs are pass-through debt securities that represent undivided beneficial interests in a pool of mortgages held by a securitization trust. For our fixed-rate PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of interest and principal. For our ARM PCs, we guarantee the timely payment of the weighted average coupon interest rate for the underlying mortgage loans. We do not guarantee the timely payment of principal for ARM PCs; however, we do guarantee the full and final payment of principal.
In return for providing our guarantee of the payment of principal and interest, we earn a management and guarantee fee that is paid to us over the life of an issued PC, representing a portion of the interest collected on the underlying loans.
PC Trusts
We are the primary beneficiary of VIE securitization trusts that issue our single-family PCs and therefore consolidate the assets and liabilities of these trusts at either their: (a) carrying value, if the underlying assets are contributed by us to the trust; or (b) fair value, for those securitization trusts established for our guarantor swap program. Mortgage loans underlying our issued single-family PCs are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as mortgage loans held-for-investment by consolidated trusts, at amortized cost. The corresponding single-family PCs held by third parties are recognized on our consolidated balance sheets as debt securities of consolidated trusts held by third parties. Refer to “Mortgage Loans” and “Debt Securities Issued” below for further information on the subsequent accounting treatment of these assets and liabilities, respectively.
REMICs and Other Structured Securities
Our single-family REMICs and Other Structured Securities use resecuritization trusts that meet the definition of a VIE and represent beneficial interests in groups of PCs and other types of mortgage-related assets. We create these securities primarily by using PCs or previously issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities as collateral. Similar to our PCs, we guarantee the payment of principal and interest to the holders of the tranches of our REMICs and Other Structured Securities. However, for REMICs and Other Structured Securities where we have already guaranteed the underlying assets, there is no incremental exposure to credit loss assumed by us.
With respect to the resecuritization trusts used for our single-family REMICs and Other Structured Securities whose underlying assets are PCs or previously issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities, we do not have rights to receive benefits or obligations to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the trusts because we have already provided a guarantee on the underlying assets. Additionally, our involvement with these trusts does not provide us with any power that would enable us to direct the significant economic activities of these entities. Although we may be exposed to prepayment risk through our ownership of the securities issued by these trusts, we do not have the ability through our involvement with the trust to impact the economic risks to which we are exposed. As a result, we are not the primary beneficiary of, and therefore do not consolidate, the resecuritization trusts used for REMICs and Other Structured Securities whose underlying assets are PCs or previously issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities, unless we hold substantially all of the outstanding beneficial interests that have been issued by the trust.
We receive a transaction fee from third parties for issuing our single-family REMICs and Other Structured Securities whose underlying assets are PCs or previously issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities. We defer the portion of the transaction fee that is equal to the estimated value of our future administrative responsibilities for these issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities. These responsibilities include ongoing trustee services, administration of pass-through amounts, paying agent services, tax reporting, and other required services. We estimate the value of these future responsibilities based on quotes from third-party vendors who perform each type of service and, where quotes are not available, based on our estimates of what those vendors would charge. The remaining portion of the transaction fee relates to compensation earned in connection with structuring-related services we rendered to third parties and is allocated between REMICs and Other Structured Securities we retain, if any, and the REMICs and Other Structured Securities acquired by third parties, based on the relative fair value of the securities. The portion of the fee allocated to any REMICs and Other Structured Securities we retain is deferred as a carrying value adjustment and is amortized into interest income using the effective interest method over the contractual lives of these securities. The fee allocated to REMICs and Other Structured Securities acquired by third parties is recognized immediately in earnings as other income.
Our multifamily Other Structured Securities use securitization trusts that meet the definition of a VIE. Our multifamily Other Structured Securities typically involve our acquisition of tax-exempt multifamily housing revenue bonds, placement of those bonds in a securitization trust, and issuance of tax-exempt senior certificates as well as subordinate certificates that provide structural credit protection. The housing revenue bonds are collateralized by low- and moderate-income multifamily housing developments. We guarantee the principal and interest on the senior certificates and, because the underlying collateral is not already guaranteed by us, we receive a management and guarantee fee.
With respect to the securitization trusts used for our multifamily Other Structured Securities whose underlying assets are multifamily housing revenue bonds, our involvement with these trusts either does not provide us with any power that would enable us to direct the significant economic activities of these entities or rights to receive benefits or obligations to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the trusts. As a result, we are not the primary beneficiary of, and therefore do not consolidate, the securitization trusts used for Other Structured Securities whose underlying assets are multifamily housing revenue bonds.
Other Guarantee Transactions
Other Guarantee Transactions are mortgage-related securities that we issue to third parties in exchange for non-Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities. Other Guarantee Transactions typically involve us purchasing either the senior tranches from a non-Freddie Mac senior-subordinated securitization or single-class pass-through securities, placing the acquired assets into a securitization trust, providing a guarantee of the principal and interest of the acquired assets and issuing securities backed by these assets. To the extent that we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such a securitization trust, we recognize the mortgage loans underlying the Other Guarantee Transaction as mortgage loans held-for-investment, at amortized cost. Correspondingly, we recognize the issued securities held by third parties as debt securities of consolidated trusts. However, to the extent we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such a securitization trust, we initially recognize a guarantee asset and a guarantee obligation at fair value to the extent a management and guarantee fee is charged. We do not receive transaction fees, apart from our management and guarantee fee, for these transactions.
Our primary Other Guarantee Transactions are multifamily K Certificates. In substantially all of these transactions, we guarantee only the most senior tranches of the securities and our initial involvement with the trusts that issue the K Certificates does not provide us with any power that would enable us to direct the significant economic activities of these entities. As a result, we are not the primary beneficiary of, and therefore do not consolidate, these trusts when K Certificates are initially issued. To the extent that our involvement with the trusts changes, we evaluate whether we have become the primary beneficiary.
Purchases and Sales of Freddie Mac Mortgage-Related Securities
PCs
When we purchase PCs that have been issued by consolidated PC trusts, we extinguish the outstanding debt securities of the related consolidated trust. We recognize a gain (loss) on extinguishment of the debt securities to the extent the amount paid to redeem the debt differs from its carrying value, adjusted for any related purchase commitments accounted for as derivatives.
When we sell PCs that have been issued by consolidated PC trusts, we recognize a liability to the third-party beneficial interest holders of the related consolidated trust as debt securities of consolidated trusts held by third parties. That is, our sale of PCs issued by consolidated PC trusts is accounted for as the issuance of debt.
Single-Class REMICs and Other Structured Securities
The collateral for our single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities includes PCs and previously issued single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities. We do not consolidate these resecuritization trusts as we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. Our single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities pass through all of the cash flows of the underlying PCs directly to the holders of the securities and are deemed to be substantially the same as the underlying PCs. As a result, when we purchase single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities, we extinguish a pro rata portion of the outstanding debt securities of the related PC trust on our consolidated balance sheets.
When we sell single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities, we recognize a liability to the third-party beneficial interest holders of the related consolidated PC trust as debt securities of consolidated trusts held by third parties. That is, our sale of single-class REMICs and Other Structured Securities is accounted for as the issuance of debt.
Multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities
The collateral for our single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities includes PCs and previously issued REMICs and Other Structured Securities. We do not consolidate most of these resecuritization trusts as we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts unless we hold substantially all of the outstanding beneficial interests that have been issued by the trust. In our single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities, the cash flows of the underlying PCs are divided (e.g., stripped and/or time tranched). Due primarily to this division of cash flows, these securities are not deemed to be substantially the same as the underlying PCs. As a result, when we purchase single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities, we record these securities as investments in debt securities rather than as the extinguishment of debt since we are investing in the debt securities of a non-consolidated entity. See “Investments in Securities” for further information regarding our accounting for investments in multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities.
We recognize, as assets, both the investment in single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities and the mortgage loans backing the PCs held by the trusts which underlie the single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities. Additionally, we recognize, as liabilities, the unsecured debt issued to third parties to fund the purchase of the single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities as well as the debt issued to third parties of the PC trusts we consolidate which underlie the single-family multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities. This results in recognition of interest income from both assets and interest expense from both liabilities.
The collateral for our multifamily multiclass Other Structured Securities typically includes multifamily housing revenue bonds which are collateralized by low- and moderate-income multifamily housing developments. We do not consolidate the securitization trusts that issue these securities as we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the trusts. When we purchase multifamily multiclass Other Structured Securities, we record them as investments in debt securities. See “Investments in Securities” for further information regarding our accounting for investments in multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities.
When we sell multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities in which we are not the primary beneficiary of the resecuritization trust, we account for the transfer in accordance with the accounting guidance for transfers of financial assets. To the extent the transfer of multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities qualifies as a sale, we de-recognize all assets sold and recognize all assets obtained and liabilities incurred. Any gain (loss) on the sale of multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities is reflected in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income as a component of other gains (losses) on investment securities recognized in earnings. To the extent the transfer of multiclass REMICs and Other Structured Securities does not qualify as a sale, we account for the transfer as a financing transaction and recognize a liability for the proceeds received from third parties in the transfer.
Other Guarantee Commitments
In certain circumstances, we also provide our guarantee of mortgage-related assets held by third parties, in exchange for a guarantee fee, without our securitization of the related assets. For example, we provide long-term standby commitments to certain of our single-family customers, which obligate us to purchase seriously delinquent loans that are covered by those agreements. We also provide guarantee commitments on multifamily housing revenue bonds that were issued by HFAs as well as guarantees under the TCLFP on securities backed by HFA bonds.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Highly liquid investment securities that have an original maturity of three months or less are accounted for as cash equivalents. In addition, cash collateral that we have the right to use for general corporate purposes and that we obtain from counterparties to derivative contracts is recorded as cash and cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash collateral accepted from counterparties that we do not have the right to use for general corporate purposes is recorded as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheets. Restricted cash includes cash remittances received on the underlying assets of our consolidated trusts, which are deposited into a separate custodial account. These cash remittances include both scheduled and unscheduled principal and interest payments. The cash remittances are segregated in the separate custodial account until they are remitted to the PC, REMIC and Other Structured Securities holders on their respective security payment dates, and are not commingled with our general operating funds. As securities administrator, we invest the cash held in the custodial account, pending distribution to our PC, REMIC, and Other Structured Securities holders, in short-term investments and are entitled to the interest income earned on these short-term investments, which is recorded as interest income, other on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Mortgage Loans
Upon acquisition, we classify a loan as either held-for-sale or held-for-investment. Mortgage loans that we have the ability and intent to hold for the foreseeable future are classified as held-for-investment. Loans we acquire and which we intend to securitize using an entity we will consolidate will be classified as held-for-investment both prior to and subsequent to their securitization, in accordance with our intent and ability to hold such loans for the foreseeable future.
Held-for-investment mortgage loans are reported in our consolidated balance sheets at their outstanding UPB, net of deferred fees and other cost basis adjustments (including unamortized premiums and discounts, delivery fees and other pricing adjustments). These deferred items are amortized into interest income over the contractual lives of the loans using the effective interest method. We recognize interest income on an accrual basis except when we believe the collection of principal and interest in full is not reasonably assured. If the collection of principal and interest in full is not reasonably assured, we cease the accrual of interest income and any interest income accrued but uncollected is reversed.
Mortgage loans not classified as held-for-investment are classified as held-for-sale. Held-for-sale loans are reported at lower-of-cost-or-fair-value on our consolidated balance sheets. Any excess of a held-for-sale loan’s cost over its fair value is recognized as a valuation allowance in other income on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, with changes in this valuation allowance also being recorded in other income. Premiums, discounts, and other cost basis adjustments recognized upon acquisition on single-family loans classified as held-for-sale are deferred and not amortized. We elected the fair value option for multifamily mortgage loans held for sale that we intend to securitize and sell to investors. See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES — Fair Value Option — Multifamily Held-For-Sale Mortgage Loans” and “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES — Fair Value Option — Changes in Fair Value under the Fair Value Option Election.” Thus, these multifamily mortgage loans are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, with subsequent gains or losses related to changes in fair value reported in other income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. We do not have any held-for-sale loans reported at the lower-of-cost-or-fair-value on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.
Cash flows related to mortgage loans held by our consolidated trusts are classified as either investing activities (e.g., principal repayments) or operating activities (e.g., interest payments received from borrowers included within net income (loss)). In addition, cash flows related to purchases of mortgage loans held-for-sale are classified in operating activities. When mortgage loans held-for-sale are sold or securitized, proceeds from the sale or securitization and any related gain or loss are classified in operating activities.
Non-Performing Loans
Non-performing loans consist of: (a) single-family and multifamily loans that have undergone a TDR; (b) single-family seriously delinquent loans; (c) multifamily loans that are three or more payments past due or in the process of foreclosure; and (d) multifamily loans that are deemed impaired based upon management judgment. We place mortgage loans on non-accrual status when we believe collectability of principal and interest in full is not reasonably assured, which generally occurs when a loan is three monthly payments past due, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection based upon an individual loan assessment. A loan is considered past due if a full payment of principal and interest is not received within one month of its due date. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest income accrued but uncollected is reversed. Thereafter, interest income is recognized only upon receipt of cash payments.
A non-accrual mortgage loan may be returned to accrual status when the collectability of principal and interest in full is reasonably assured. For single-family loans, we determine that collectability is reasonably assured when we have received payment of principal and interest such that the loan becomes less than three monthly payments past due. For multifamily loans, the collectability of principal and interest is considered reasonably assured based on a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the factors specific to the loan being assessed. Upon a loan’s return to accrual status, all previously reversed interest income is recognized and amortization of any basis adjustments into interest income is resumed.
Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses
The allowance for loan losses and the reserve for guarantee losses represent estimates of probable incurred credit losses. The allowance for loan losses pertains to all single-family and multifamily loans classified as held-for-investment on our consolidated balance sheets whereas the reserve for guarantee losses relates to single-family and multifamily loans underlying our non-consolidated Freddie Mac mortgage-related securities and other guarantee commitments. Total held-for-investment mortgage loans, net are shown net of the allowance for loan losses on our consolidated balance sheets. The reserve for guarantee losses is included within other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Collectively, we refer to our allowance for loan losses and our reserve for guarantee losses as our loan loss reserves. We recognize probable incurred losses by recording a charge to the provision for credit losses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Determining the appropriateness of the loan loss reserves is a complex process that is subject to numerous estimates and assumptions requiring significant judgment about matters that involve a high degree of subjectivity.
We estimate credit losses related to homogeneous pools of loans in accordance with the accounting guidance for contingencies. Accordingly, we maintain an allowance for loan losses on mortgage loans held-for-investment when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Loans that we evaluate for individual impairment are measured in accordance with the accounting guidance for receivables.
For both the single-family and multifamily portfolios, we charge off (in full or in part) our recorded investment in a loan in the period it is determined that the loan (or a portion thereof) is uncollectible, which generally occurs at final disposition of the loan through foreclosure or other loss event. However, if losses are evident prior to final disposition, earlier recognition of a charge-off is required by our policies. We also consider charge-offs for certain very small balance loans and upon the occurrence of certain events such as natural disasters. A charge-off is also recorded if we realize a specific credit loss upon the modification of a loan in a TDR. We do not have any established threshold in terms of days past due beyond which we partially or fully charge-off loans.
Single-Family Loans
We determine single-family loan loss reserves both on a collective and individual basis. For further discussion on individually impaired single-family loans, refer to “Impaired Loans” below.
We estimate loan loss reserves on homogeneous pools of single-family loans using a statistically based model that evaluates a variety of factors affecting collectability. The homogeneous pools of single-family mortgage loans are determined based on common underlying characteristics, including estimated current LTV ratios, trends in home prices, loan product type, and geographic region. In determining the loan loss reserves for single-family loans at the balance sheet date, we evaluate key inputs and factors including, but not limited to:
•
estimated current LTV ratios and historical trends in home prices;
•
loan product type;
•
delinquency/default status and history;
•
actual and estimated rates of collateral loss severity for similar loans;
•
geographic location;
•
loan age;
•
sourcing channel;
•
occupancy type;
•
UPB at origination;
•
expected ability to partially mitigate losses through loan modification or other alternatives to foreclosure;
•
expected proceeds from mortgage insurance contracts that are contractually attached to a loan or other credit enhancements that were entered into contemporaneously with and in contemplation of a guarantee or loan purchase transaction;
•
expected repurchases of mortgage loans by seller/servicers;
•
counterparty credit of mortgage insurers and seller/servicers;
•
pre-foreclosure real estate taxes and insurance;
•
estimated selling costs should the underlying property ultimately be sold; and
•
trends in the timing of foreclosures.
For additional information on estimated current LTV ratios and single-family loan loss reserves, see “NOTE 4: MORTGAGE LOANS AND LOAN LOSS RESERVES — Credit Quality of Mortgage Loans.”
Freddie Mac relies upon third-parties to provide primary servicing for the performing and non-performing loan portfolio. At loan delivery, the seller provides us with the loan data, which includes loan characteristics and underwriting information. Each month, the servicers provide us with monthly loan level servicing data, including delinquency and loss information.
Certain loan servicing data is reported to us on a real-time basis, such as loan pay-offs and foreclosure events. However, certain monthly servicing data, including delinquency status, is delivered on a one-month delay. For example, December loan delinquency data delivered to Freddie Mac at the end of December or beginning of January reflects the loan delinquency status related to the December 1 payment cycle. We incorporate the delinquency status data into our allowance for loan loss calculation generally without adjustment for the one-month delay.
Our single-family loan loss reserve default models are estimated based on the most recent 12 months of actual loan performance data, including loan status and delinquency data reported by our servicers. The loan performance data provides a loan level history of delinquency, foreclosures, foreclosure alternatives, modifications, and seller/servicer repurchases. Our single-family loan loss reserve severity is estimated from the most recent: (a) three months of sales experience realized on our distressed property dispositions; and (b) six months of mortgage insurance recoveries and pre-foreclosure expenses on our distressed properties including REO, short sales, and third-party sales. Our single-family loan loss severity estimate also captures current business area practices and expectations about recoveries due to seller/servicer repurchases. We use historical trends in home prices in our single-family loan loss reserve process, primarily through the use of estimated current total LTV ratios in our default models and through the use of recent home price sales experience in our severity estimate. However, we do not use a forecast of trends in home prices in our single-family loan loss reserve process.
Our loan loss reserves reflect our best current estimates of incurred losses. Our loan loss reserve estimate includes projections related to loss mitigation activities, including loan modifications for troubled borrowers, and projections of recoveries through repurchases by seller/servicers of defaulted loans due to failure to follow contractual underwriting requirements at the time of the loan origination. These projections are based on our recent historical experience and current business practices and require significant management judgment. We monitor our projections of recoveries through seller/servicer repurchases to ensure that these projections are reasonable and consistent with our assessment of the credit capacity of our seller/servicer counterparties. For loans where foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured on an aggregate basis based upon an estimate of the underlying collateral value. At an individual loan level, our estimate also considers the effect of historical home price changes on borrower behavior and the impact of our loss mitigation actions, including our loan modification efforts.
Our reserve estimate also reflects our best projection of defaults we believe are likely to occur as a result of loss events that have occurred through December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. However, fluctuations in the national housing market, the uncertainty in other macroeconomic factors, and variations in success rates of modification efforts under HAMP and other loan workout programs, make estimating defaults inherently imprecise.
We validate and update our models and factors to capture changes in actual loss experience, as well as the effects of changes in underwriting practices and in our loss mitigation strategies. We also consider macroeconomic and other factors that impact the quality of the loans underlying our portfolio including regional housing trends, applicable home price indices, unemployment and employment dislocation trends, the effects of changes in government policies and programs, consumer credit statistics, and the extent of third-party insurance. We consider our assessment of these factors in determining our loan loss reserves.
We apply proceeds from primary mortgage insurance that is contractually attached to a loan and other credit enhancements, including repurchase recoveries, entered into contemporaneously with and in contemplation of a guarantee or loan purchase transaction, as a recovery of our recorded investment in a charged-off loan, up to the amount of loss recognized as a charge-off. Proceeds from credit enhancements received in excess of our recorded investment in charged-off loans are recorded as a decrease to REO operations expense in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income when received. We record receivables for proceeds from primary mortgage insurance and other credit enhancements, including repurchase recoveries, when the proceeds are estimable and collectability is reasonably assured. We generally accrue receivables for primary mortgage insurance, pool insurance, and most other types of credit enhancements as we have a history of collection of these types of recoveries and the amounts are estimable based on the contractual terms of the agreements. However, due to the uncertainty of the timing and amount of collections of repurchase recoveries, we generally do not accrue receivables for repurchase recoveries and instead record repurchase recoveries received on a cash basis.
Multifamily Loans
For multifamily loans identified as impaired, we individually determine the loan loss reserves. Refer to “Impaired Loans” below for further discussion on individually impaired multifamily loans. Multifamily loans evaluated collectively for impairment are aggregated into book year vintages and measured by benchmarking published historical commercial mortgage data to those vintages based upon available economic data related to multifamily real estate, including apartment vacancy and rental rates.
Impaired Loans
We consider a loan to be impaired when it is probable, based on current information, that we will not receive all amounts due (including both principal and interest) in accordance with the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Delays in the timing of our expected receipt of these amounts that are more than insignificant are considered in making this assessment.
Single-Family Loans
Individually impaired single-family loans primarily include loans that have undergone a TDR. These loans are measured individually for impairment as discussed in the "Troubled Debt Restructurings" section of this note that follows. All other single-family loans are aggregated and measured collectively for impairment based on similar risk characteristics. Collective impairment is measured as described above in the “Allowance for Loan Losses and Reserve for Guarantee Losses — Single-Family Loans” section of this note. If we determine that foreclosure on the underlying collateral is probable, we measure impairment based upon the fair value of the collateral, as reduced by estimated disposition costs and adjusted for estimated proceeds from insurance and similar sources. Interest income recognition on impaired single-family loans is discussed separately in the "Mortgage Loans — Non-Performing Loans" section of this note above.
Multifamily Loans
Multifamily impaired loans include TDRs, loans three monthly payments or more past due, and loans that are deemed impaired based on management judgment. Factors considered by management in determining whether a loan is impaired include, but are not limited to, the underlying property’s operating performance as represented by its current DSCR, available credit enhancements, estimated current LTV ratio, management of the underlying property, and the property’s geographic location.
Multifamily loans are generally measured individually for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, as reduced by estimated disposition costs, as the repayment of these loans is generally provided from the cash flows of the underlying collateral and any associated credit-enhancement. Except for cases of fraud and certain other types of borrower defaults, most multifamily loans are non-recourse to the borrower. As a result, the cash flows of the underlying property (including any associated credit enhancements) serve as the source of funds for repayment of the loan. Interest income recognition on multifamily impaired loans is subject to our non-accrual policy as discussed in “Mortgage Loans — Non-Performing Loans.”
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Both single-family and multifamily loans which experience a modification to their contractual terms which results in a concession being granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties are considered TDRs. A concession is deemed granted when, as a result of the restructuring, we do not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued, at the original contractual interest rate. As appropriate, we also consider other qualitative factors in determining whether a concession is deemed granted, including whether the borrower’s modified interest rate is consistent with that of a non-troubled borrower. We do not consider restructurings that result in a delay in payment that is insignificant to be a concession. We generally consider a delay in monthly amortizing payments of three months or less to be insignificant. We generally consider all other delays to be more than insignificant. A concession typically includes one or more of the following being granted to the borrower: (a) a trial period where the expected permanent modification will change our expectation of collecting all amounts due at the original contract rate; (b) a delay in payment that is more than insignificant; (c) a reduction in the contractual interest rate; (d) interest forbearance for a period of time that is not insignificant or forgiveness of accrued but uncollected interest amounts; (e) principal forbearance that is more than insignificant or a reduction in the principal amount of the loan; and (f) discharge of the borrower’s obligation in Chapter 7 bankruptcy.
On July 1, 2011, we adopted an amendment to the accounting guidance related to the classification of loans as TDRs. This amendment clarified when a restructuring such as a loan modification is considered a TDR. For additional information, see “Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance — A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring,” below.
Impairment of a loan having undergone a TDR is generally measured as the excess of our recorded investment in the loan over the present value of the expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate for fixed-rate loans or at the loan’s effective interest rate prior to the restructuring for ARM loans. Our expectation of future cash flows incorporates, among other items, an estimated probability of default which is based on a number of market factors as well as the characteristics of the loan, such as past due status. Subsequent to the restructuring date, interest income is recognized at the modified interest rate, subject to our non-accrual policy as discussed in “Mortgage Loans — Non-Performing Loans” above, with all other changes in the present value of expected future cash flows being recognized as a component of the provision for credit losses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Investments in Securities
Investments in securities consist primarily of mortgage-related securities. We classify securities as “available-for-sale” or “trading.” We currently do not classify any securities as “held-to-maturity,” although we may elect to do so in the future. Securities classified as available-for-sale and trading are reported at fair value with changes in fair value included in AOCI and other gains (losses) on investment securities recognized in earnings, respectively. See “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES” for more information on how we determine the fair value of securities.
We elected the fair value option for certain available-for-sale mortgage-related securities, including investments in securities that: (a) can contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that we may not recover substantially all of our initial recorded investment; or (b) are not of high credit quality at the acquisition date and are identified as within the scope of the accounting guidance for investments in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. These securities are classified as trading securities. By electing the fair value option for these instruments, we reflect valuation changes through our consolidated statements of comprehensive income in the period they occur. For additional information on our election of the fair value option, see “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES.”
We record purchases and sales of securities that are exempt from the accounting guidance for derivatives and hedge accounting on a trade date basis. Securities underlying forward purchases and sales contracts that are not exempt from the requirements of derivatives and hedge accounting are recorded on the expected settlement date with a corresponding commitment recorded on the trade date.
For most of our investments in securities, interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Deferred items, including premiums, discounts, and other basis adjustments, are amortized into interest income over the contractual lives of the securities.
For certain investments in securities, interest income is recognized using the prospective effective interest method. We specifically apply this accounting to beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that: (a) can contractually be prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that we may not recover substantially all of our recorded investment; (b) are not of high credit quality at the acquisition date; or (c) have been determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired. We recognize as interest income (over the life of these securities) the excess of all estimated cash flows attributable to these interests over their book value using the effective interest method. We update our estimates of expected cash flows periodically and recognize changes in the calculated effective interest rate on a prospective basis.
We evaluate available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position as of the end of each quarter for other-than-temporary impairment. An unrealized loss exists when the fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. As discussed further below, certain other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized in earnings.
If we intend to sell the security or believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the security’s entire decline in fair value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and is recorded within our consolidated statements of comprehensive income as net impairment of available-for-sale securities recognized in earnings. If we do not intend to sell the security and we believe it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell prior to recovery of the security’s unrealized loss, we recognize only the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment in earnings and the amounts attributable to all other factors are recorded in AOCI. The credit component represents the amount by which the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. The present value of expected future cash flows represents our estimate of future contractual cash flows that we expect to collect, discounted at the original effective interest rate or the effective interest rate determined based on significantly improved cash flows subsequent to initial impairment.
The evaluation of whether unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities are other-than-temporary requires significant management judgments and assumptions and consideration of numerous factors. We perform an evaluation on a security-by-security basis considering all available information. The relative importance of this information varies based on the facts and circumstances surrounding each security, as well as the economic environment at the time of assessment. For information regarding important factors, judgments and assumptions, see “NOTE 7: INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES — Impairment Recognition on Investments in Securities.”
Gains and losses on the sale of securities are included in other gains (losses) on investment securities recognized in earnings, including those gains (losses) reclassified into earnings from AOCI. We use the specific identification method for determining the cost basis of a security in computing the gain or loss.
For securities classified as trading or available-for-sale and those securities where we elected the fair value option, we classify the cash flows as investing activities because we hold these securities for investment purposes. In cases where the transfer of available-for-sale securities represents a secured borrowing, we classify the related cash flows as financing activities.
Repurchase and Resale Agreements and Dollar Roll Transactions
We enter into repurchase and resale agreements primarily as an investor or to finance certain of our security positions. Such transactions are accounted for as secured financings because the transferor does not relinquish control over the transferred assets.
We also engage in dollar roll transactions whereby we enter into an agreement to sell and subsequently repurchase (or purchase and subsequently resell) agency securities. When these transactions involve securities issued by consolidated entities, they are treated as issuances and extinguishments of debt. When these transactions involve securities issued by entities we do not consolidate, they are treated as purchases and sales as the security initially transferred is not required to be the same or substantially the same as the security subsequently returned.
Debt Securities Issued
Debt securities that we issue are classified on our consolidated balance sheets as either debt securities of consolidated trusts held by third parties or other debt. The debt securities of our consolidated trusts are prepayable without penalty at any time. Other debt represents short-term and long-term debt securities that we issue to third parties to fund our general business activities.
Both debt of our consolidated trusts and other debt, except for certain debt for which we elected the fair value option, are reported at amortized cost. Deferred items, including premiums, discounts, and hedging-related basis adjustments are reported as a component of total debt, net. Issuance costs are reported as a component of other assets. These items are amortized and reported through interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual life of the related indebtedness. Amortization of premiums, discounts, and issuance costs begins at the time of debt issuance. Amortization of hedging-related basis adjustments begins upon the discontinuation of the related hedge relationship.
We elected the fair value option on certain debt securities of consolidated trusts held by third parties and certain other debt. The change in fair value for debt recorded at fair value is reported as other income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. For debt where we have elected the fair value option, upfront costs and fees are recognized in earnings as incurred and not deferred. For additional information on our election of the fair value option, see “NOTE 16: FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES.”
When we repurchase or call outstanding debt securities, we recognize a gain or loss related to the difference between the amount paid to redeem the debt security and the carrying value in earnings as a component of gains (losses) on retirement of other debt. Contemporaneous transfers of cash between us and a creditor in connection with the issuance of a new debt security and satisfaction of an existing debt security are accounted for as either an extinguishment or a modification of an existing debt security. If the debt securities have substantially different terms, the transaction is accounted for as an extinguishment of the existing debt security. The issuance of a new debt security is recorded at fair value, fees paid to the creditor are expensed and fees paid to third parties are deferred and amortized into interest expense over the life of the new debt security using the effective interest method. If the terms of the existing debt security and the new debt security are not substantially different, the transaction is accounted for as a modification of the existing debt. Fees paid to the creditor are deferred and amortized over the life of the modified unsecured debt security using the effective interest method and fees paid to third parties are expensed as incurred.
Cash flows related to debt securities issued by our consolidated trusts are classified as either financing activities (e.g., repayment of principal to PC holders) or operating activities (e.g., interest payments to PC holders included within net income (loss)). Other than interest paid, cash flows related to other debt are classified as financing activities. Interest paid on other debt is classified as operating activities.
Derivatives
Derivatives are reported at their fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Derivatives in a net asset position, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, are reported as derivative assets, net. Similarly, derivatives in a net liability position, including net derivative interest receivable or payable, are reported as derivative liabilities, net. We offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement. Changes in fair value and interest accruals on derivatives are recorded as derivative gains (losses) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
We evaluate whether financial instruments that we purchase or issue contain embedded derivatives. We elected to measure newly acquired or issued financial instruments that contain embedded derivatives at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not have any derivatives in hedge accounting relationships; however, there are amounts recorded in AOCI related to discontinued cash flow hedges which are recognized in earnings when the originally forecasted transactions affect earnings. If it becomes probable the originally forecasted transaction will not occur, the associated deferred gain or loss in AOCI would be reclassified to earnings immediately.
In the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash flows related to the acquisition and termination of derivatives, other than forward commitments, are generally classified in investing activities. Cash flows related to forward commitments are classified within the section of the consolidated statements of cash flows in accordance with the cash flows of the financial instruments to which they relate.
REO
REO is initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell and is subsequently carried at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. When we acquire REO, losses arise when the carrying value of the loan (including accrued interest) exceeds the fair value of the foreclosed property, net of estimated costs to sell and expected recoveries through credit enhancements. Losses are charged off against the allowance for loan losses at the time of REO acquisition. REO gains arise and are recognized immediately in earnings when the fair value of the foreclosed property less costs to sell plus expected recoveries through credit enhancements exceeds the recorded investment in the loan (including all amounts due from the borrower).
Amounts we expect to receive from third-party insurance (primary mortgage insurance and pool insurance) and most other credit enhancements are recorded as receivables when REO is acquired. The receivable is adjusted when the actual claim is filed and is reported as a component of other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We do not record receivables for repurchase recoveries. We record these on a cash basis due to uncertainty of the timing and amount of collections.
Material development and improvement costs relating to REO are capitalized. Operating expenses specifically identifiable with an REO property are included in REO operations income (expense) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income; all other expenses are recognized within other administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Declines in the fair value of REO are provided for and charged to REO operations income (expense). Any gains and losses from REO dispositions are included in REO operations income (expense).
Income Taxes
We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes for financial reporting purposes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon the expected future tax consequences of existing temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax reporting basis of assets and liabilities using enacted statutory tax rates as well as tax net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. To the extent tax laws change, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted, when necessary, in the period that the tax change is enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce net deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that all or part of our tax benefits will not be realized. The realization of these net deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income from current operations and from unrecognized tax benefits.
Income tax benefit (expense) includes: (a) deferred tax benefit (expense), which represents the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability balance during the year plus any change in a valuation allowance; and (b) current tax benefit (expense), which represents the amount of tax currently payable to or receivable from a tax authority including any related interest and penalties plus amounts accrued for unrecognized tax benefits (also including any related interest and penalties). Income tax benefit (expense) excludes the tax effects related to adjustments recorded to equity, such as unrealized gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities.
Regarding tax positions taken or expected to be taken (and any associated interest and penalties), we recognize a tax position so long as it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. We measure the tax position at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. See “NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES” for additional information.
Earnings Per Common Share
The August 2012 amendment to the Purchase Agreement changed the manner in which the dividend on the senior preferred stock is determined. For each quarter from January 1, 2013 through and including December 31, 2017, the dividend payment will be the amount, if any, by which our Net Worth Amount at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, less the applicable Capital Reserve Amount, exceeds zero. For each quarter beginning January 1, 2018, the dividend payment will be the amount, if any, by which our Net Worth Amount at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter exceeds zero. The dividend is presented in the period in which it is determinable for the senior preferred stock as a reduction to net income (loss) available to common stockholders and net income (loss) per common share. The dividend is declared and paid in the following period and recorded as a reduction to equity in the period declared.
We have participating securities related to options and restricted stock units with dividend equivalent rights that receive dividends as declared on an equal basis with common shares but are not obligated to participate in undistributed net losses. These participating securities consist of: (a) vested options to purchase common stock; and (b) vested and unvested restricted stock units that earn dividend equivalents at the same rate when and as declared on common stock. Consequently, in accordance with accounting guidance, we use the “two-class” method of computing earnings per common share. The “two-class” method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for common stock and participating securities based on dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings.
Basic earnings per common share is computed as net income attributable to common stockholders divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. The weighted average common shares outstanding for the period includes the weighted average number of shares that are associated with the warrant for our common stock issued to Treasury pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. This warrant is included since it is unconditionally exercisable by the holder at a minimal cost. See “NOTE 2: CONSERVATORSHIP AND RELATED MATTERS” for further information.
Diluted earnings per common share is computed as net income attributable to common stockholders divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period adjusted for the dilutive effect of common equivalent shares outstanding. For periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the calculation includes the effect of the following common equivalent shares outstanding: (a) the weighted average shares related to stock options if the average market price during the period exceeds the exercise price; and (b) the weighted average of unvested restricted stock units. During periods in which a net loss attributable to common stockholders has been incurred, potential common equivalent shares outstanding are not included in the calculation because it would have an antidilutive effect. See “NOTE 11: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) — Stock-Based Compensation” for additional information on our earnings-per-share calculation.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by stockholders. We define comprehensive income as consisting of net income (loss) plus after-tax changes in: (a) the unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities; (b) the effective portion of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedge relationships; and (c) defined benefit plans.
Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance
Fair Value Measurement
On January 1, 2012, we adopted an amendment to the accounting guidance pertaining to fair value measurement and disclosure. This amendment provided: (a) clarification about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements; and (b) changes to the guidance for measuring fair value and disclosing information about fair value measurements. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements
On January 1, 2012, we adopted an amendment to the accounting guidance for transfers and servicing with regard to repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. This amendment removed the criterion related to collateral maintenance from the transferor’s assessment of effective control. It focuses the assessment of effective control on the transferor’s rights and obligations with respect to the transferred financial assets and not whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. The adoption of this amendment did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring
On July 1, 2011, we adopted an amendment to the accounting guidance related to the classification of loans as TDRs, which clarifies when a restructuring such as a loan modification is considered a TDR. This amendment clarifies the guidance regarding a creditor’s evaluation of whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulty and whether a creditor has granted a concession to a debtor for purposes of determining if a restructuring constitutes a TDR.
Both single-family and multifamily loans that experience restructurings resulting in a concession being granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties are considered TDRs. The amendment provides guidance to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, which is largely consistent with the guidance for debtors. This change does not have a significant impact on our determination of whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. Pursuant to this amendment, a concession is deemed to have been granted when, as a result of the restructuring, we do not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued, at the original contractual interest rate. The amendment also specifies that a concession shall not be determined by comparing the borrower’s pre-restructuring effective interest rate to the post-restructuring effective interest rate. These changes resulted in a significant impact on our determination of whether a concession has been granted.
The amendment was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and applied as of July 1, 2011 to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. We recognized additional provision for credit losses of $0.2 billion during the third quarter of 2011 due to the population of restructurings occurring in the first half of 2011 that became TDRs.
Please refer to “NOTE 5: INDIVIDUALLY IMPAIRED AND NON-PERFORMING LOANS” for further disclosures regarding our loan restructurings accounted for and disclosed as TDRs and for discussion regarding how modifications and other loss mitigation activities are factored into our allowance for loan losses.
Recently Issued Accounting Guidance, Not Yet Adopted Within These Consolidated Financial Statements
Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects
In January 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance related to accounting for investments in qualified affordable housing projects. This amendment permits entities to elect to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. The amendment is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and is to be applied retrospectively, with early adoption permitted. We do not expect that the adoption of this amendment will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure
In January 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance related to reclassifying residential real estate collateralized consumer mortgage loans upon foreclosure. This amendment clarifies that a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either: (a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure; or (b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. This amendment is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted. This amendment can be adopted either prospectively or retrospectively. We do not expect that the adoption of this amendment will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

# 36
Entity Registrant Name FORD MOTOR CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
PRESENTATION

For purposes of this report, “Ford,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar references mean Ford Motor Company and our consolidated subsidiaries and our consolidated VIEs of which we are the primary beneficiary, unless the context requires otherwise.

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). We present the financial statements on both a consolidated basis and on a sector basis for our Automotive and Financial Services sectors. The additional information provided in the sector statements enables the reader to better understand the operating performance, financial position, cash flows, and liquidity of our two very different businesses. We eliminate all intercompany items and transactions in the consolidated and sector balance sheets. In certain circumstances, presentation of these intercompany eliminations or consolidated adjustments differ between the consolidated and sector financial statements. These line items are reconciled below under “Reconciliations between Consolidated and Sector Financial Statements” or in related footnotes.

We reclassified certain prior year amounts on our consolidated financial statements to conform to current year presentation.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

Balance Sheet - Offsetting. On January 1, 2013, we adopted the new accounting standard that requires disclosures about offsetting and related arrangements for derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions. See Note 4 and Note 16 for further disclosure regarding balance sheet offsetting.

Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. On January 1, 2013, we adopted the new accounting standard that provides the option to evaluate qualitative factors to determine whether a calculated impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. The adoption of this accounting standard did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

Comprehensive Income - Reporting of Reclassification Adjustments. During 2012, we early adopted the new accounting standard that requires us to disclose significant amounts reclassified out of each component of Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) (“AOCI”) and the affected income statement line item only if the item reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety. See Note 18 for further disclosure regarding the significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI.



NOTE 1.  PRESENTATION (Continued)

Reconciliations between Consolidated and Sector Financial Statements

Sector to Consolidated Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities. The difference between the total assets and total liabilities as presented on our sector balance sheet and consolidated balance sheet is the result of netting deferred income tax assets and liabilities. The reconciliation between the totals for the sector and consolidated balance sheets was as follows (in millions):
 
December 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Sector balance sheet presentation of deferred income tax assets
 
 
 
Automotive sector current deferred income tax assets
$
1,574

 
$
3,488

Automotive sector non-current deferred income tax assets
13,283

 
13,325

Financial Services sector deferred income tax assets (a)
184

 
184

Total
15,041

 
16,997

Reclassification for netting of deferred income taxes
(1,726
)
 
(1,812
)
Consolidated balance sheet presentation of deferred income tax assets
$
13,315

 
$
15,185

 
 
 
 
Sector balance sheet presentation of deferred income tax liabilities
 

 
 

Automotive sector current deferred income tax liabilities
$
267

 
$
81

Automotive sector non-current deferred income tax liabilities
430

 
514

Financial Services sector deferred income tax liabilities
1,627

 
1,687

Total
2,324

 
2,282

Reclassification for netting of deferred income taxes
(1,726
)
 
(1,812
)
Consolidated balance sheet presentation of deferred income tax liabilities
$
598

 
$
470

__________
(a)
Financial Services deferred income tax assets are included in Financial Services other assets on our sector balance sheet.
NOTE 1.  PRESENTATION (Continued)

Sector to Consolidated Cash Flow. We present certain cash flows from wholesale and other receivables, interest supplements and residual support, and the acquisition of intersector debt differently on our sector and consolidated statements of cash flows. The reconciliation between totals for the sector and consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31 was as follows (in millions):
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Automotive net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
$
7,738

 
$
6,266

 
$
9,368

Financial Services net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
3,352

 
2,043

 
418

Total sector net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities (Note 25)
11,090

 
8,309

 
9,786

Reclassifications from investing to operating cash flows
 

 
 

 
 
Purchases/Collections of wholesale receivables (a)
(2,971
)
 
(1,235
)
 
(2,010
)
Purchases/Collections of other receivables (b)
(73
)
 
57

 
21

Payments of interest supplements and residual support (c)
2,398

 
1,914

 
1,987

Consolidated net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
$
10,444

 
$
9,045

 
$
9,784

 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
$
(8,111
)
 
$
(8,024
)
 
$
(1,541
)
Financial Services net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
(11,821
)
 
(4,404
)
 
1,401

Total sector net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
(19,932
)
 
(12,428
)
 
(140
)
Reclassifications from investing to operating cash flows
 

 
 

 
 
Purchases/Collections of wholesale receivables (a)
2,971

 
1,235

 
2,010

Purchases/Collections of other receivables (b)
73

 
(57
)
 
(21
)
Payments of interest supplements and residual support (c)
(2,398
)
 
(1,914
)
 
(1,987
)
Reclassifications from investing to financing cash flows
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity of Financial Services sector debt held by Automotive sector (d)
—

 
(201
)
 
—

Elimination of investing activity to/(from) Financial Services in consolidation
(445
)
 
(925
)
 
(2,903
)
Consolidated net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
$
(19,731
)
 
$
(14,290
)
 
$
(3,041
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
$
(822
)
 
$
40

 
$
(5,932
)
Financial Services net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
8,510

 
2,539

 
(1,212
)
Total sector net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
7,688

 
2,579

 
(7,144
)
Reclassifications from investing to financing cash flows
 

 
 

 
 
Maturity of Financial Services sector debt held by Automotive sector (d)
—

 
201

 
—

Elimination of investing activity to/(from) Financial Services in consolidation
445

 
925

 
2,903

Consolidated net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
$
8,133

 
$
3,705

 
$
(4,241
)
 __________
(a)
In addition to the cash flow from vehicles sold by us, the cash flow from wholesale finance receivables (being reclassified from investing to operating) includes dealer financing by Ford Credit of used and non-Ford vehicles. One hundred percent of cash flows from these wholesale finance receivables have been reclassified for consolidated presentation as the portion of these cash flows from used and non-Ford vehicles is impracticable to separate.
(b)
Includes cash flows of other receivables purchased/collected by the Financial Services sector from certain divisions and subsidiaries of the Automotive sector.
(c)
Payments from Automotive sector to Ford Credit on behalf of the retail customer that represent interest supplements and residual support.
(d)
Cash inflows related to these transactions are reported as financing activities on the consolidated statement of cash flows and investing activities on the sector statement of cash flows.



NOTE 1.  PRESENTATION (Continued)

Certain Transactions Between Automotive and Financial Services Sectors

Intersector transactions occur in the ordinary course of business. Additional detail regarding certain transactions and the effect on each sector’s balance sheet was as follows (in billions):
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Automotive
 
Financial
Services
 
Automotive
 
Financial
Services
Finance receivables, net (a)
 
 
$
3.3

 
 
 
$
4.8

Unearned interest supplements and residual support (b)
 
 
(3.1
)
 
 
 
(2.6
)
Wholesale receivables/Other (c)
 
 
0.8

 
 
 
0.8

Net investment in operating leases (d)
 
 
0.6

 
 
 
0.5

Intersector receivables/(payables) (e)
$
(0.2
)
 
0.2

 
$
(0.3
)
 
0.3

__________
(a)
Automotive sector receivables (generated primarily from vehicle and parts sales to third parties) sold to Ford Credit.  These receivables are classified as Other receivables, net on our consolidated balance sheet and Finance receivables, net on our sector balance sheet.
(b)
We pay amounts to Ford Credit at the point of retail financing or lease origination that represent interest supplements and residual support.
(c)
Primarily wholesale receivables with entities that are consolidated subsidiaries of Ford.  
(d)
Sale-leaseback agreement between Automotive and Financial Services sectors relating to vehicles that we lease to our employees.
(e)
Amounts owed to the Financial Services sector by Automotive sector, or vice versa.

Venezuelan Operations

On February 13, 2013, the Venezuelan government effected a devaluation of the bolivar, from an exchange rate of 4.3 bolivars to the U.S. dollar to an exchange rate of 6.3 bolivars to the U.S. dollar. This resulted in a remeasurement loss of $186 million in the first quarter. For periods subsequent to the date of the devaluation, assets, liabilities, and results of operations from our Venezuelan subsidiary are remeasured at this new exchange rate.

At December 31, 2013, we had a bolivar denominated net monetary position of $749 million, including $765 million of bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents. Based on our net monetary position at December 31, 2013, a further devaluation from an exchange rate of 6.3 bolivars to the U.S. dollar to an exchange rate of 12 bolivars to the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a balance sheet remeasurement loss of approximately $360 million.

At December 31, 2013, our investment in our Venezuelan subsidiary (which includes undistributed earnings) was $881 million. Also, at December 31, 2013, it had $300 million of U.S. dollar currency exchange requests pending with and in transit to the governmental controlled currency exchange, including $295 million payable to other Ford consolidated affiliates.

The operating environment in Venezuela continues to be challenging.  Foreign exchange control regulations have affected our Venezuelan operation’s ability to pay dividends and obligations denominated in U.S. dollars, and are constraining parts availability and our ability to maintain normal production. Recent developments in Venezuela, including price controls and a very limited and uneven supply of foreign currency to support production, have affected adversely our business and results of operations.  These and other restrictions could limit our ability to benefit from our investment and maintain a controlling interest in our Venezuelan subsidiary.

# 37
Entity Registrant Name GENERAL DYNAMICS CORPORATION
Nature of operations

# 38
Entity Registrant Name General Electric Company
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock

Financial Statement Presentation

We have reclassified certain prior-year amounts to conform to the current-year's presentation.

 

Financial data and related measurements are presented in the following categories:

 

GE – This represents the adding together of all affiliates other than General Electric Capital Corporation (GECC), whose continuing operations are presented on a one-line basis, giving effect to the elimination of transactions among such affiliates.

 

GECC – This represents the adding together of all affiliates of GECC, giving effect to the elimination of transactions among such affiliates.

 

Consolidated – This represents the adding together of GE and GECC, giving effect to the elimination of transactions between GE and GECC.

 

Operating Segments – These comprise our eight businesses, focused on the broad markets they serve: Power & Water, Oil & Gas, Energy Management, Aviation, Healthcare, Transportation, Appliances & Lighting (formerly Home & Business Solutions) and GE Capital. Prior-period information has been reclassified to be consistent with how we managed our businesses in 2013.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information in these notes to consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations. Certain of our operations have been presented as discontinued. See Note 2.

 

The effects of translating to U.S. dollars the financial statements of non-U.S. affiliates whose functional currency is the local currency are included in shareowners' equity. Asset and liability accounts are translated at year-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates for the respective periods.

 

Preparing financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates based on assumptions about current, and for some estimates future, economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, the real estate market, etc.), which affect reported amounts and related disclosures in our financial statements. Although our current estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, as appropriate, it is reasonably possible that in 2014 actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial position. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, incremental losses on financing receivables, establishment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and increased tax liabilities.

 


# 39
Entity Registrant Name GENERAL MOTORS COMPANY
Nature of operations

# 40
Entity Registrant Name Google Inc.
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
Google Inc. and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations
We were incorporated in California in September 1998 and re-incorporated in the State of Delaware in August 2003. We generate revenues primarily by delivering relevant, cost-effective online advertising in our Google segment. To a lesser extent, we generate revenues primarily from sales of mobile devices in our Motorola Mobile segment.
In April 2013, we completed the disposition of the Motorola Home segment to Arris Group, Inc. (Arris) and certain other persons. See Note 8 for further discussion of the disposition of the Motorola Home segment.
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Google Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the accounts receivable and sales allowances, fair values of financial instruments, intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, fair values of stock-based awards, inventory valuations, income taxes, and contingent liabilities, among others. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
In the second quarter of 2013, we revised the estimated useful lives of certain types of property and equipment which resulted in an additional depreciation expense of $207 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.
Revenue Recognition
The following table presents our revenues by revenue source (in millions):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
Google:
 
 
 
 
 
Advertising revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Google websites
$
26,145

 
$
31,221

 
$
37,422

Google Network Members' websites
10,386

 
12,465

 
13,125

Total advertising revenues
36,531

 
43,686

 
50,547

Other revenues
1,374

 
2,353

 
4,972

Total Google revenues (advertising and other)
$
37,905

 
$
46,039

 
$
55,519

Motorola Mobile:
 
 
 
 
 
Total Motorola Mobile revenues (hardware and other)
0

 
4,136

 
4,306

Total revenues
$
37,905

 
$
50,175

 
$
59,825

We recognize revenues when the services or products have been provided or delivered, the fees we charge are fixed or determinable, we and our advertisers or other customers understand the specific nature and terms of the agreed upon transactions, and collectability is reasonably assured.
Google AdWords is our auction-based advertising program that enables advertisers to place text-based and display ads on our websites and our Google Network Members’ websites. Display advertising comprises the videos, text, images, and other interactive ads that run across the web on computers and mobile devices, including smart phones and handheld computers such as netbooks and tablets. Most of our customers pay us on a cost-per-click basis, which means that an advertiser pays us only when a user clicks on one of its ads. We also offer advertising on a cost-per-impression basis that enables advertisers to pay us based on the number of times their ads display on our websites and our Google Network Members’ websites as specified by the advertisers.
Google AdSense refers to the online programs through which we distribute our advertisers’ AdWords ads for display on our Google Network Members’ websites.
We recognize as revenues the fees charged to advertisers each time a user clicks on one of the ads that appears next to the search results or content on our websites or our Google Network Members’ websites. For those advertisers using our cost-per-impression pricing, we recognize as revenues the fees charged to advertisers each time their ads are displayed on our websites or our Google Network Members’ websites. We report our Google AdSense revenues on a gross basis principally because we are the primary obligor to our advertisers.
For hardware product sales, where we sell directly to end customers or through distribution channels, revenue recognition generally occurs when products have been shipped, risk of loss has transferred to the customer, objective evidence exists that customer acceptance provisions have been met, no significant obligations remain and allowances for discounts, price protection, returns and customer incentives can be reasonably and reliably estimated. Recorded revenues are reduced by these allowances. Where these allowances cannot be reasonably and reliably estimated, we recognize revenue at the time the product sells through the distribution channel to the end customer.
For the sale of certain third-party products and services, we evaluate whether it is appropriate to recognize revenue based on the gross amount billed to the customers or the net amount earned as revenue share. Generally, when we are primarily obligated in a transaction, are subject to inventory risk or have latitude in establishing prices, or have several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded on a gross basis. We generally record the net amounts as revenue share earned if we are not primarily obligated and do not have inventory risk or latitude in establishing prices. Such amounts earned are typically determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed fee, or a combination of the two.
For arrangements that include multiple deliverables, primarily for products that contain software essential to the hardware products’ functionality and services, we allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we use a hierarchy to determine the selling prices to be used for allocating revenue: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (VSOE), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (ESP). VSOE generally exists only when we sell the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by us for that deliverable. ESPs reflect our best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis.
We record deferred revenues upon invoicing or when cash payments are received in advance of our performance in the underlying agreement on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues consists primarily of traffic acquisition costs. Traffic acquisition costs consist of amounts ultimately paid to our Google Network Members under AdSense arrangements and to certain other partners (our distribution partners) who distribute our toolbar and other products (collectively referred to as access points) or otherwise direct search queries to our website (collectively referred to as distribution arrangements). These amounts are primarily based on the revenue share and fixed fee arrangements with our Google Network Members and distribution partners.
Certain distribution arrangements require us to pay our partners based on a fee per access point delivered and not exclusively - or at all - based on revenue share. These fees are non-refundable. Further, these arrangements are terminable at will, although under the terms of certain contracts we or our distribution partners may be subject to penalties in the event of early termination. We recognize fees under these arrangements over the estimated useful lives of the access points (approximately two years) to the extent we can reasonably estimate those lives and they are longer than one year, or based on any contractual revenue share, if greater. Otherwise, the fees are charged to expense as incurred. The estimated useful life of the access points is based on the historical average period of time they generate traffic and revenues.
Cost of revenues also includes the expenses associated with the operation of our data centers, including depreciation, labor, energy, and bandwidth costs, hardware inventory costs, credit card and other transaction fees related to processing customer transactions, amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets, as well as content acquisition costs. We have entered into arrangements with certain content providers under which we distribute or license their video and other content. In a number of these arrangements, we display ads on the pages of our websites from which the content is viewed and share most of the fees these ads generate with the content providers. We also license content on the pages of our websites from which the content is sold and share most of the fees these sales generate with content providers. To the extent we are obligated to make guaranteed minimum revenue share payments to our content providers, we recognize as content acquisition costs the contractual revenue share amount or the amount determined on a straight-line basis, whichever is greater, over the terms of the agreements.
In addition, cost of revenues includes manufacturing and inventory-related costs primarily from our Motorola Mobile segment.
Stock-based Compensation
We have elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton (BSM) option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. Restricted stock units (RSUs) are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant. Shares are issued on the vesting dates net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of our employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we record the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when paid. Also, we recognize stock-based compensation using the straight-line method.
We include as part of cash flows from financing activities the benefits of tax deductions in excess of the tax-effected compensation of the related stock-based awards for options exercised and RSUs vested during the period. During the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2013, the amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options was $621 million, $736 million, and $1,174 million, and the total direct tax benefit realized, including the excess tax benefit, from stock-based award activities was $451 million, $747 million, and $1,195 million. We have elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards - primarily the research and development tax credit - through the Consolidated Statements of Income.
For the years ended December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2013, we recognized stock-based compensation expense and related tax benefits of $1,974 million and $413 million, $2,649 million and $591 million, and $3,268 million and $720 million. Additionally, net income (loss) from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 includes stock-based compensation expense and related tax benefits of $43 million and $11 million, and $75 million and $24 million, respectively.
Certain Risks and Concentrations
Our revenues are primarily derived from online advertising, the market for which is highly competitive and rapidly changing. In addition, our revenues are generated from a multitude of vertical market segments in countries around the world. Significant changes in this industry or changes in customer buying or advertiser spending behavior could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, for our Motorola Mobile segment, the vast majority of our Motorola products (other than some prototypes) are manufactured outside the U.S., primarily in China and Brazil.
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, marketable securities, foreign exchange contracts, and accounts receivable. Cash equivalents and marketable securities consist primarily of time deposits, money market and other funds, including cash collateral received related to our securities lending program, highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies, debt instruments issued by foreign governments and municipalities in the U.S., corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities. Foreign exchange contracts are transacted with various financial institutions with high credit standing. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenues earned from customers located around the world. In 2011, 2012, and 2013, we generated approximately 46%, 47%, and 45% of our revenues from customers based in the U.S., with the majority of customers outside of the U.S. located in Europe and Japan. Many of our Google Network Members are in the internet industry. We perform ongoing evaluations to determine customer credit and we limit the amount of credit we extend, but generally we do not require collateral from our customers. We maintain reserves for estimated credit losses and these losses have generally been within our expectations.
No individual customer or groups of affiliated customers represented more than 10% of our revenues in 2011, 2012, and 2013.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Our financial assets and financial liabilities that include cash equivalents, marketable securities, and foreign currency and interest rate derivative contracts are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. We measure certain other assets including our non-marketable equity securities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Our other current financial assets and our other current financial liabilities have fair values that approximate their carrying value and are therefore not recorded at fair value.
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Marketable Securities
We invest our excess cash primarily in time deposits, money market and other funds, including cash collateral received related to our securities lending program, highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies, debt instruments issued by foreign governments and municipalities in the U.S., corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities.
We classify all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of three months or less from date of purchase as cash equivalents and all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of greater than three months as marketable securities.
We determine the appropriate classification of our investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate such designation at each balance sheet date. We have classified and accounted for our marketable securities as available-for-sale. We may or may not hold securities with stated maturities greater than 12 months until maturity. After consideration of our risk versus reward objectives, as well as our liquidity requirements, we may sell these securities prior to their stated maturities. As we view these securities as available to support current operations, we classify securities with maturities beyond 12 months as current assets under the caption marketable securities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. We carry these securities at fair value, and report the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, as a component of stockholders’ equity, except for unrealized losses determined to be other-than-temporary, which we record as interest and other income, net. We determine any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities on a specific identification method, and we record such gains and losses as a component of interest and other income, net.
Non-Marketable Equity Securities
We have accounted for non-marketable equity securities either under the equity or cost method. Investments through which we exercise significant influence but do not have control over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. Investments through which we are not able to exercise significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the cost method.
Impairment of Marketable and Non-Marketable Securities
We periodically review our marketable and non-marketable securities for impairment. If we conclude that any of these investments are impaired, we determine whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. Factors we consider to make such determination include the duration and severity of the impairment, the reason for the decline in value and the potential recovery period and our intent to sell. For marketable debt securities, we also consider whether (1) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, and (2) the amortized cost basis cannot be recovered as a result of credit losses. If any impairment is considered other-than-temporary, we will write down the asset to its fair value and record the corresponding charge as interest and other income, net.
Accounts Receivable
We record accounts receivable at the invoiced amount and we do not charge interest. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible receivables. We review the accounts receivable by amounts due by customers which are past due to identify specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In determining the amount of the reserve, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. We also maintain a sales allowance to reserve for potential credits issued to customers. We determine the amount of the reserve based on historical credits issued.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, computed using the first-in, first-out method.
Property and Equipment
We account for property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We compute depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to five years. We depreciate buildings over periods up to 25 years. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress is related to the construction or development of property (including land) and equipment that have not yet been placed in service for our intended use. Depreciation for equipment commences once it is placed in service and depreciation for buildings and leasehold improvements commences once they are ready for our intended use. Land is not depreciated.
Software Development Costs
We expense software development costs, including costs to develop software products or the software component of products to be marketed to external users, before technological feasibility of such products is reached. We have determined that technological feasibility was reached shortly before the release of those products and as a result, the development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and before the release of those products were not material, and accordingly, were expensed as incurred. Software development costs also include costs to develop software programs to be used solely to meet our internal needs and cloud based applications used to deliver our services.
Business Combinations
We include the results of operations of the businesses that we acquire as of the respective dates of acquisition. We allocate the fair value of the purchase price of our acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.
Long-Lived Assets Including Goodwill and Other Acquired Intangible Assets
We review property and equipment, long-term prepayments and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If property and equipment and intangible assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair market value. We have made no material adjustments to our long-lived assets in any of the years presented. In addition, we test our goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that this asset may be impaired. No goodwill impairment has been identified in any of the years presented.
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We amortize our acquired intangible assets on a straight-line basis with definite lives over periods ranging from one to twelve years.
Income Taxes
We recognize income taxes under the liability method. We recognize deferred income taxes for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. We recognize the effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
Foreign Currency
Generally, the functional currency of our international subsidiaries is the local currency. We translate the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using month-end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, and average rates of exchange for revenues, costs, and expenses. We record translation gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity. We recorded $107 million of net translation losses in 2011, $75 million of net translation gains in 2012, and $89 million of net translation gains in 2013. We record net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions as a component of foreign currency exchange losses in interest and other income, net. These gains and losses are net of those recognized on foreign exchange contracts. We recorded $38 million of net losses in 2011, $78 million of net losses in 2012, and $120 million of net losses in 2013.
Advertising and Promotional Expenses
We expense advertising and promotional costs in the period in which they are incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, advertising and promotional expenses totaled approximately $1,544 million, $2,332 million, and $2,848 million.

# 41
Entity Registrant Name Halliburton Company
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
Description of Company and Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Company
Halliburton Company’s predecessor was established in 1919 and incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1924. We are one of the world’s largest oilfield services companies. Our two business segments are the Completion and Production segment and the Drilling and Evaluation segment. We provide a comprehensive range of services and products for the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas around the world.
Use of estimates
Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, requiring us to make estimates and assumptions that affect:
-
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and
-
the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.
We believe the most significant estimates and assumptions are associated with the forecasting of our effective income tax rate and the valuation of deferred taxes, legal and environmental reserves, long-lived asset valuations, purchase price allocations, pensions, allowance for bad debts, and percentage-of-completion accounting for long-term contracts. Ultimate results could differ from our estimates.
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our company and all of our subsidiaries that we control or variable interest entities for which we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Investments in companies in which we have significant influence are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. If we do not have significant influence, we use the cost method of accounting.
In 2013, we adopted the provisions of a new accounting standard. See Note 15 for further information. All periods presented reflect these changes.
Revenue recognition
Overall. Our services and products are generally sold based upon purchase orders or contracts with our customers that include fixed or determinable prices but do not include right of return provisions or other significant post-delivery obligations. Our products are produced in a standard manufacturing operation, even if produced to our customer’s specifications. We recognize revenue from product sales when title passes to the customer, the customer assumes risks and rewards of ownership, collectability is reasonably assured, and delivery occurs as directed by our customer. Service revenue, including training and consulting services, is recognized when the services are rendered and collectability is reasonably assured. Rates for services are typically priced on a per day, per meter, per man-hour, or similar basis.
Software sales. Sales of perpetual software licenses, net of any deferred maintenance and support fees, are recognized as revenue upon shipment. Sales of time-based licenses are recognized as revenue over the license period. Maintenance and support fees are recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period, usually a one-year duration.
Percentage of completion. Revenue from certain long-term, integrated project management contracts to provide well construction and completion services is reported on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Progress is generally based upon physical progress related to contractually defined units of work. Physical percent complete is determined as a combination of input and output measures as deemed appropriate by the circumstances. All known or anticipated losses on contracts are provided for when they become evident. Cost adjustments that are in the process of being negotiated with customers for extra work or changes in the scope of work are included in revenue when collection is deemed probable.
Research and development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs were $588 million in 2013, $460 million in 2012, and $401 million in 2011.
Cash equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost represents invoice or production cost for new items and original cost less allowance for condition for used material returned to stock. Production cost includes material, labor, and manufacturing overhead. Some domestic manufacturing and field service finished products and parts inventories for drill bits, completion products, and bulk materials are recorded using the last-in, first-out method. The remaining inventory is recorded on the average cost method. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand and record provisions for excess or obsolete inventory based primarily on historical usage, estimated product demand, and technological developments.
Allowance for bad debts
We establish an allowance for bad debts through a review of several factors, including historical collection experience, current aging status of the customer accounts, and financial condition of our customers. Our policy is to write off bad debts when the customer accounts are determined to be uncollectible.
Property, plant, and equipment
Other than those assets that have been written down to their fair values due to impairment, property, plant, and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is generally provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Accelerated depreciation methods are used for tax purposes, wherever permitted. Upon sale or retirement of an asset, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized. Planned major maintenance costs are generally expensed as incurred. Expenditures for additions, modifications, and conversions are capitalized when they increase the value or extend the useful life of the asset.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
We record as goodwill the excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are detailed below by reportable segment.
Millions of dollars
Completion and Production
Drilling and Evaluation
Total
Balance at December 31, 2011:
$
1,215

$
561

$
1,776

Current year acquisitions
100

62

162

Purchase price adjustments for previous acquisitions
196

1

197

Balance at December 31, 2012:
$
1,511

$
624

$
2,135

Current year acquisitions
43

10

53

Purchase price adjustments for previous acquisitions
(21
)
1

(20
)
Balance at December 31, 2013:
$
1,533

$
635

$
2,168



The reported amounts of goodwill for each reporting unit are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, during the third quarter, and more frequently should negative conditions such as significant current or projected operating losses exist. In 2012 and 2011, we elected to perform a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test. If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill. In 2013, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform a quantitative impairment test. This two-step process involves comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired, and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test would be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss to be recorded, if any. Our goodwill impairment assessment for 2013 indicated the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded its carrying amount by a significant margin. Based on our qualitative assessment of goodwill in 2012 and 2011, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each of our reporting units was greater than their carrying amount, and therefore no further testing was required. In addition, there were no triggering events that occurred in 2013, 2012, or 2011 requiring us to perform additional impairment reviews. As such, there were no impairments of goodwill recorded in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013.
We amortize other identifiable intangible assets with a finite life on a straight-line basis over the period which the asset is expected to contribute to our future cash flows, ranging from three to twenty years. The components of these other intangible assets generally consist of patents, license agreements, non-compete agreements, trademarks, and customer lists and contracts.
Evaluating impairment of long-lived assets
When events or changes in circumstances indicate that long-lived assets other than goodwill may be impaired, an evaluation is performed. For an asset classified as held for use, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if a write-down to fair value is required. When an asset is classified as held for sale, the asset’s book value is evaluated and adjusted to the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. In addition, depreciation and amortization is ceased while it is classified as held for sale.
Income taxes
We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will not be realized.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on continuing operations in our consolidated statements of operations.
We generally do not provide income taxes on the undistributed earnings of non-United States subsidiaries because such earnings are intended to be reinvested indefinitely to finance foreign activities. These additional foreign earnings could be subject to additional tax if remitted, or deemed remitted, as a dividend; however, it is not practicable to estimate the additional amount, if any, of taxes payable. Taxes are provided as necessary with respect to earnings that are not permanently reinvested.
Derivative instruments
At times, we enter into derivative financial transactions to hedge existing or projected exposures to changing foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes. We recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and reflected through the results of operations. If the derivative is designated as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against:
-
the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings; or
-
recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings.
The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is recognized in earnings. Recognized gains or losses on derivatives entered into to manage foreign currency exchange risk are included in “Other, net” on the consolidated statements of operations. Gains or losses on interest rate derivatives are included in “Interest expense, net.”
Foreign currency translation
Foreign entities whose functional currency is the United States dollar translate monetary assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates, and nonmonetary items are translated at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average rates in effect during the year, except for depreciation, cost of product sales and revenue, and expenses associated with nonmonetary balance sheet accounts, which are translated at historical rates. Gains or losses from changes in exchange rates are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in “Other, net” in the year of occurrence.
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the date of grant, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity grant. Additionally, compensation cost is recognized based on awards ultimately expected to vest, therefore, we have reduced the cost for estimated forfeitures based on historical forfeiture rates. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised in subsequent periods to reflect actual forfeitures. See Note 11 for additional information related to stock-based compensation.

# 42
Entity Registrant Name HCA HOLDINGS, INC.
Nature of operations

# 43
Entity Registrant Name HESS CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

Nature of Business:    Hess Corporation with its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Corporation or Hess) is a global Exploration and Production (E&P) company that develops, produces, purchases, transports and sells crude oil and natural gas. Prior to 2013, the Corporation also operated a Marketing and Refining (M&R) segment, which it began to divest during the year. The M&R businesses manufacture refined petroleum products and purchase, market, store and trade refined products, natural gas and electricity, as well as operate retail gas stations, most of which have convenience stores. See also Note 21, Segment Information in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the Corporation’s reportable segments at December 31, 2013.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Corporation announced several initiatives to continue its transformation into a more focused pure play E&P company. The transformation plan included fully exiting the Corporation’s M&R businesses, including its terminal, retail, energy marketing and energy trading operations, as well as the permanent shutdown of refining operations at its Port Reading facility, thus completing its exit from all refining operations. HOVENSA L.L.C. (HOVENSA), a 50/50 joint venture between the Corporation’s subsidiary, Hess Oil Virgin Islands Corp (HOVIC), and a subsidiary of Petroleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA) had previously shut down its United States (U.S.) Virgin Islands refinery in January 2012 and continued operating solely as an oil storage terminal. HOVIC and its partner have also commenced a sales process for HOVENSA. The transformation plan also committed to the sale of mature E&P assets in Indonesia and Thailand and the pursuit of monetizing Bakken midstream assets by 2015. See also Note 2, Dispositions and Note 24, Subsequent Events in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the divestitures completed to date under this transformation plan.


# 44
Entity Registrant Name HEWLETT PACKARD CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP") and the subsidiaries and affiliates in which HP has a controlling financial interest or is the primary beneficiary. HP accounts for investments in companies over which HP has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not hold a controlling interest under the equity method, and HP records its proportionate share of income or losses in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. HP presents non-controlling interests as a separate component within Total stockholder's equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net earnings attributable to the non-controlling interests are eliminated within Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and are not presented separately as they were not material for any period presented. HP has eliminated all intercompany accounts and transactions.

Reclassifications

        HP has made certain segment and business unit realignments in order to optimize its operating structure. Reclassifications of certain prior-year segment and business unit financial information have been made to conform to the current-year presentation. None of the changes impacts HP's previously reported consolidated net revenue, earnings from operations, net earnings or net earnings per share ("EPS"). See Note 2 for a further discussion of HP's segment reorganization.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with United States ("U.S.") generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in HP's Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

        HP predominately uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. dollars are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and at historical exchange rates for nonmonetary assets and liabilities. Net revenue, costs and expenses denominated in non-U.S. dollars are recorded in U.S. dollars at monthly average exchange rates prevailing during the period. HP includes gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries designate the local currency as their functional currency, and HP records the translation of their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date as translation adjustments and includes them as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. The amendments are based on the principle that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. HP is required to adopt the amendments in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is not permitted. The amendments may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. HP is currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and the transition alternatives on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In April 2014, the FASB issued guidance which changes the criteria for identifying a discontinued operation. The guidance limits the definition of a discontinued operation to the disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. HP is required to adopt the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2016, with early adoption permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard requiring the presentation of certain unrecognized tax benefits as reductions to deferred tax assets rather than as liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. HP is required to adopt this new standard on a prospective basis in the first quarter of fiscal 2015; however, early adoption is permitted as is retrospective application. HP will adopt the new standard in the first fiscal quarter of 2015 on a prospective basis. Adoption of the new standard is not expected to have a material effect on HP's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

General

        HP recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services are rendered, the sales price or fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Additionally, HP recognizes hardware revenue on sales to channel partners, including resellers, distributors or value-added solution providers at the time of delivery when the channel partners have economic substance apart from HP, and HP has completed its obligations related to the sale. HP generally recognizes revenue for its standalone software sales to channel partners on receipt of evidence that the software has been sold to a specific end user. HP limits the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, future performance obligations or subject to customer-specified refund or return rights.

        HP reduces revenue for customer and distributor programs and incentive offerings, including price protection, rebates, promotions, other volume-based incentives and expected returns. Future market conditions and product transitions may require HP to take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered. For certain incentive programs, HP estimates the number of customers expected to redeem the incentive based on historical experience and the specific terms and conditions of the incentive.

        In instances when revenue is derived from sales of third-party vendor products or services, HP records revenue on a gross basis when HP is a principal to the transaction and on a net basis when HP is acting as an agent between the customer and the vendor. HP considers several factors to determine whether it is acting as a principal or an agent, most notably whether HP is the primary obligor to the customer, has established its own pricing and has inventory and credit risks.

        HP reports revenue net of any taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities, with the collected taxes recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the relevant government authority.

Multiple element arrangements

        When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements or deliverables, such as hardware and software products, and/or services, HP allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of selling price, if available, third party evidence ("TPE") if VSOE of selling price is not available, or estimated selling price ("ESP") if neither VSOE of selling price nor TPE is available. HP establishes VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, in rare instances, using the price established by management having the relevant authority. HP establishes TPE of selling price by evaluating largely similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. HP establishes ESP based on management judgment considering internal factors such as margin objectives, pricing practices and controls, customer segment pricing strategies and the product life cycle. Consideration is also given to market conditions, such as competitor pricing strategies and technology life cycles. In arrangements with multiple elements, HP allocates the transaction price to the individual units of accounting at inception of the arrangement based on their relative selling price.

        In multiple element arrangements that include software that is more-than-incidental, HP allocates the transaction price to the individual units of accounting for the non-software deliverables and to the software deliverables as a group using the relative selling price of each of the deliverables in the arrangement based on the selling price hierarchy. If the arrangement contains more than one software deliverable, the transaction price allocated to the group of software deliverables is then allocated to each component software deliverable.

        HP evaluates each deliverable in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value to the customer. For elements with no standalone value, HP recognizes revenue consistent with the pattern of the associated deliverables. If the arrangement includes a customer-negotiated refund or return right or other contingency relative to the delivered items, and the delivery and performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within HP's control, the delivered element constitutes a separate unit of accounting. In arrangements with combined units of accounting, changes in the allocation of the transaction price between elements may impact the timing of revenue recognition for the contract but will not change the total revenue recognized for the contract.

Product revenue

Hardware

        Under HP's standard terms and conditions of sale, HP transfers title and risk of loss to the customer at the time product is delivered to the customer and recognizes revenue accordingly, unless customer acceptance is uncertain or significant obligations to the customer remain. HP reduces revenue for estimated customer returns, price protection, rebates and other programs offered under sales agreements established by HP with its distributors and resellers. HP records revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as product revenue at the inception of the lease. HP accrues the estimated cost of post-sale obligations, including standard product warranties, based on historical experience at the time HP recognizes revenue.

Software

        HP recognizes revenue from perpetual software licenses at the inception of the license term, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Term-based software license revenue is generally recognized ratably over the term of the license. HP uses the residual method to allocate revenue to software licenses at inception of the arrangement when VSOE of fair value for all undelivered elements, such as post-contract support, exists and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. HP recognizes revenue from maintenance and unspecified upgrades or updates provided on a when-and-if-available basis ratably over the period during which such items are delivered.

        HP recognizes revenue for hosting or software-as-a-service ("SaaS") arrangements as the service is delivered, generally on a straight-line basis, over the contractual period of performance. In hosting arrangements where software licenses are sold, HP recognizes the license revenue according to whether perpetual or term licenses are sold, when all other revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. In hosting arrangements that include software licenses, HP considers the rights provided to the customer (e.g., ownership of a license, contract termination provisions and the feasibility of the customer to operate the software) in determining when to recognize revenue for the licenses.

Services revenue

        HP recognizes revenue from fixed-price support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty contracts and software post-contract customer support agreements, ratably over the contract period and recognizes the costs associated with these contracts as incurred. For time and material contracts, HP recognizes revenue as services are rendered and recognizes costs as they are incurred.

        HP recognizes revenue from certain fixed-price contracts, such as consulting arrangements, as work progresses over the contract period on a proportional performance basis, as determined by the percentage of labor costs incurred to date compared to the total estimated contract labor costs of a contract. HP recognizes revenue on fixed-price contracts for design and build projects (to design, develop and construct software and systems) using the percentage-of-completion method. HP uses the cost-to-cost method to measure progress toward completion as determined by the percentage of cost incurred to date compared to the total estimated costs of the project. Estimates of total project costs for fixed-price contracts are regularly revised during the life of a contract. Provisions for estimated losses on fixed-priced contracts are recognized in the period when such losses become known. If reasonable and reliable cost estimates for a project cannot be made, HP uses the completed contract method and recognizes revenue and costs upon service completion.

        HP generally recognizes outsourcing services revenue in the period when the service is provided and the amount earned is not contingent on the occurrence of any future event. HP recognizes revenue using an objective measure of output for unit-priced contracts. Revenue for fixed-price outsourcing contracts with periodic billings is recognized on a straight-line basis if the service is provided evenly during the contract term. Provisions for estimated losses on outsourcing arrangements are recognized in the period when such losses become probable and estimable.

        HP recognizes revenue from operating leases on a straight-line basis as service revenue over the rental period.

Financing income

        Sales-type and direct-financing leases produce financing income, which HP recognizes at consistent rates of return over the lease term.

Deferred revenue and deferred costs

        HP records amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. HP records revenue that is earned and recognized in excess of amounts invoiced on services contracts as trade receivables.

        Deferred revenue represents amounts invoiced in advance for product support contracts, software customer support contracts, outsourcing startup services work, consulting and integration projects, product sales or leasing income.

        HP recognizes costs associated with outsourcing contracts as incurred, unless such costs are considered direct and incremental to the startup phase of the contract, in which case HP defers these costs during the startup phase and subsequently amortizes such costs over the period that outsourcing services are provided, once those services commence. HP amortizes deferred contract costs on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the contract unless facts and circumstances of the contract indicate a shorter period is more appropriate. Based on actual and projected contract financial performance indicators, HP analyzes the recoverability of deferred contract costs using the undiscounted estimated cash flows of the contract over its remaining term. If such undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of deferred contract costs and long-lived assets directly associated with the contract, the deferred contract costs are first impaired. If a cash flow deficiency remains after reducing the carrying amount of the deferred contract costs to zero, HP evaluates any remaining long-lived assets related to that contract for impairment.

Shipping and Handling

        HP includes costs related to shipping and handling in cost of sales.

Stock-Based Compensation

        HP determines stock-based compensation expense based on the measurement date fair value of the award. HP recognizes compensation cost only for those awards expected to meet the service and performance vesting conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. HP determines compensation costs at the aggregate grant level for service-based awards and at the individual vesting tranche level for awards with performance and/or market conditions. HP estimates the forfeiture rate based on its historical experience.

Retirement and Post-Retirement Plans

        HP has various defined benefit, other contributory and noncontributory retirement and post-retirement plans. HP generally amortizes unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on a straight-line basis over the average remaining estimated service life of participants. In some cases, HP amortizes actuarial gains and losses using the corridor approach. See Note 4 for a full description of these plans and the accounting and funding policies.

Advertising

        Costs to produce advertising are expensed as incurred during production. Costs to communicate advertising are expensed when the advertising is first run. Such costs totaled approximately $784 million in fiscal 2014, $878 million in fiscal 2013 and $1.0 billion in fiscal 2012.

Restructuring

        HP records charges associated with management-approved restructuring plans to reorganize one or more of HP's business segments, to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with business acquisitions or to simplify business processes and accelerate innovation. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations, and contract cancellation costs. HP records restructuring charges based on estimated employee terminations and site closure and consolidation plans. HP accrues for severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that benefits will be paid and the amount is reasonably estimable. The rates used in determing severance accruals are based on existing plans, historical experiences and negotiated settlements.

Taxes on Earnings

        HP recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year the differences are expected to reverse. HP records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        HP records accruals for uncertain tax positions when HP believes that it is not more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. HP makes adjustments to these accruals when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of adjustments for uncertain tax positions, as well as any related interest and penalties.

Accounts Receivable

        HP establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable. HP records a specific reserve for individual accounts when HP becomes aware of specific customer circumstances, such as in the case of a bankruptcy filing or deterioration in the customer's operating results or financial position. If there are additional changes in circumstances related to the specific customer, HP further adjusts estimates of the recoverability of receivables. HP maintains bad debt reserves for all other customers based on a variety of factors, including the use of third-party credit risk models that generate quantitative measures of default probabilities based on market factors, the financial condition of customers, the length of time receivables are past due, trends in the weighted-average risk rating for the portfolio, macroeconomic conditions, information derived from competitive benchmarking, significant one-time events and historical experience. The past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the contractual payment terms of the receivable.

        HP has third-party revolving short-term financing arrangements intended to facilitate the working capital requirements of certain customers. These financing arrangements, which in certain cases provide for partial recourse, result in the transfer of HP's trade receivables to a third party. HP reflects amounts transferred to, but not yet collected from, the third party in accounts receivable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For arrangements involving an element of recourse, the fair value of the recourse obligation is measured using market data from similar transactions and reported as a current liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Concentrations of Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject HP to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, investments, receivables from trade customers and contract manufacturers, financing receivables and derivatives.

        HP maintains cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivatives and certain other financial instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographic regions, and HP's policy is designed to limit exposure from any particular institution. As part of its risk management processes, HP performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions. HP has not sustained material credit losses from instruments held at these financial institutions. HP utilizes derivative contracts to protect against the effects of foreign currency and interest rate exposures. Such contracts involve the risk of non-performance by the counterparty, which could result in a material loss.

        HP sells a significant portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and, as a result, maintains individually significant receivable balances with these parties. If the financial condition or operations of these distributors' and resellers' aggregated business deteriorates substantially, HP's operating results could be adversely affected. The ten largest distributor and reseller receivable balances, which were concentrated primarily in North America and Europe, collectively represented approximately 20% and 21% of gross accounts receivable at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No single customer accounts for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable. Credit risk with respect to other accounts receivable and financing receivables is generally diversified due to the large number of entities comprising HP's customer base and their dispersion across many different industries and geographic regions. HP performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers and may require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in certain circumstances.

        HP utilizes outsourced manufacturers around the world to manufacture HP-designed products. HP may purchase product components from suppliers and sell those components to its outsourced manufacturers thereby creating receivable balances from the outsourced manufacturers. The three largest outsourced manufacturer receivable balances collectively represented 90% and 82% of HP's supplier receivables of $1.0 billion and $1.0 billion at October 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. HP includes the supplier receivables in Other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. HP's credit risk associated with these receivables is mitigated wholly or in part, by the amount HP owes to these outsourced manufacturers, as HP generally has the legal right to offset its payables to the outsourced manufacturers against these receivables. HP does not reflect the sale of these components in revenue and does not recognize any profit on these component sales until the related products are sold by HP, at which time any profit is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales.

        HP obtains a significant number of components from single source suppliers due to technology, availability, price, quality or other considerations. The loss of a single source supplier, the deterioration of HP's relationship with a single source supplier, or any unilateral modification to the contractual terms under which HP is supplied components by a single source supplier could adversely affect HP's revenue and gross margins.

Inventory

        HP values inventory at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        HP states property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. HP capitalizes additions and improvements and expenses maintenance and repairs as incurred. Depreciation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are five to 40 years for buildings and improvements and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. HP depreciates leasehold improvements over the life of the lease or the asset, whichever is shorter. HP depreciates equipment held for lease over the initial term of the lease to the equipment's estimated residual value. The estimated useful lives of assets used solely to support a customer services contract generally do not exceed the term of the customer contract. On retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets with any gain or loss recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

        HP capitalizes certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or create internal use software, principally related to software coding, designing system interfaces and installation and testing of the software. HP amortizes capitalized internal use software costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally from three to five years.

Software Development Costs

        HP capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for resale subsequent to establishing technological feasibility for the software, if significant. HP amortizes capitalized software development costs using the greater of the straight-line amortization method or the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product. The estimated useful life for capitalized software for resale is generally three years or less. Software development costs incurred subsequent to establishing technological feasibility are generally not significant.

Business Combinations

        HP includes the results of operations of acquired businesses in HP's consolidated results prospectively from the date of acquisition. HP allocates the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of these assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and HP and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies for recognition as an intangible asset. Acquisition-related expenses and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill

        HP reviews goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. While HP is permitted to conduct a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test, for its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, HP performed a quantitative test for all of its reporting units.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. At the beginning of its first quarter of fiscal 2014, HP made a change to its reporting units. In connection with continued operational synergies and interdependencies between the Enterprise Servers, Storage and Networking reporting unit and the Technology Services ("TS") reporting unit within the Enterprise Group ("EG") segment, HP combined these reporting units to create the EG reporting unit. As of October 31, 2014, HP's reporting units are consistent with the reportable segments identified in Note 2, except for Enterprise Services ("ES"), which consists of two reporting units: MphasiS Limited and the remainder of ES.

        In the first step of the impairment test, HP compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount. HP estimates the fair value of its reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived most significantly from the income approach, and to a lesser extent, the market approach. Under the income approach, HP estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. HP bases cash flow projections on management's estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. HP bases the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit's ability to execute on the projected cash flows. Under the market approach, HP estimates fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. HP weights the fair value derived from the market approach depending on the level of comparability of these publicly-traded companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, HP estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach. For the MphasiS Limited reporting unit, HP utilized the quoted market price in an active market to estimate fair value.

        In order to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of HP's reporting units, HP compares the aggregate reporting unit fair value to HP's market capitalization and calculates an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units' fair value over HP's market capitalization). HP evaluates the control premium by comparing it to observable control premiums from recent comparable transactions. If the implied control premium is not believed to be reasonable in light of these recent transactions, HP reevaluates reporting unit fair values, which may result in an adjustment to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This reevaluation could result in a change to the estimated fair value for certain or all reporting units.

        If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then HP performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In the second step, HP measures the reporting unit's assets, including any unrecognized intangible assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests at fair value in a hypothetical analysis to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than its carrying amount, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

        HP reviews intangible assets with finite lives and long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. HP assesses the recoverability of assets based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount, the asset is impaired. HP measures the amount of impairment loss, if any, as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value using an income approach or, when available and appropriate, using a market approach. HP amortizes intangible assets with finite lives using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, ranging from one to ten years.

Debt and Marketable Equity Securities Investments

        Debt and marketable equity securities are generally considered available-for-sale and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Realized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are calculated based on the specific identification method and included in Interest and other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. HP monitors its investment portfolio for potential impairment on a quarterly basis. When the carrying amount of an investment in debt securities exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary (i.e., when HP does not intend to sell the debt securities and it is not more likely than not that HP will be required to sell the debt securities prior to anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis), HP records an impairment charge to Interest and other, net in the amount of the credit loss and the balance, if any, is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivatives

        HP uses derivative financial instruments, primarily forwards, swaps, and options, to hedge certain foreign currency and interest rate exposures. HP also may use other derivative instruments not designated as hedges, such as forwards used to hedge foreign currency balance sheet exposures. HP does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. See Note 11 for a full description of HP's derivative financial instrument activities and related accounting policies.

Loss Contingencies

        HP is involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. HP records a liability for contingencies when it believes it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. See Note 15 for a full description of HP's loss contingencies and related accounting policies.


# 45
Entity Registrant Name HOME DEPOT INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureAndSignificantAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business, Consolidation and Presentation
The Home Depot, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") operate The Home Depot stores, which are full-service, warehouse-style stores averaging approximately 104,000 square feet of enclosed space, with approximately 24,000 additional square feet of outside garden area. The stores stock approximately 30,000 to 40,000 different kinds of building materials, home improvement supplies and lawn and garden products that are sold to do-it-yourself customers, do-it-for-me customers and professional customers. The Company also offers over 700,000 products through its Home Depot and Home Decorators Collection websites. At the end of fiscal 2013, the Company was operating 2,263 The Home Depot stores, which included 1,977 stores in the United States, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the territories of the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam ("U.S."), 180 stores in Canada and 106 stores in Mexico. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Sunday nearest to January 31. Fiscal year ended February 2, 2014 ("fiscal 2013") includes 52 weeks, fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 ("fiscal 2012") includes 53 weeks and fiscal year ended January 29, 2012 ("fiscal 2011") includes 52 weeks.
Use of Estimates
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses in preparing these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of Cash and Cash Equivalents, Receivables and Accounts Payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments. The fair value of the Company’s Long-Term Debt is discussed in Note 10.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash equivalents are carried at fair market value and consist primarily of money market funds.
Accounts Receivable
The Company has an agreement with a third-party service provider who directly extends credit to customers, manages the Company’s private label credit card program and owns the related receivables. The Company evaluated the third-party entities holding the receivables under the program and concluded that they should not be consolidated by the Company. The agreement with the third-party service provider expires in 2018, with the Company having the option, but no obligation, to purchase the receivables at the end of the agreement. The deferred interest charges incurred by the Company for its deferred financing programs offered to its customers are included in Cost of Sales. The interchange fees charged to the Company for the customers’ use of the cards and any profit sharing with the third-party service provider are included in Selling, General and Administrative expenses ("SG&A"). The sum of the three is referred to by the Company as "the cost of credit" of the private label credit card program.
In addition, certain subsidiaries of the Company extend credit directly to customers in the ordinary course of business. The receivables due from customers were $57 million and $42 million as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, respectively. The Company’s valuation reserve related to accounts receivable was not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company as of the end of fiscal 2013 or 2012.
Merchandise Inventories
The majority of the Company’s Merchandise Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market, as determined by the retail inventory method. As the inventory retail value is adjusted regularly to reflect market conditions, the inventory valued using the retail method approximates the lower of cost or market. Certain subsidiaries, including retail operations in Canada and Mexico, and distribution centers, record Merchandise Inventories at the lower of cost or market, as determined by a cost method. These Merchandise Inventories represent approximately 26% of the total Merchandise Inventories balance. The Company evaluates the inventory valued using a cost method at the end of each quarter to ensure that it is carried at the lower of cost or market. The valuation allowance for Merchandise Inventories valued under a cost method was not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company as of the end of fiscal 2013 or 2012.
Independent physical inventory counts or cycle counts are taken on a regular basis in each store and distribution center to ensure that amounts reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for Merchandise Inventories are properly stated. During the period between physical inventory counts in stores, the Company accrues for estimated losses related to shrink on a store-by-store basis based on historical shrink results and current trends in the business. Shrink (or in the case of excess inventory, "swell") is the difference between the recorded amount of inventory and the physical inventory. Shrink may occur due to theft, loss, inaccurate records for the receipt of inventory or deterioration of goods, among other things.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The Company provides for federal, state and foreign income taxes currently payable, as well as for those deferred due to timing differences between reporting income and expenses for financial statement purposes versus tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in income tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.
The Company and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Non-U.S. subsidiaries and certain U.S. subsidiaries, which are consolidated for financial reporting purposes, are not eligible to be included in the Company’s consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Separate provisions for income taxes have been determined for these entities. The Company intends to reinvest substantially all of the unremitted earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries and postpone their remittance indefinitely. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. income taxes for these non-U.S. subsidiaries was recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Depreciation and Amortization
The Company’s Buildings, Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold Improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the original term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement, whichever is shorter. The Company’s Property and Equipment is depreciated using the following estimated useful lives: 
 
Life
Buildings
5 – 45 years
Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment
2 – 20 years
Leasehold Improvements
5 – 45 years

Capitalized Software Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs related to the acquisition and development of software and amortizes these costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is three to six years. These costs are included in Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment as discussed further in Note 2. Certain development costs not meeting the criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.
Revenues
The Company recognizes revenue, net of estimated returns and sales tax, at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise or receives services. The liability for sales returns is estimated based on historical return levels. When the Company receives payment from customers before the customer has taken possession of the merchandise or the service has been performed, the amount received is recorded as Deferred Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets until the sale or service is complete. The Company also records Deferred Revenue for the sale of gift cards and recognizes this revenue upon the redemption of gift cards in Net Sales. Gift card breakage income is recognized based upon historical redemption patterns and represents the balance of gift cards for which the Company believes the likelihood of redemption by the customer is remote. During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $30 million, $33 million and $42 million, respectively, of gift card breakage income. This income is included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings as a reduction in SG&A.
Services Revenue
Net Sales include services revenue generated through a variety of installation, home maintenance and professional service programs. In these programs, the customer selects and purchases material for a project, and the Company provides or arranges professional installation. These programs are offered through the Company’s stores and in-home sales programs. Under certain programs, when the Company provides or arranges the installation of a project and the subcontractor provides material as part of the installation, both the material and labor are included in services revenue. The Company recognizes this revenue when the service for the customer is complete.
All payments received prior to the completion of services are recorded in Deferred Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Services revenue was $3.5 billion, $3.2 billion and $2.9 billion for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Self-Insurance
The Company is self-insured for certain losses related to general liability (including product liability), workers’ compensation, employee group medical and automobile claims. The expected ultimate cost for claims incurred as of the balance sheet date is not discounted and is recognized as a liability. The expected ultimate cost of claims is estimated based upon analysis of historical data and actuarial estimates.

Prepaid Advertising
Television and radio advertising production costs, along with media placement costs, are expensed when the advertisement first appears. Amounts included in Other Current Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets relating to prepayments of production costs for print and broadcast advertising as well as sponsorship promotions were not material at the end of fiscal 2013 and 2012.
Vendor Allowances
Vendor allowances primarily consist of volume rebates that are earned as a result of attaining certain purchase levels and advertising co-op allowances for the promotion of vendors’ products that are typically based on guaranteed minimum amounts with additional amounts being earned for attaining certain purchase levels. These vendor allowances are accrued as earned, with those allowances received as a result of attaining certain purchase levels accrued over the incentive period based on estimates of purchases.
Volume rebates and certain advertising co-op allowances earned are initially recorded as a reduction in Merchandise Inventories and a subsequent reduction in Cost of Sales when the related product is sold. Certain advertising co-op allowances that are reimbursements of specific, incremental and identifiable costs incurred to promote vendors’ products are recorded as an offset against advertising expense. In fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, gross advertising expense was $865 million, $831 million and $846 million, respectively, and is included in SG&A. Specific, incremental and identifiable advertising co-op allowances were $114 million, $85 million and $94 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are recorded as an offset to advertising expense in SG&A.
Cost of Sales
Cost of Sales includes the actual cost of merchandise sold and services performed, the cost of transportation of merchandise from vendors to the Company’s stores, locations or customers, the operating cost of the Company’s sourcing and distribution network and the cost of deferred interest programs offered through the Company’s private label credit card program.
The cost of handling and shipping merchandise from the Company’s stores, locations or distribution centers to the customer is classified as SG&A. The cost of shipping and handling, including internal costs and payments to third parties, classified as SG&A was $477 million, $435 million and $430 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets each quarter for indicators of potential impairment. Indicators of impairment include current period losses combined with a history of losses, management’s decision to relocate or close a store or other location before the end of its previously estimated useful life or when changes in other circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The evaluation for long-lived assets is performed at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows, which is generally the individual store level.
The assets of a store with indicators of impairment are evaluated by comparing its undiscounted cash flows with its carrying value. The estimate of cash flows includes management’s assumptions of cash inflows and outflows directly resulting from the use of those assets in operations, including gross margin on Net Sales, payroll and related items, occupancy costs, insurance allocations and other costs to operate a store. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair market value. Impairment losses are recorded as a component of SG&A in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Earnings. When a leased location closes, the Company also recognizes in SG&A the net present value of future lease obligations less estimated sublease income. The Company recorded impairments and lease obligation costs on closings and relocations in the ordinary course of business, as well as for the closing of seven stores in China in fiscal 2012, which were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements in fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company does not amortize goodwill but does assess the recoverability of goodwill in the third quarter of each fiscal year, or more often if indicators warrant, by determining whether the fair value of each reporting unit supports its carrying value. Each year the Company may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to complete quantitative impairment assessments, with a quantitative assessment completed at least once every three years. In fiscal 2013, the Company elected to estimate the fair values of its identified reporting units using the present value of expected future discounted cash flows.
The reporting units assessed for impairment during fiscal 2013 were U.S., Canada and Mexico. During fiscal 2013, the Company determined that its goodwill balances for each of these reporting units were not impaired, as the Company determined the fair value of each of these reporting units was substantially above its carrying value. In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a charge of $97 million to impair all of the goodwill associated with the former China reporting unit. There were no impairment charges related to the remaining goodwill for fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.
The Company amortizes the cost of other intangible assets over their estimated useful lives, which range up to ten years, unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested in the third quarter of each fiscal year for impairment, or more often if indicators warrant. There were no impairment charges related to other intangible assets for fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.
Stock-Based Compensation
The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $13.10, $9.86 and $7.42, respectively. The fair value of these options was determined at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: 
 
Fiscal Year Ended
 
February 2,
2014
 
February 3,
2013
 
January 29,
2012
Risk-free interest rate
0.8
%
 
1.2
%
 
2.0
%
Assumed volatility
26.3
%
 
27.0
%
 
27.3
%
Assumed dividend yield
2.2
%
 
2.3
%
 
2.7
%
Assumed lives of options
5 years

 
5 years

 
5 years


Derivatives
The Company uses derivative financial instruments from time to time in the management of its interest rate exposure on long-term debt and its exposure on foreign currency fluctuations. The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("FASB ASC") Subtopic 815-10. The fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments is discussed in Note 10.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive Income includes Net Earnings adjusted for certain gains and losses that are excluded from Net Earnings under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Adjustments to Net Earnings and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income consist primarily of foreign currency translation adjustments.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange on the last day of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are generally translated using average exchange rates for the period and equity transactions are translated using the actual rate on the day of the transaction.

Segment Information
The Company operates within a single reportable segment primarily within North America. Net Sales for the Company outside the U.S. were $8.5 billion, $8.4 billion and $8.0 billion for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Long-lived assets outside the U.S. totaled $2.9 billion and $3.1 billion as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, respectively.
The following table presents the Net Sales of each major product category (and related services) for each of the last three fiscal years (dollar amounts in millions):
Product Category
Fiscal Year Ended
February 2, 2014
 
February 3, 2013
 
January 29, 2012
 
Net Sales
% of Net Sales
 
Net Sales
% of Net Sales
 
Net Sales
% of Net Sales
Kitchen
$
7,978

10.1
%
 
$
7,022

9.4
%
 
$
6,609

9.4
%
Indoor Garden
7,072

9.0

 
6,699

9.0

 
6,292

8.9

Paint
7,026

8.9

 
6,764

9.0

 
6,278

8.9

Outdoor Garden
6,094

7.7

 
5,904

7.9

 
5,615

8.0

Lumber
5,814

7.4

 
5,454

7.3

 
4,934

7.0

Flooring
5,734

7.3

 
5,469

7.3

 
5,167

7.3

Building Materials
5,729

7.3

 
5,594

7.5

 
5,694

8.1

Plumbing
5,437

6.9

 
5,126

6.9

 
4,887

6.9

Electrical
5,364

6.8

 
5,039

6.7

 
4,582

6.5

Tools
5,039

6.4

 
4,795

6.4

 
4,441

6.3

Hardware
4,718

6.0

 
4,580

6.1

 
4,325

6.1

Millwork
4,386

5.6

 
4,281

5.7

 
4,142

5.9

Bath
3,706

4.7

 
3,552

4.8

 
3,309

4.7

Lighting
2,369

3.0

 
2,250

3.0

 
2,092

3.0

Décor
2,346

3.0

 
2,225

3.0

 
2,028

2.9

  Total
$
78,812

100.0
%
 
$
74,754

100.0
%
 
$
70,395

100.0
%

Note: Certain percentages may not sum to totals due to rounding.

Reclassifications
Certain amounts in prior fiscal years have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current fiscal year.

# 46
Entity Registrant Name Honeywell International Inc
Nature of operations

# 47
Entity Registrant Name HUMANA INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

1. REPORTING ENTITY

Nature of Operations

Headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, Humana is a leading health care company that offers a wide range of insurance products and health and wellness services that incorporate an integrated approach to lifelong well-being. References throughout these notes to consolidated financial statements to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” and “Humana,” mean Humana Inc. and its subsidiaries. We derived approximately 75% of our total premiums and services revenue from contracts with the federal government in 2013, including 15% related to our federal government contracts with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, to provide health insurance coverage for individual Medicare Advantage members in Florida. CMS is the federal government’s agency responsible for administering the Medicare program.

Health Care Reform

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (which we collectively refer to as the Health Care Reform Law) enacted significant reforms to various aspects of the U.S. health insurance industry. While regulations and interpretive guidance on many provisions of the Health Care Reform Law have been issued to date by the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, the Department of Labor, the Treasury Department, and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, there are certain provisions of the law that will require additional guidance and clarification in the form of regulations and interpretations in order to fully understand the impact of the law on our overall business.

Certain significant provisions of the Health Care Reform Law include, among others, mandated coverage requirements, mandated benefits and guarantee issuance associated with commercial medical insurance, rebates to policyholders based on minimum benefit ratios, adjustments to Medicare Advantage premiums, the establishment of federally facilitated or state-based exchanges coupled with programs designed to spread risk among insurers, an annual insurance industry premium-based assessment, and a three-year commercial reinsurance fee. Implementation dates of the Health Care Reform Law began in September 2010 and continue through 2018.


# 48
Entity Registrant Name INGRAM MICRO INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Organization and Basis of Presentation
Ingram Micro Inc. and its subsidiaries are primarily engaged in the distribution of information technology (“IT”) products, supply chain services and mobile device lifecycle services worldwide. Ingram Micro Inc. and its subsidiaries operate in North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Middle East and Africa, and Latin America. Beginning in 2012, we added a reportable segment for mobility which reflects our acquisition of Brightpoint, Inc. (“BrightPoint”).

# 49
Entity Registrant Name Intel Corporation
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock
Note 1: Basis of Presentation
We have a 52- or 53-week fiscal year that ends on the last Saturday in December. Fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were 52-week years. Fiscal year 2011 was a 53-week year. The next 53-week year will end on December 31, 2016. Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Intel Corporation and our subsidiaries. We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We use the equity method to account for equity investments in instances in which we own common stock or similar interests and have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee.
In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the acquisition of McAfee, Inc. (McAfee). For further information, see “Note 8: Acquisitions.” Certain of the operations acquired from McAfee have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, we have recorded translation adjustments through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) beginning in 2011.

# 50
Entity Registrant Name INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORP
Nature of operations

# 51
Entity Registrant Name INTERNATIONAL PAPER CO /NEW/
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
NATURE OF BUSINESS

International Paper (the Company) is a global paper and packaging company that is complemented by an extensive North American merchant distribution system, with primary markets and manufacturing operations in North America, Europe, Latin America, Russia, Asia, Africa and the Middle East. Substantially all of our businesses have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, cycles relating to available industry capacity and general economic conditions.


# 52
Entity Registrant Name JOHNSON & JOHNSON
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Description of the Company And Business Segments
The Company has approximately 128,100 employees worldwide engaged in the research and development, manufacture and sale of a broad range of products in the health care field. The Company conducts business in virtually all countries of the world and its primary focus is on products related to human health and well-being.
The Company is organized into three business segments: Consumer, Pharmaceutical and Medical Devices and Diagnostics. The Consumer segment includes a broad range of products used in the baby care, skin care, oral care, wound care and women’s health fields, as well as nutritionals, over-the-counter pharmaceutical products and wellness and prevention platforms. These products are marketed to the general public and sold both to retail outlets and distributors throughout the world. The Pharmaceutical segment includes products in the following areas: anti-infective, antipsychotic, contraceptive, gastrointestinal, hematology, immunology, infectious diseases, neurology, oncology, pain management, thrombosis and vaccines. These products are distributed directly to retailers, wholesalers and health care professionals for prescription use. The Medical Devices and Diagnostics segment includes a broad range of products distributed to wholesalers, hospitals and retailers, used principally in the professional fields by physicians, nurses, hospitals and clinics. These include products to treat cardiovascular disease; orthopaedic and neurological products; blood glucose monitoring and insulin delivery products; general surgery, biosurgical, and energy products; professional diagnostic products; infection prevention products; and disposable contact lenses.


# 53
Entity Registrant Name JOHNSON CONTROLS INC
Nature of operations

# 54
Entity Registrant Name JPMORGAN CHASE & CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Basis of presentation
JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading global financial services firm and one of the largest banking institutions in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small business, commercial banking, financial transaction processing, asset management and private equity. For a discussion of the Firm’s business segments, see Note 33 on pages 334–337 of this Annual Report.
The accounting and financial reporting policies of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities.
Certain amounts reported in prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation.
Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of JPMorgan Chase and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”).
Voting Interest Entities
Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide the equity investors voting rights that enable them to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations. For these types of entities, the Firm’s determination of whether it has a controlling interest is primarily based on the amount of voting equity interests held. Entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, through ownership of the majority of the entities’ voting equity interests, or through other contractual rights that give the Firm control, are consolidated by the Firm.
Investments in companies in which the Firm has significant influence over operating and financing decisions (but does not own a majority of the voting equity interests) are accounted for (i) in accordance with the equity method of accounting (which requires the Firm to recognize its proportionate share of the entity’s net earnings), or (ii) at fair value if the fair value option was elected. These investments are generally included in other assets, with income or loss included in other income.
Certain Firm-sponsored asset management funds are structured as limited partnerships or limited liability companies. For many of these entities, the Firm is the general partner or managing member, but the non-affiliated partners or members have the ability to remove the Firm as the general partner or managing member without cause (i.e., kick-out rights), based on a simple majority vote, or the non-affiliated partners or members have rights to participate in important decisions. Accordingly, the Firm does not consolidate these funds. In the limited cases where the nonaffiliated partners or members do not have substantive kick-out or participating rights, the Firm consolidates the funds.
The Firm’s investment companies make investments in both publicly-held and privately-held entities, including investments in buyouts, growth equity and venture opportunities. These investments are accounted for under investment company guidelines and accordingly, irrespective of the percentage of equity ownership interests held, are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value, and are recorded in other assets.
Variable Interest Entities
VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity.
The most common type of VIE is a special purpose entity (“SPE”). SPEs are commonly used in securitization transactions in order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. The basic SPE structure involves a company selling assets to the SPE; the SPE funds the purchase of those assets by issuing securities to investors. The legal documents that govern the transaction specify how the cash earned on the assets must be allocated to the SPE’s investors and other parties that have rights to those cash flows. SPEs are generally structured to insulate investors from claims on the SPE’s assets by creditors of other entities, including the creditors of the seller of the assets.
The primary beneficiary of a VIE (i.e., the party that has a controlling financial interest) is required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (2) through its interests in the VIE, the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
To assess whether the Firm has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, the Firm considers all the facts and circumstances, including its role in establishing the VIE and its ongoing rights and responsibilities. This assessment includes, first, identifying the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and second, identifying which party, if any, has power over those activities. In general, the parties that make the most significant decisions affecting the VIE (such as asset managers, collateral managers, servicers, or owners of call options or liquidation rights over the VIE’s assets) or have the right to unilaterally remove those decision-makers are deemed to have the power to direct the activities of a VIE.
To assess whether the Firm has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the Firm considers all of its economic interests, including debt and equity investments, servicing fees, and derivative or other arrangements deemed to be variable interests in the VIE. This assessment requires that the Firm apply judgment in determining whether these interests, in the aggregate, are considered potentially significant to the VIE. Factors considered in assessing significance include: the design of the VIE, including its capitalization structure; subordination of interests; payment priority; relative share of interests held across various classes within the VIE’s capital structure; and the reasons why the interests are held by the Firm.
The Firm performs on-going reassessments of: (1) whether entities previously evaluated under the majority voting-interest framework have become VIEs, based on certain events, and therefore subject to the VIE consolidation framework; and (2) whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Firm’s involvement with a VIE cause the Firm’s consolidation conclusion to change.
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment which deferred the requirements of the accounting guidance for VIEs for certain investment funds, including mutual funds, private equity funds and hedge funds. For the funds to which the deferral applies, the Firm continues to apply other existing authoritative accounting guidance to determine whether such funds should be consolidated.
Assets held for clients in an agency or fiduciary capacity by the Firm are not assets of JPMorgan Chase and are not included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Use of estimates in the preparation of consolidated financial statements
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expense, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates.
Foreign currency translation
JPMorgan Chase revalues assets, liabilities, revenue and expense denominated in non-U.S. currencies into U.S. dollars using applicable exchange rates.
Gains and losses relating to translating functional currency financial statements for U.S. reporting are included in other comprehensive income/(loss) (“OCI”) within stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses relating to nonfunctional currency transactions, including non-U.S. operations where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Offsetting assets and liabilities
U.S. GAAP permits entities to present derivative receivables and derivative payables with the same counterparty and the related cash collateral receivables and payables on a net basis on the balance sheet when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. U.S. GAAP also permits securities sold and purchased under repurchase agreements to be presented net when specified conditions are met, including the existence of a legally enforceable master netting agreement. The Firm has elected to net such balances when the specified conditions are met.
The Firm uses master netting agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk in certain transactions, including derivatives transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed and loaned agreements. A master netting agreement is a single contract with a counterparty that permits multiple transactions governed by that contract to be terminated and settled through a single payment in a single currency in the event of a default (e.g., bankruptcy, failure to make a required payment or securities transfer or deliver collateral or margin when due after expiration of any grace period). Upon the exercise of termination rights by the non-defaulting party, (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive value or “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative value or “out of the money” transactions and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount. Upon exercise of repurchase agreement and securities loaned default rights (i) all securities loan transactions are terminated and accelerated, (ii) all values of securities or cash held or to be delivered are calculated, and all such sums are netted against each other and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.
Typical master netting agreements for these types of transactions also often contain a collateral/margin agreement that provides for a security interest in or title transfer of securities or cash collateral/margin to the party that has the right to demand margin (the “demanding party”). The collateral/margin agreement typically requires a party to transfer collateral/margin to the demanding party with a value equal to the amount of the margin deficit on a net basis across all transactions governed by the master netting agreement, less any threshold. The collateral/margin agreement grants to the demanding party, upon default by the counterparty, the right to set-off any amounts payable by the counterparty against any posted collateral or the cash equivalent of any posted collateral/margin. It also grants to the demanding party the right to liquidate collateral/margin and to apply the proceeds to an amount payable by the counterparty.
For further discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments, see Note 6 on pages 220–233 of this Annual Report. For further discussion of the Firm’s repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending agreements, see Note 13 on pages 255–257 of this Annual Report.
Statements of cash flows
For JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash is defined as those amounts included in cash and due from banks.
Significant accounting policies
The following table identifies JPMorgan Chase’s other significant accounting policies and the Note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found.
Business changes and developments
Note 2
 
Page 192
Fair value measurement
Note 3
 
Page 195
Fair value option
Note 4
 
Page 215
Derivative instruments
Note 6
 
Page 220
Noninterest revenue
Note 7
 
Page 234
Interest income and interest expense
Note 8
 
Page 236
Pension and other postretirement employee benefit plans
Note 9
 
Page 237
Employee stock-based incentives
Note 10
 
Page 247
Securities
Note 12
 
Page 249
Securities financing activities
Note 13
 
Page 255
Loans
Note 14
 
Page 258
Allowance for credit losses
Note 15
 
Page 284
Variable interest entities
Note 16
 
Page 288
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Note 17
 
Page 299
Premises and equipment
Note 18
 
Page 305
Long-term debt
Note 21
 
Page 306
Income taxes
Note 26
 
Page 313
Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments
Note 29
 
Page 318
Litigation
Note 31
 
Page 326

# 55
Entity Registrant Name KROGER CO
Nature of operations

# 56
Entity Registrant Name LOCKHEED MARTIN CORP
Nature of operations

# 57
Entity Registrant Name LOWES COMPANIES INC
Nature of operations

# 58
Entity Registrant Name Macy's, Inc.
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Macy’s, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is an omnichannel retail organization operating stores and Internet websites under two brands (Macy’s and Bloomingdale’s) that sell a wide range of merchandise, including apparel and accessories (men's, women's and children's), cosmetics, home furnishings and other consumer goods in 45 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and Puerto Rico. As of February 1, 2014, the Company’s operations and reportable segments were conducted through Macy’s, macys.com, Bloomingdale’s, bloomingdales.com and Bloomingdale’s Outlet, which are aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, “Segment Reporting.” The metrics used by management to assess the performance of the Company’s operating divisions include sales trends, gross margin rates, expense rates, and rates of earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”) and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The Company’s operating divisions have historically had similar economic characteristics and are expected to have similar economic characteristics and long-term financial performance in future periods.

# 59
Entity Registrant Name Marathon Petroleum Corp
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock
Description of the Business, Spinoff and Basis of Presentation
Description of the Business – As used in this report, the terms "MPC," "we," "us," "the Company" or "our" may refer to Marathon Petroleum Corporation, one or more of its consolidated subsidiaries or all of them taken as a whole.
Our business consists of refining and marketing, retail marketing and pipeline transportation operations conducted primarily in the Midwest, Gulf Coast and Southeast regions of the United States, through subsidiaries, including Marathon Petroleum Company LP, Speedway LLC and MPLX LP and its subsidiaries (“MPLX”).
See Note 10 for additional information about our operations.
Spinoff – On May 25, 2011, the Marathon Oil Corporation (“Marathon Oil”) board of directors approved the spinoff of its Refining, Marketing & Transportation Business (“RM&T Business”) into an independent, publicly traded company, Marathon Petroleum Corporation (“MPC”), through the distribution of MPC common stock to the stockholders of Marathon Oil common stock. In accordance with a separation and distribution agreement between Marathon Oil and MPC, the distribution of MPC common stock was made on June 30, 2011, with Marathon Oil stockholders receiving one share of MPC common stock for every two shares of Marathon Oil common stock held (the “Spinoff”). Following the Spinoff, Marathon Oil retained no ownership interest in MPC, and each company had separate public ownership, boards of directors and management. All subsidiaries and equity method investments not contributed by Marathon Oil to MPC remained with Marathon Oil and, together with Marathon Oil, are referred to as the “Marathon Oil Companies.” On July 1, 2011, our common stock began trading “regular-way” on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “MPC.”
Basis of Presentation – Prior to the Spinoff on June 30, 2011, our results of operations and cash flows consisted of the RM&T Business, which represented a combined reporting entity. Subsequent to the Spinoff, our results of operations and cash flows consist of consolidated MPC activities. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
The consolidated statement of income for the period prior to the Spinoff included expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically performed by the Marathon Oil Companies, including allocations of general corporate expenses related to executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, procurement and information technology. Those allocations were based primarily on specific identification, headcount or computer utilization. Our management believes the assumptions underlying the consolidated financial statements, including the assumptions regarding allocating general corporate expenses from the Marathon Oil Companies, are reasonable. However, these consolidated financial statements do not include all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we been a stand-alone company during the period presented prior to the Spinoff and may not reflect our consolidated results of operations and cash flows had we been a stand-alone company during the period presented. Actual costs that would have been incurred if we had been a stand-alone company would depend upon multiple factors, including organizational structure and strategic decisions made in various areas, including information technology and infrastructure. Subsequent to the Spinoff, we are performing these functions using internal resources or services provided by third parties, certain of which were provided by the Marathon Oil Companies during a transition period pursuant to a transition services agreement, which terminated June 30, 2012. See Note 7.

# 60
Entity Registrant Name MCDONALDS CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
NATURE OF BUSINESS
The Company franchises and operates McDonald’s restaurants in the global restaurant industry. All restaurants are operated either by the Company or by franchisees, including conventional franchisees under franchise arrangements, and foreign affiliates and developmental licensees under license agreements.

# 61
Entity Registrant Name McKESSON CORPORATION
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Nature of Operations: McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar pronouns) delivers pharmaceuticals, medical supplies and healthcare information technology that make healthcare safer while reducing costs. We conduct our business through two operating segments, McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson Technology Solutions, as further described in Financial Note 25, “Segments of Business.”

# 62
Entity Registrant Name Merck & Co. Inc.
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Nature of Operations
Merck & Co., Inc. (“Merck” or “the Company”) is a global health care company that delivers innovative health solutions through its prescription medicines, vaccines, biologic therapies, animal health, and consumer care products, which it markets directly and through its joint ventures. The Company’s operations are principally managed on a products basis and are comprised of four operating segments, which are the Pharmaceutical, Animal Health, Consumer Care and Alliances segments, and one reportable segment, which is the Pharmaceutical segment. The Pharmaceutical segment includes human health pharmaceutical and vaccine products marketed either directly by the Company or through joint ventures. Human health pharmaceutical products consist of therapeutic and preventive agents, generally sold by prescription, for the treatment of human disorders. The Company sells these human health pharmaceutical products primarily to drug wholesalers and retailers, hospitals, government agencies and managed health care providers such as health maintenance organizations, pharmacy benefit managers and other institutions. Vaccine products consist of preventive pediatric, adolescent and adult vaccines, primarily administered at physician offices. The Company sells these human health vaccines primarily to physicians, wholesalers, physician distributors and government entities. The Company also has animal health operations that discover, develop, manufacture and market animal health products, including vaccines, which the Company sells to veterinarians, distributors and animal producers. Additionally, the Company has consumer care operations that develop, manufacture and market over-the-counter, foot care and sun care products, which are sold through wholesale and retail drug, food chain and mass merchandiser outlets, as well as club stores and specialty channels.

# 63
Entity Registrant Name METLIFE INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
“MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999, its subsidiaries and affiliates. MetLife is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs throughout the United States, Japan, Latin America, Asia, Europe and the Middle East. MetLife offers life insurance, annuities, property & casualty insurance, and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.
MetLife is organized into six segments: Retail; Group, Voluntary & Worksite Benefits; Corporate Benefit Funding; and Latin America (collectively, the “Americas”); Asia; and Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”).
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies and estimates, management makes subjective and complex judgments that frequently require assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s business and operations. Actual results could differ from estimates.
Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company has control, and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Certain international subsidiaries have a fiscal year-end of November 30. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the assets and liabilities of such subsidiaries as of November 30, 2013 and 2012 and the operating results of such subsidiaries for the years ended November 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011.
Discontinued Operations
The results of operations of a component of the Company that has either been disposed of or is classified as held-for-sale are reported in discontinued operations if certain criteria are met. In order to qualify for a discontinued operation, the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company, and the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.
Separate Accounts
Separate accounts are established in conformity with insurance laws and are generally not chargeable with liabilities that arise from any other business of the Company. Separate account assets are subject to general account claims only to the extent the value of such assets exceeds the separate account liabilities. The Company reports separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in separate accounts and liabilities of the separate accounts if:
•
such separate accounts are legally recognized;
•
assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities;
•
investments are directed by the contractholder; and
•
all investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contractholder.
The Company reports separate account assets at their fair value which is based on the estimated fair values of the underlying assets comprising the individual separate account portfolios. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to contractholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the statements of operations. Separate accounts credited with a contractual investment return are combined on a line-by-line basis with the Company’s general account assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the accounting for these investments is consistent with the methodologies described herein for similar financial instruments held within the general account. Unit-linked separate account investments that are directed by contractholders but do not meet one or more of the other above criteria are included in fair value option (“FVO”) and trading securities.
The Company’s revenues reflect fees charged to the separate accounts, including mortality charges, risk charges, policy administration fees, investment management fees and surrender charges. Such fees are included in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the statements of operations.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and related footnotes thereto have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following are the Company’s significant accounting policies with references to notes providing additional information on such policies and critical accounting estimates relating to such policies.
Accounting Policy
Note
Insurance
4
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Value of Business Acquired and Other Policy-Related Intangibles
5
Reinsurance
6
Investments
8
Derivatives
9
Fair Value
10
Goodwill
11
Employee Benefit Plans
18
Income Tax
19
Litigation Contingencies
21

Insurance
Future Policy Benefit Liabilities and Policyholder Account Balances
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type and geographical area. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis. For long duration insurance contracts, assumptions such as mortality, morbidity and interest rates are “locked in” upon the issuance of new business. However, significant adverse changes in experience on such contracts may require the establishment of premium deficiency reserves. Such reserves are determined based on the then current assumptions and do not include a provision for adverse deviation.
Premium deficiency reserves may also be established for short duration contracts to provide for expected future losses. These reserves are based on actuarial estimates of the amount of loss inherent in that period, including losses incurred for which claims have not been reported. The provisions for unreported claims are calculated using studies that measure the historical length of time between the incurred date of a claim and its eventual reporting to the Company. Anticipated investment income is considered in the calculation of premium deficiency losses for short duration contracts.
Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating the secondary and paid-up guarantee liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”), and are thus subject to the same variability and risk as further discussed herein. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical experience of appropriate underlying equity indices, such as the Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) 500 Index. The benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.
The Company regularly reviews its estimates of liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences result in changes to the liability balances with related charges or credits to benefit expenses in the period in which the changes occur.
Policyholder account balances (“PABs”) relate to contract or contract features where the Company has no significant insurance risk.
The Company issues directly and assumes through reinsurance certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits that provide the policyholder a minimum return based on their initial deposit (i.e., the benefit base) less withdrawals. These guarantees are accounted for as insurance liabilities or as embedded derivatives depending on how and when the benefit is paid. Specifically, a guarantee is accounted for as an embedded derivative if a guarantee is paid without requiring (i) the occurrence of specific insurable event, or (ii) the policyholder to annuitize. Alternatively, a guarantee is accounted for as an insurance liability if the guarantee is paid only upon either (i) the occurrence of a specific insurable event, or (ii) annuitization. In certain cases, a guarantee may have elements of both an insurance liability and an embedded derivative and in such cases the guarantee is split and accounted for under both models.
Guarantees accounted for as insurance liabilities in future policy benefits include guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDBs”), the portion of guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIBs”) that require annuitization, and the life-contingent portion of guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWBs”).
Guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives in PABs include the non life-contingent portion of GMWBs, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMABs”) and the portion of GMIBs that do not require annuitization. At inception, the Company attributes to the embedded derivative a portion of the projected future guarantee fees to be collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. Any additional fees represent “excess” fees and are reported in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
Other Policy-Related Balances
Other policy-related balances include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, policyholder dividends due and unpaid, policyholder dividends left on deposit and negative value of business acquired.
The liability for policy and contract claims generally relates to incurred but not reported death, disability, long-term care (“LTC”) and dental claims, as well as claims which have been reported but not yet settled. The liability for these claims is based on the Company’s estimated ultimate cost of settling all claims. The Company derives estimates for the development of incurred but not reported claims principally from analyses of historical patterns of claims by business line. The methods used to determine these estimates are continually reviewed. Adjustments resulting from this continuous review process and differences between estimates and payments for claims are recognized in policyholder benefits and claims expense in the period in which the estimates are changed or payments are made.
The unearned revenue liability relates to universal life-type and investment-type products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized using the product’s estimated gross profits and margins, similar to DAC as discussed further herein. Such amortization is recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
The Company accounts for the prepayment of premiums on its individual life, group life and health contracts as premium received in advance and applies the cash received to premiums when due.
See “— Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Value of Business Acquired and Other Policy-Related Intangibles” for a discussion of negative value of business acquired.
Recognition of Insurance Revenues and Deposits
Premiums related to traditional life, annuity policies with life contingencies, long-duration accident and health, and credit insurance policies are recognized as revenues when due from policyholders. Policyholder benefits and expenses are provided to recognize profits over the estimated lives of the insurance policies. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any excess profit is deferred and recognized into earnings in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future policy benefit payments.
Premiums related to short-duration non-medical health and disability, accident and health, and certain credit insurance contracts are recognized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term.
Deposits related to universal life-type and investment-type products are credited to PABs. Revenues from such contracts consist of fees for mortality, policy administration and surrender charges and are recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the period in which services are provided. Amounts that are charged to earnings include interest credited and benefit claims incurred in excess of related PABs.
Premiums related to property and casualty contracts are recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term. Unearned premiums, representing the portion of premium written related to the unexpired coverage, are also included in future policy benefits.
Premiums, policy fees, policyholder benefits and expenses are presented net of reinsurance.
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Value of Business Acquired and Other Policy-Related Intangibles
The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that are related directly to the successful acquisition or renewal of insurance contracts are capitalized as DAC. Such costs include:
•
incremental direct costs of contract acquisition, such as commissions;
•
the portion of an employee’s total compensation and benefits related to time spent selling, underwriting or processing the issuance of new and renewal insurance business only with respect to actual policies acquired or renewed;
•
other essential direct costs that would not have been incurred had a policy not been acquired or renewed; and
•
in limited circumstances, the costs of direct-response advertising, the primary purpose of which is to elicit sales to customers who could be shown to have responded specifically to the advertising and that results in probable future benefits.
All other acquisition-related costs, including those related to general advertising and solicitation, market research, agent training, product development, unsuccessful sales and underwriting efforts, as well as all indirect costs, are expensed as incurred.
Value of business acquired (“VOBA”) is an intangible asset resulting from a business combination that represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections.
DAC and VOBA are amortized as follows:
Products:
In proportion to the following over estimated lives of the contracts:
•
Nonparticipating and non-dividend-paying traditional contracts:
 
Historic actual and expected future gross premiums.
 
•
Term insurance
 
 
 
•
Nonparticipating whole life insurance
 
 
 
•
Traditional group life insurance
 
 
 
•
Non-medical health insurance
 
 
 
•
Accident and health insurance
 
 
•
Participating, dividend-paying traditional contracts
 
Actual and expected future gross margins.
•
Fixed and variable universal life contracts
 
Actual and expected future gross profits.
•
Fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts
 
 
•
Credit insurance contracts
 
Historic and future earned premium.
•
Property and casualty insurance contracts
 
 
•
Other short-duration contracts
 
 
See Note 5 for additional information on DAC and VOBA amortization.
The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the financial statements for reporting purposes.
The Company generally has two different types of sales inducements which are included in other assets: (i) the policyholder receives a bonus whereby the policyholder’s initial account balance is increased by an amount equal to a specified percentage of the customer’s deposit; and (ii) the policyholder receives a higher interest rate using a dollar cost averaging method than would have been received based on the normal general account interest rate credited. The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. The amortization of sales inducements is included in policyholder benefits and claims. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potential recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews deferred sales inducements to determine the recoverability of the asset.
Value of distribution agreements acquired (“VODA”) is reported in other assets and represents the present value of expected future profits associated with the expected future business derived from the distribution agreements acquired as part of a business combination. Value of customer relationships acquired (“VOCRA”) is also reported in other assets and represents the present value of the expected future profits associated with the expected future business acquired through existing customers of the acquired company or business. The VODA and VOCRA associated with past business combinations are amortized over useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years and such amortization is included in other expenses. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a possible impairment exists, the Company reviews VODA and VOCRA to determine whether the asset is impaired.
For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of the in-force contract obligations exceeded the book value of assumed in-force insurance policy liabilities, resulting in negative VOBA, which is presented separately from VOBA as an additional insurance liability. The fair value of the in-force contract obligations is based on projections by each block of business. Negative VOBA is amortized over the policy period in proportion to the approximate consumption of losses included in the liability usually expressed in terms of insurance in-force or account value. Such amortization is recorded as a contra-expense in other expenses.
Reinsurance
For each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Cessions under reinsurance agreements do not discharge the Company’s obligations as the primary insurer. The Company reviews all contractual features, including those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims.
For reinsurance of existing in-force blocks of long-duration contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, the difference, if any, between the amounts paid (received), and the liabilities ceded (assumed) related to the underlying contracts is considered the net cost of reinsurance at the inception of the reinsurance agreement. The net cost of reinsurance is recorded as an adjustment to DAC and recognized as a component of other expenses on a basis consistent with the way the acquisition costs on the underlying reinsured contracts would be recognized. Subsequent amounts paid (received) on the reinsurance of in-force blocks, as well as amounts paid (received) related to new business, are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums; and ceded (assumed) premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (future policy benefits) are established.
For prospective reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) unearned premiums. Unearned premiums are reflected as a component of premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (future policy benefits). Such amounts are amortized through earned premiums over the remaining contract period in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided. For retroactive reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria of reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) in excess of the related insurance liabilities ceded (assumed) are recognized immediately as a loss and are reported in the appropriate line item within the statement of operations. Any gain on such retroactive agreement is deferred and is amortized as part of DAC, primarily using the recovery method.
Amounts currently recoverable under reinsurance agreements are included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables and amounts currently payable are included in other liabilities. Assets and liabilities relating to reinsurance agreements with the same reinsurer may be recorded net on the balance sheet, if a right of offset exists within the reinsurance agreement. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations to the Company under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance recoverable balances could become uncollectible. In such instances, reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance.
Premiums, fees and policyholder benefits and claims include amounts assumed under reinsurance agreements and are net of reinsurance ceded. Amounts received from reinsurers for policy administration are reported in other revenues. With respect to GMIBs, a portion of the directly written GMIBs are accounted for as insurance liabilities, but the associated reinsurance agreements contain embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives are included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables with changes in estimated fair value reported in policyholder benefits and claims.
If the Company determines that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the agreement using the deposit method of accounting. Deposits received are included in other liabilities and deposits made are included within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables. As amounts are paid or received, consistent with the underlying contracts, the deposit assets or liabilities are adjusted. Interest on such deposits is recorded as other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate. Periodically, the Company evaluates the adequacy of the expected payments or recoveries and adjusts the deposit asset or liability through other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate.
Investments
Net Investment Income and Net Investment Gains (Losses)
Income on investments is reported within net investment income, unless otherwise stated herein. Gains and losses on sales of investments, impairment losses and changes in valuation allowances are reported within net investment gains (losses), unless otherwise stated herein.
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities
The majority of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and are reported at their estimated fair value. Unrealized investment gains and losses on these securities are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), net of policyholder-related amounts and deferred income taxes. All security transactions are recorded on a trade date basis. Investment gains and losses on sales are determined on a specific identification basis.
Interest income on fixed maturity securities is recognized when earned using an effective yield method giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Prepayment fees are recognized when earned. Dividends on equity securities are recognized when declared.
The Company periodically evaluates fixed maturity and equity securities for impairment. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value, as well as an analysis of the gross unrealized losses by severity and/or age as described in Note 8 “— Evaluation of AFS Securities for OTTI and Evaluating Temporarily Impaired AFS Securities.”
For fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position, an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is recognized in earnings when it is anticipated that the amortized cost will not be recovered. When either: (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security; or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI recognized in earnings is the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost and estimated fair value. If neither of these conditions exist, the difference between the amortized cost of the security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is recognized as an OTTI in earnings (“credit loss”). If the estimated fair value is less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI related to other-than-credit factors (“noncredit loss”) is recorded in OCI.
With respect to equity securities, the Company considers in its OTTI analysis its intent and ability to hold a particular equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount equal to or greater than cost. If a sale decision is made for an equity security and recovery to an amount at least equal to cost prior to the sale is not expected, the security will be deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired in the period that the sale decision was made and an OTTI loss will be recorded in earnings. The OTTI loss recognized is the entire difference between the security’s cost and its estimated fair value.
FVO and Trading Securities
FVO and trading securities are stated at estimated fair value and include investments for which the FVO has been elected (“FVO Securities”) and investments that are actively purchased and sold (“Actively Traded Securities”). FVO Securities include:
•
fixed maturity and equity securities held-for-investment by the general account to support asset and liability management strategies for certain insurance products and investments in certain separate accounts (“FVO general account securities”);
•
contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities which do not qualify for presentation and reporting as separate account summary total assets and liabilities. These investments are primarily mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, fixed maturity and equity securities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The investment returns on these investments inure to contractholders and are offset by a corresponding change in PABs through interest credited to policyholder account balances (“FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments”); and
•
securities held by consolidated securitization entities (“CSEs”) (“FVO securities held by CSEs”).
Actively Traded Securities principally include fixed maturity securities and short sale agreement liabilities, which are included in other liabilities.
Changes in estimated fair value of these securities are included in net investment income, except for certain securities included in FVO Securities where changes are included in net investment gains (losses).
Mortgage Loans
The Company disaggregates its mortgage loan investments into three portfolio segments: commercial, agricultural, and residential. The accounting policies that are applicable to all portfolio segments are presented below and the accounting policies related to each of the portfolio segments are included in Note 8.
Mortgage Loans Held-For-Investment
Mortgage loans held-for-investment are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, deferred fees or expenses, and are net of valuation allowances. Interest income and prepayment fees are recognized when earned. Interest income is recognized using an effective yield method giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
Also included in mortgage loans held-for-investment are commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs and residential mortgage loans for which the FVO was elected. These mortgage loans are stated at estimated fair value. Changes in estimated fair value are recognized in net investment gains (losses) for commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs — FVO, and net investment income for residential mortgage loans.
Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale
Mortgage loans held-for-sale that were previously designated as held-for-investment, but now are designated as held-for-sale and mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell for which FVO was not elected, are stated at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.
Policy Loans
Policy loans are stated at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recorded as earned using the contractual interest rate. Generally, accrued interest is capitalized on the policy’s anniversary date. Valuation allowances are not established for policy loans, as they are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies. Any unpaid principal or interest on the loan is deducted from the cash surrender value or the death benefit prior to settlement of the insurance policy.
Real Estate
Real estate held-for-investment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset (typically 20 to 55 years). Rental income associated with such real estate is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The Company periodically reviews its real estate held-for-investment for impairment and tests for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable and exceeds its estimated fair value. Properties whose carrying values are greater than their undiscounted cash flows are written down to their estimated fair value, which is generally computed using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the underlying risks.
Real estate for which the Company commits to a plan to sell within one year and actively markets in its current condition for a reasonable price in comparison to its estimated fair value is classified as held-for-sale. Real estate held-for-sale is stated at the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs and is not depreciated.
Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests
The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in equity securities when it has significant influence or at least 20% interest and for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests (“investees”) when it has more than a minor ownership interest or more than a minor influence over the investee’s operations, but does not have a controlling financial interest. The Company generally recognizes its share of the investee’s earnings on a three-month lag in instances where the investee’s financial information is not sufficiently timely or when the investee’s reporting period differs from the Company’s reporting period.
The Company uses the cost method of accounting for investments in which it has virtually no influence over the investee’s operations. The Company recognizes distributions on cost method investments as earned or received. Because of the nature and structure of these cost method investments, they do not meet the characteristics of an equity security in accordance with applicable accounting standards.
The Company routinely evaluates its equity method and cost method investments for impairment. For equity method investees, the Company considers financial and other information provided by the investee, other known information and inherent risks in the underlying investments, as well as future capital commitments, in determining whether an impairment has occurred. The Company considers its cost method investments for impairment when the carrying value of such investments exceeds the net asset value (“NAV”). The Company takes into consideration the severity and duration of this excess when determining whether the cost method investment is impaired.
Short-term Investments
Short-term investments include securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase and are stated at estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.
Other Invested Assets
Other invested assets consist principally of the following:
•
Freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values are described in “— Derivatives” below.
•
Tax credit and renewable energy partnerships derive a significant source of investment return in the form of income tax credits or other tax incentives. Where tax credits are guaranteed by a creditworthy third party, the investment is accounted for under the effective yield method. Otherwise, the investment is accounted for under the equity method.
•
Leveraged leases are recorded net of non-recourse debt. Income on leveraged leases is recognized by applying the leveraged lease’s estimated rate of return to the net investment in the lease. The Company regularly reviews residual values for impairment.
•
Funds withheld represent a receivable for amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. The Company recognizes interest on funds withheld at rates defined by the terms of the agreement which may be contractually specified or directly related to the underlying investments.
•
Investments in joint ventures that engage in insurance underwriting activities are accounted for under the equity method.
Securities Lending Program
Securities lending transactions, whereby blocks of securities are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks, are treated as financing arrangements and the associated liability is recorded at the amount of cash received. The Company obtains collateral at the inception of the loan, usually cash, in an amount generally equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned, and maintains it at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. The Company is liable to return to the counterparties the cash collateral received. Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with the securities lending transactions may not be sold or repledged, unless the counterparty is in default, and is not reflected in the financial statements. The Company monitors the estimated fair value of the securities loaned on a daily basis and additional collateral is obtained as necessary. Income and expenses associated with securities lending transactions are reported as investment income and investment expense, respectively, within net investment income.
Derivatives
Freestanding Derivatives
Freestanding derivatives are carried in the Company’s balance sheets either as assets within other invested assets or as liabilities within other liabilities at estimated fair value. The Company does not offset the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.
Accruals on derivatives are generally recorded in accrued investment income or within other liabilities. However, accruals that are not scheduled to settle within one year are included with the derivatives carrying value in other invested assets or other liabilities.
If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative are reported in net derivative gains (losses) except as follows:
Statement of Operations Presentation:
Derivative:
Policyholder benefits and claims
•
Economic hedges of variable annuity guarantees included in future policy benefits
Net investment income
•
Economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures
 
•
All derivatives held in relation to trading portfolios
 
•
Derivatives held within contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
Other revenues
•
Derivatives held in connection with the Company’s previous mortgage banking activities
Hedge Accounting
To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction, as well as its designation of the hedge. Hedge designation and financial statement presentation of changes in estimated fair value of the hedging derivatives are as follows:
•
Fair value hedge (a hedge of the estimated fair value of a recognized asset or liability) - in net derivative gains (losses), consistent with the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the designated risk being hedged.
•
Cash flow hedge (a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability) - effectiveness in OCI (deferred gains or losses on the derivative are reclassified into the statement of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item); ineffectiveness in net derivative gains (losses).
•
Net investment in a foreign operation hedge - effectiveness in OCI, consistent with the translation adjustment for the hedged net investment in the foreign operation; ineffectiveness in net derivative gains (losses).
The changes in estimated fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the statement of operations within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item. Accruals on derivatives in net investment hedges are recognized in OCI.
In its hedge documentation, the Company sets forth how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the designated risks related to the hedged item and sets forth the method that will be used to retrospectively and prospectively assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness and the method that will be used to measure ineffectiveness. A derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be assessed as being highly effective in offsetting the designated risk of the hedged item. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed at inception and at least quarterly throughout the life of the designated hedging relationship. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness are also subject to interpretation and estimation and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) the derivative is de-designated as a hedging instrument.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the derivative continues to be carried in the balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in net derivative gains (losses). The carrying value of the hedged recognized asset or liability under a fair value hedge is no longer adjusted for changes in its estimated fair value due to the hedged risk, and the cumulative adjustment to its carrying value is amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item. Provided the hedged forecasted transaction is still probable of occurrence, the changes in estimated fair value of derivatives recorded in OCI related to discontinued cash flow hedges are released into the statements of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transactions will occur on the anticipated date or within two months of that date, the derivative continues to be carried in the balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized currently in net derivative gains (losses). Deferred gains and losses of a derivative recorded in OCI pursuant to the discontinued cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction that is no longer probable are recognized immediately in net derivative gains (losses).
In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is carried at its estimated fair value in the balance sheets, with changes in its estimated fair value recognized in the current period as net derivative gains (losses).
Embedded Derivatives
The Company sells variable annuities and issues certain insurance products and investment contracts and is a party to certain reinsurance agreements that have embedded derivatives. The Company assesses each identified embedded derivative to determine whether it is required to be bifurcated. The embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract and accounted for as a freestanding derivative if:
•
the combined instrument is not accounted for in its entirety at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings;
•
the terms of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract; and
•
a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would qualify as a derivative instrument.
Such embedded derivatives are carried in the balance sheets at estimated fair value with the host contract and changes in their estimated fair value are generally reported in net derivative gains (losses) except for those in policyholder benefits and claims related to ceded reinsurance of GMIB. If the Company is unable to properly identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income. Additionally, the Company may elect to carry an entire contract on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income if that contract contains an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation. At inception, the Company attributes to the embedded derivative a portion of the projected future guarantee fees to be collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. Any additional fees represent “excess” fees and are reported in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In most cases, the exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition.
Subsequent to initial recognition, fair values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. When such quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar but not identical assets or liabilities, or other observable inputs. If these inputs are not available, or observable inputs are not determinable, unobservable inputs and/or adjustments to observable inputs requiring management judgment are used to determine the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from net assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and recognized. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of such net assets acquired, is not amortized, and is tested for impairment based on a fair value approach at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of each year based upon data as of the close of the second quarter. Goodwill associated with a business acquisition is not tested for impairment during the year the business is acquired unless there is a significant identified impairment event.
The impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level, which is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, there may be an indication of impairment. In such instances, the implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be determined in a business combination. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill would be recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income.
On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates potential triggering events that may affect the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.
Employee Benefit Plans
Certain subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. (the “Subsidiaries”) sponsor and/or administer various plans that provide defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits covering eligible employees and sales representatives. Measurement dates used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans correspond with the fiscal year ends of sponsoring Subsidiaries, which are December 31 for U.S. Subsidiaries and November 30 for most non-U.S. Subsidiaries.
The Company recognizes the funded status of the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) for pension benefits and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”) for other postretirement benefits for each of its plans. The Company recognizes an expense for differences between actual experience and estimates over the average future service period of participants. The actuarial gains (losses), prior service costs (credit) and the remaining net transition asset or obligation not yet included in net periodic benefit costs are charged to accumulated OCI (“AOCI”), net of income tax.
The Subsidiaries also sponsor defined contribution plans for substantially all U.S. employees under which a portion of employee contributions is matched. Applicable matching contributions are made each payroll period. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation cost for current matching contributions. As all contributions are transferred currently as earned to the defined contribution plans, no liability for matching contributions is recognized in the balance sheets.
Income Tax
MetLife, Inc. and its includable life insurance and non-life insurance subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Non-includable subsidiaries file either separate individual corporate tax returns or separate consolidated tax returns.
The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business and its ability to generate capital gains. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:
•
future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
•
future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
•
taxable income in prior carryback years; and
•
tax planning strategies.
The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the financial statements in the year these changes occur.
The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. A tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits due to tax uncertainties that do not meet the threshold are included within other liabilities and are charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made.
The Company classifies interest recognized as interest expense and penalties recognized as a component of income tax.
Litigation Contingencies
The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Except as otherwise disclosed in Note 21, legal costs are recognized as incurred. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements.
Other Accounting Policies
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests
Redeemable noncontrolling interests associated with certain joint ventures and partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries are reported in the temporary section of the balance sheet.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company grants certain employees and directors stock-based compensation awards under various plans that are subject to specific vesting conditions. With the exception of performance shares granted in 2013 which are remeasured quarterly, the cost of all stock-based transactions is measured at fair value at grant date and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. Although the terms of the Company’s stock-based plans do not accelerate vesting upon retirement, or the attainment of retirement eligibility, the requisite service period subsequent to attaining such eligibility is considered nonsubstantive. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock-based awards over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement eligibility. An estimation of future forfeitures of stock-based awards is incorporated into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid securities and other investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.
Property, Equipment, Leasehold Improvements and Computer Software
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, which are included in other assets, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as appropriate. The estimated life is generally 40 years for company occupied real estate property, from one to 25 years for leasehold improvements, and from three to seven years for all other property and equipment. The cost basis of the property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $2.0 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $1.0 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Related depreciation and amortization expense was $183 million, $208 million and $199 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Computer software, which is included in other assets, is stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. Purchased software costs, as well as certain internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage, are capitalized. Such costs are amortized generally over a four-year period using the straight-line method. The cost basis of computer software was $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accumulated amortization of capitalized software was $1.1 billion and $932 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Related amortization expense was $216 million, $221 million and $217 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Other Revenues
Other revenues include, in addition to items described elsewhere herein, advisory fees, broker-dealer commissions and fees, administrative service fees, and changes in account value relating to corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”). Such fees and commissions are recognized in the period in which services are performed. Under certain COLI contracts, if the Company reports certain unlikely adverse results in its financial statements, withdrawals would not be immediately available and would be subject to market value adjustment, which could result in a reduction of the account value.
Policyholder Dividends
Policyholder dividends are approved annually by the insurance subsidiaries’ boards of directors. The aggregate amount of policyholder dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year, as well as management’s judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the insurance subsidiaries.
Foreign Currency
Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of each entity. The determination of the functional currency is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators. With the exception of certain foreign operations, primarily Japan, where multiple functional currencies exist, the local currencies of foreign operations are the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are translated from the functional currency to U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at each year-end and income and expense accounts are translated at the average exchange rates during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are charged or credited directly to OCI, net of applicable taxes. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, including the effect of re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities to the appropriate functional currency, are reported as part of net investment gains (losses) in the period in which they occur.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares, or their equivalent, outstanding during the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of the assumed: (i) exercise or issuance of stock-based awards using the treasury stock method; (ii) settlement of stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units using the treasury stock method; and (iii) settlement of accelerated common stock repurchase contracts. Under the treasury stock method, exercise or issuance of stock-based awards and settlement of the stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units is assumed to occur with the proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period.
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
Effective July 17, 2013, the Company adopted new guidance regarding derivatives that permits the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to the United States Treasury and London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Also, this new guidance removes the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The new guidance did not have a material impact on the financial statements upon adoption, but may impact the selection of benchmark interest rates for hedging relationships in the future.
Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted new guidance regarding comprehensive income that requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of AOCI by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The adoption was prospectively applied and resulted in additional disclosures in Note 16.
Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted new guidance regarding balance sheet offsetting disclosures which requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements for derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions, to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effects of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The adoption was retrospectively applied and resulted in additional disclosures related to derivatives in Note 9.
On January 1, 2012, the Company adopted new guidance regarding accounting for DAC, which was retrospectively applied. The guidance specifies that only costs related directly to successful acquisition of new or renewal contracts can be capitalized as DAC; all other acquisition-related costs must be expensed as incurred. Under the new guidance, advertising costs may only be included in DAC if the capitalization criteria in the direct-response advertising guidance in Subtopic 340-20, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Capitalized Advertising Costs, are met. As a result, certain direct marketing, sales manager compensation and administrative costs previously capitalized by the Company will no longer be deferred.
On January 1, 2012, the Company adopted new guidance regarding comprehensive income, which was retrospectively applied, that provides companies with the option to present the total of comprehensive income, components of net income, and the components of OCI either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements in annual financial statements. The standard eliminates the option to present components of OCI as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The Company adopted the two-statement approach for annual financial statements.
Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted new guidance on goodwill impairment testing that simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. This new guidance allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value as a basis for determining whether it needs to perform the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. Only if an entity determines, based on qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value will it be required to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit. The qualitative assessment is optional and the Company is permitted to bypass it for any reporting unit in any period and begin its impairment analysis with the quantitative calculation. The Company is permitted to perform the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted new guidance regarding fair value measurements that establishes common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Some of the amendments clarify the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) intent on the application of existing fair value measurement requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements other than the expanded disclosures in Note 10.
Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2013, the FASB issued new guidance regarding foreign currency (Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity), effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013. The amendments require an entity that ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity to apply the guidance in Subtopic 830-30, Foreign Currency Matters — Translation of Financial Statements, to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. For an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, the partial sale guidance in section 830-30-40, Derecognition, still applies. As such, a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income upon a partial sale of such an equity method investment. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued new guidance regarding liabilities (ASU 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date), effective retrospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and interim periods within those years. The amendments require an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of the guidance is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. In addition, the amendments require an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation, as well as other information about the obligation. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its financial statements.
In July 2011, the FASB issued new guidance on other expenses (ASU 2011-06, Other Expenses (Topic 720): Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Health Insurers), effective for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2013. The objective of this standard is to address how health insurers should recognize and classify in their income statements fees mandated by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. The amendments in this standard specify that the liability for the fee should be estimated and recorded in full once the entity provides qualifying health insurance in the applicable calendar year in which the fee is payable with a corresponding deferred cost that is amortized to expense using the straight-line method of allocation unless another method better allocates the fee over the calendar year that it is payable. In accordance with the adoption of the new accounting pronouncement on January 1, 2014, the Company recorded $57 million in other liabilities, and a corresponding deferred cost, in other assets.

# 64
Entity Registrant Name MICROSOFT CORPORATION
Nature of operations

# 65
Entity Registrant Name Mondelez International, Inc.
Nature of operations

# 66
Entity Registrant Name MORGAN STANLEY
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock

1.        Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

 

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Effective with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments were re-titled Wealth Management and Investment Management, respectively.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company's business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides financial advisory and capital raising services, including: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and engages in fixed income trading, which primarily facilitates clients' trading or investments in such securities.

Investment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

 

Discontinued Operations.

 

Quilter. On April 2, 2012, the Company completed the sale of Quilter & Co. Ltd. (“Quilter”), its retail wealth management business in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). Net revenues for Quilter were $148 million and $134 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net pre-tax gains (losses) were $(1) million, $97 million and $21 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and included a gain of approximately $108 million in 2012 in connection with the sale of Quilter. The results of Quilter are reported as discontinued operations within the Wealth Management business segment for all periods presented.

 

Saxon. On October 24, 2011, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement to sell Saxon, a provider of servicing and subservicing of residential mortgage loans, to Ocwen Financial Corporation. The transaction, which was restructured as a sale of Saxon's assets during the first quarter of 2012, was substantially completed in the second quarter of 2012. Net revenues for Saxon were $79 million and $28 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and pre-tax losses were $64 million, $187 million and $194 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues included a pre-tax gain of approximately $51 million in 2012, primarily resulting from the subsequent increase in fair value of Saxon, which had incurred impairment losses of $98 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Pre-tax loss in 2012 included a provision of approximately $115 million related to a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) concerning the independent foreclosure review related to Saxon. The results of Saxon are reported as discontinued operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

 

Other. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company classified a real estate property management company as held for sale within the Investment Management business segment. The transaction closed during the first quarter of 2012. The results of this company are reported as discontinued operations within the Investment Management business segment for all periods presented.

 

Remaining pre-tax gain (loss) amounts of $(7) million, $42 million and $3 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that are included in discontinued operations primarily related to the sale of the Company's retail asset management business, Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”) and a principal investment.

 

Prior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations.

Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business.

 

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. At December 31, 2013, the transaction does not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis of Financial Information.    The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

In 2013, the Company renamed “Principal transactions—Trading” revenues as “Trading” revenues and “Principal transactions—Investments” revenues as “Investments” revenues in the consolidated statements of income, and “Financial instruments owned” as “Trading assets,” “Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased” as “Trading liabilities,” “Receivables” as “Customer and other receivables” and “Payables” as “Customer and other payables” in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 7). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests or Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. The portion of the shareholders' equity of such subsidiaries that is redeemable is presented as Redeemable noncontrolling interests outside of the equity section in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2012. The portion of the shareholders' equity of such subsidiaries that is nonredeemable is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where the Company has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

 

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 4).

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

 

The Company's significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

 

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the Company considers its trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.


# 67
Entity Registrant Name NORTHROP GRUMMAN CORP /DE/
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureAndSignificantAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Northrop Grumman Corporation (herein referred to as “Northrop Grumman,” the “company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a leading global security company providing innovative systems, products and solutions in unmanned systems, cybersecurity, C4ISR, and logistics and modernization to government and commercial customers worldwide through four segments: Aerospace Systems, Electronic Systems, Information Systems and Technical Services. We participate in many high-priority defense and government services programs in the United States (U.S.) and abroad as a prime contractor, principal subcontractor, partner, or preferred supplier. We conduct the majority of our business with the U.S. Government, principally the Department of Defense (DoD) and intelligence community. We also conduct business with foreign, state, and local governments, as well as domestic and international commercial customers.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Northrop Grumman and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts, transactions, and profits are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in equity securities and joint ventures where the company has significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using the equity method.
Accounting Estimates
The company’s financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The preparation thereof requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates have been prepared using the most current and best available information; however, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.
Related Party Transactions
For all periods presented, the company had no material related party transactions.
Revenue Recognition
The majority of our business results are derived from long-term contracts with the U.S. Government for the production of goods, the provision of services, or in some cases, a combination of both. In accounting for these contracts, we utilize either the cost-to-cost or the units-of-delivery method of percentage-of-completion accounting. Generally, sales under cost-reimbursement contracts and construction-type contracts that provide for deliveries at lower volume rates per year or a small number of units are accounted for using the cost-to-cost method. Under this method, sales, including estimated profits, are recorded as costs are incurred. Generally, sales under contracts that provide for deliveries at higher volume rates per year or a large number of units are accounted for using the units-of-delivery method. Under this method, sales are recognized as units are delivered to the customer. The company estimates profit on contracts as the difference between total estimated revenue and total estimated cost of a contract at completion and recognizes that profit either as costs are incurred (cost-to-cost) or as units are delivered (units-of-delivery). The company classifies revenue as product or service depending upon the predominant attributes of the contract.
Contract revenues may include estimated amounts not contractually agreed to by the customer, including price redetermination, cost or performance incentives (such as award and incentive fees), un-priced change orders, claims, and requests for equitable adjustment. Amounts pertaining to provisions for price redetermination or for cost and/or performance incentives are included in sales when they are reasonably estimable. Further, as contracts are performed, change orders can be a regular occurrence and may be un-priced until negotiated with the customer. Un-priced change orders are included in revenue when they are probable of recovery in an amount at least equal to the cost. Amounts representing claims (including change orders unapproved as to both scope and price) and requests for equitable adjustment are included in estimated contract revenue only when they are reliably estimable and realization is probable. As of December 31, 2013, the recognized amounts related to claims and requests for equitable adjustment are not material individually or in the aggregate.
The company's U.S. Government contracts generally contain provisions that enable the customer to terminate a contract for default, or for the convenience of the government. If a contract is terminated for default, the contractor may not be entitled to recover any of its costs on partially completed work and may be liable to the government for re-procurement costs of acquiring similar products or services from another contractor, and for certain other damages. Termination of a contract for the convenience of the government may occur when the government concludes it is in the best interests of the government that the contract be terminated. Under a termination for convenience, the contractor is typically entitled to be paid in accordance with the contract’s terms for costs incurred prior to the effective date of termination, plus a reasonable profit and settlement expenses. At December 31, 2013, the company does not have any contract terminations in process that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, annual results of operations and/or cash flows.
Changes in estimates of contract sales, costs, or profits are recognized using the cumulative catch-up method of accounting. This method recognizes, in the current period, the cumulative effect of the changes on current and prior periods. Revenue and profit on future periods of contract performance are recognized as if the revised estimate had been used since contract inception. If it is determined that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the estimable future loss is charged against income in the period the loss is identifiable. Loss provisions are first offset against costs that are included in unbilled accounts receivable or inventoried costs, and any remaining amount is reflected in liabilities.
Changes in contract estimates occur for a variety of reasons, including changes in contract scope, estimated revenue and cost estimates. These changes are often driven by events such as changes in estimated incentive fees, unanticipated risks affecting contract costs, the resolution of risk at lower or higher cost than anticipated, and changes in indirect cost allocations, such as overhead and general and administrative expenses. We employ an extensive contract management process involving several functional organizations and numerous personnel who are skilled at managing contract activities. Changes in estimates are frequent; the company performs on a broad portfolio of long-term contracts, many of which include complex and customized aerospace and electronic equipment and software, that often include technology at the forefront of science.
Significant changes in estimates on a single contract could have a material effect on the company's consolidated financial position or annual results of operations, and where such changes occur, separate disclosure is made of the nature, underlying conditions and financial impact of the change. Aggregate net changes in contract estimates recognized using the cumulative catch-up method of accounting increased operating income by $753 million ($2.09 per diluted share) in 2013, $985 million ($2.53 per diluted share) in 2012 and $738 million ($1.70 per diluted share) in 2011. No discrete event or adjustments to an individual contract were material to the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income for any of these periods.
General and Administrative Expenses
In accordance with industry practice and regulations that govern the cost accounting requirements for government contracts, most general and administrative expenses incurred at both the segment and corporate locations are considered allowable and allocable costs on government contracts. These costs are allocated to contracts in progress on a systematic basis and are included as a component of total contract costs, including any provision for loss contracts.
Research and Development
Company-sponsored research and development activities primarily include independent research and development (IR&D) efforts related to government programs. Company-sponsored IR&D expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income and are generally allocated to government contracts. Company-sponsored IR&D expenses totaled $507 million, $520 million and $543 million, in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Expenses for research and development funded by the customer are charged directly to the related contracts.
Environmental Costs
Environmental liabilities are accrued when the company determines that, based on the facts and circumstances known to the company, such amounts are reasonably estimable and it is probable a liability will be found to have been incurred. When only a range of amounts is established and no amount within the range is more probable than another, the low end of the range is recorded. The company typically projects environmental costs for up to 30 years and records environmental liabilities on an undiscounted basis, and does not include legal costs or asset retirement obligations. At sites involving multiple parties, the company accrues environmental liabilities based upon our expected share of liability, taking into account the financial viability of other jointly liable parties. Environmental expenditures are capitalized or expensed, as appropriate. As a portion of environmental remediation costs is expected to be recoverable through overhead charges on government contracts, such amounts are deferred in inventoried costs (current portion) and other non-current assets. Certain capitalized expenditures relate to long-lived improvements in currently operating facilities. The portion of environmental expenditures not expected to be recoverable is expensed. The company does not record insurance recoveries before collection is probable. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the company did not have any accrued receivables related to insurance reimbursements.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The company utilizes fair value measurement guidance prescribed by GAAP to value its financial instruments. The guidance includes a definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value and expands disclosures about the use of fair value measurements.
The valuation techniques utilized are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect internal market assumptions.
These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 - Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
Marketable securities accounted for as trading and available-for-sale are recorded at fair value. For available-for-sale securities, any changes in unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included in other, net in the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income. In addition, investments in held-to-maturity instruments with original maturities greater than three months are recorded at amortized cost.
Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities in the financial statements and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings from continuing operations, while the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks and to balance its fixed and variable rate long-term debt portfolio. The company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered minimal and is managed by requiring high credit standards for counterparties and through periodic settlements of positions. For derivative financial instruments not designated as cash flow hedging instruments, gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value are reported in other, net in the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income.
Income Taxes
Provisions for federal and foreign income taxes are calculated on reported financial statement pre-tax income based on current tax law and include the cumulative effect of any changes in tax rates from those used previously in determining deferred tax assets and liabilities. Such provisions differ from the amounts currently payable because certain items of income and expense are recognized in different periods for financial reporting purposes than for income tax purposes. The company recognizes federal interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Federal penalties are recognized as a component of income tax expense. In accordance with industry practice and regulations that govern the cost accounting requirements for government contracts, state and local income and franchise taxes are considered allowable and allocable costs on government contracts and are therefore recorded in operating costs and expenses. The company recognizes state interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in unallowable operating costs and expenses.
Uncertain tax position represents the company’s expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. Until these positions are sustained by the taxing authorities or the statute of limitations concerning such issues lapses, the company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and reports the tax effects as a liability for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated statements of financial position.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash in banks and highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less, primarily consisting of bank time deposits and investments in institutional money market funds. The company does not invest in high yield or high risk securities. Cash in bank accounts at times may exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts Receivable and Inventoried Costs
Accounts receivable include amounts billed and currently due from customers, as well as amounts currently due but unbilled (primarily related to costs incurred on contracts accounted for under the cost-to-cost method of percentage-of-completion accounting). Accounts receivable also include certain estimated contract change amounts, claims or requests for equitable adjustment in negotiation that are probable of recovery and amounts retained by the customer pending contract completion.
Accumulated contract costs in unbilled accounts receivable and inventoried costs include direct production costs, factory and engineering overhead, production tooling costs, and, for government contracts, allowable general and administrative expenses. According to the provisions of U.S. Government contracts, the customer asserts title to, or a security interest in, inventories related to such contracts as a result of contract advances, performance-based payments, and progress payments. In accordance with industry practice, unbilled accounts receivable and inventoried costs are classified as current assets and include amounts related to contracts having production cycles longer than one year. Payments received in excess of inventoried costs and unbilled accounts receivable amounts on a contract by contract basis are recorded as advance payments and amounts in excess of costs incurred in the consolidated statements of financial position.
Inventoried costs primarily relate to work in process on contracts accounted for under the units-of-delivery method of percentage-of-completion accounting. These costs represent accumulated contract costs less the portion of such costs allocated to delivered items. Product inventory primarily consists of raw materials and is stated at the lower of cost or market, generally using the average cost method.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of individual assets. Most of these assets are depreciated using declining-balance methods, with the remainder using the straight-line method. Major classes of property, plant and equipment and their useful lives are as follows:
 
 
 
 
December 31
Useful life in years, $ in millions
 
Useful Life
 
2013
 
2012
Land and land improvements
 
   Up to 40(1)
 

$ 373

 

$ 373

Buildings and improvements
 
Up to 45
 
1,450

 
1,421

Machinery and other equipment
 
Up to 20
 
4,243

 
4,233

Capitalized software costs
 
3-5
 
418

 
413

Leasehold improvements
 
Length of Lease(1)
 
659

 
593

Property, plant and equipment, at cost
 
 
 
7,143

 
7,033

Accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(4,337
)
 
(4,146
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
 

$2,806

 

$2,887


(1)
Land is not a depreciable asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the useful life of the asset if it is shorter than the length of the lease.
Leases
The company uses its incremental borrowing rate in the assessment of lease classification as capital or operating and defines the initial lease term to include renewal options determined to be reasonably assured. The majority of our leases are operating leases.
Many of the company’s real property lease agreements contain incentives for tenant improvements, rent holidays, or rent escalation clauses. For tenant improvement incentives, the company records a deferred rent liability and amortizes the deferred rent over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense. For rent holidays and rent escalation clauses during the lease term, the company records rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. For purposes of recognizing lease incentives, the company uses the date of initial possession as the commencement date, which is generally when the company is given the right of access to the space and begins to make improvements in preparation of intended use.
Goodwill and Other Purchased Intangible Assets
The company performs impairment tests for goodwill annually or when the company believes a potential impairment exists. When it is determined that impairment has occurred, a charge to operations is recorded. Goodwill and other purchased intangible asset balances are included in the identifiable assets of the business segment to which they have been assigned. Purchased intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment test from November 30 to December 31. This change in accounting principle is preferable as it aligns the timing of our annual goodwill impairment test with our year-end financial reporting process. This change did not result in the acceleration, delay or avoidance of an impairment charge. The company applied the change in the annual impairment date retrospectively to January 1, 2011; it is impracticable to objectively determine valuation estimates necessary to apply the change in periods prior to that date. There were no changes in previously reported amounts as a result of retrospectively applying the change in the annual impairment testing date. As a result of this change, during 2013, we performed an annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30 and as of December 31.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies
The company maintains whole life insurance policies on a group of executives, which are recorded at their cash surrender value as determined by the insurance carrier. The company also has split-dollar life insurance policies on former officers and executives from acquired businesses, which are recorded at the lesser of their cash surrender value or premiums paid. These policies are utilized as a partial funding source for deferred compensation and other non-qualified employee retirement plans. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the carrying values associated with these policies are $287 million and $271 million, respectively, and are recorded in other non-current assets in the consolidated statements of financial position.
Litigation, Commitments and Contingencies
Amounts associated with litigation, commitments, and contingencies are recorded as charges to earnings when management, after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of each matter as then known to management, including any settlement offers, has determined it is probable a liability will be found to have been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. When only a range of amounts is established and no amount within the range is more likely than another, the low end of the range is recorded. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.
Retirement Benefits
The company sponsors various pension plans covering substantially all employees. The company also provides post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions, consisting principally of health care and life insurance benefits, to eligible retirees and qualifying dependents. The liabilities, unamortized benefit plan costs and annual income or expense of the company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit plans are determined using methodologies that involve several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and the cash balance crediting rate. Unamortized benefit plan costs consist primarily of accumulated net after-tax actuarial losses.
Because U.S. Government regulations require that the costs of pension and other post-retirement plans be charged to our contracts with customers in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation and the related CAS (U.S. Government Cost Accounting Standards) that govern such plans, we calculate retiree benefit plan costs under both CAS and FAS (GAAP Financial Accounting Standards) methods. While both FAS and CAS recognize a normal service cost component in measuring periodic pension cost, there are differences in the way the remaining components of annual pension costs are calculated under each method. Measuring plan obligations under FAS and CAS methods utilize different assumptions and models, such as in estimating earnings on plan assets and calculating interest expense. In addition, the periods over which gains/losses related to pension assets and actuarial changes are amortized are different under each FAS/CAS method. As a result, annual retiree benefit plan expense amounts for FAS are different from the amounts for CAS even though the ultimate cost of providing benefits is the same under either method. CAS retiree benefit plan costs are charged to contracts and are included in segment operating income, and the difference between CAS and FAS expense is recorded in operating income at the consolidated company level.
Net actuarial gains or losses are amortized to expense on a plan-by-plan basis when they exceed the accounting corridor. The accounting corridor is a defined range within which amortization of net gains and losses is not required and is equal to 10 percent of the greater of the plan assets or benefit obligations. Gains or losses outside of the corridor are subject to amortization over our average employee future service period of approximately nine years. The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices or estimated fair value for investments with no available quoted prices. Not all net periodic pension expense is recognized in net earnings in the year incurred because it is allocated as production costs and a portion remains in inventory at the end of a reporting period. The company’s funding policy for the qualified pension plans is to contribute, at a minimum, the statutorily required amount to an irrevocable trust.
Stock Compensation
The company’s stock compensation plans are classified as equity plans and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period (generally three years), net of estimated forfeitures. The company issues stock awards in the form of restricted performance stock rights and restricted stock rights under its existing plans. The fair value of stock awards is determined based on the closing market price of the company’s common stock on the grant date. At each reporting date, the number of shares is adjusted to equal the number ultimately expected to vest.
Foreign Currency Translation
For operations outside the U.S. that have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, results of operations and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period, and assets and liabilities are translated at end-of-period exchange rates. Translation adjustments are generally included as a component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income.
Accounting Standards Updates
Accounting standards updates effective after December 31, 2013, are not expected to have a material effect on the company’s financial position, annual results of operations and/or cash flows.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:
 
 
December 31
$ in millions
 
2013
 
2012
Unamortized benefit plan costs, net of tax benefit of $1,972 in 2013 and $3,149 in 2012
 

($3,000
)
 

($4,790
)
Cumulative translation adjustment
 
18

 
4

Net unrealized loss on marketable securities and cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of $1 in 2013 and $0 in 2012
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
 

($2,984
)
 

($4,787
)

Unamortized benefit plan costs consist primarily of net after-tax actuarial losses totaling $3.3 billion and $5.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net actuarial gains or losses are re-determined annually and principally arise from changes in the rate used to discount our benefit obligations, as well as differences in expected and actual returns on plan assets.
Reclassifications from other comprehensive income to net earnings related to the amortization of benefit plan costs were losses of $319 million, $204 million and $91 million, net of taxes, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The reclassifications represent the amortization of net actuarial losses and prior service credits for the company's retirement benefit plans, and are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (See Note 13 for further information).
Reclassifications from other comprehensive income to net earnings, relating to cumulative translation adjustments, marketable securities and effective cash flow hedges for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were not material. Reclassifications for cumulative translation adjustments and marketable securities are recorded in other income, and reclassifications for effective cash flow hedges are recorded in operating income.

# 68
Entity Registrant Name PACCAR INC
Nature of operations

# 69
Entity Registrant Name PEPSICO INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Basis of Presentation and Our Divisions
Basis of Presentation
Our financial statements include the consolidated accounts of PepsiCo, Inc. and the affiliates that we control. In addition, we include our share of the results of certain other affiliates using the equity method based on our economic ownership interest, our ability to exercise significant influence over the operating or financial decisions of these affiliates or our ability to direct their economic resources. We do not control these other affiliates, as our ownership in these other affiliates is generally 50% or less. Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated. Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of each December, resulting in an additional week of results every five or six years. In 2011, we had an additional week of results (53rd week).
The results of our Venezuelan businesses have been reported under highly inflationary accounting since the beginning of 2010. See further unaudited information in “Our Business Risks”, “Items Affecting Comparability” and “Our Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
In the first quarter of 2011, QFNA changed its method of accounting for certain U.S. inventories from the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method to the average cost method as we believe that the average cost method of accounting improves our financial reporting by better matching revenues and expenses and better reflecting the current value of inventory. The impact of this change on consolidated net income in the first quarter of 2011 was approximately $9 million (or less than a penny per share).
Raw materials, direct labor and plant overhead, as well as purchasing and receiving costs, costs directly related to production planning, inspection costs and raw material handling facilities, are included in cost of sales. The costs of moving, storing and delivering finished product are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Estimates are used in determining, among other items, sales incentives accruals, tax reserves, stock-based compensation, pension and retiree medical accruals, amounts and useful lives for intangible assets, and future cash flows associated with impairment testing for perpetual brands, goodwill and other long-lived assets. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis using our historical experience, as well as other factors we believe appropriate under the circumstances, such as current economic conditions, and adjust or revise our estimates as circumstances change. As future events and their effect cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates.
While our United States and Canada (North America) results are reported on a weekly calendar basis, most of our international operations report on a monthly calendar basis. The following chart details our quarterly reporting schedule for all reporting periods presented except for 2011 as noted above:
 
Quarter
  
U.S. and Canada
  
International
First Quarter
  
12 weeks
  
January, February
Second Quarter
  
12 weeks
  
March, April and May
Third Quarter
  
12 weeks
  
June, July and August
Fourth Quarter
  
16 weeks
  
September, October, November and December

See “Our Divisions” below, and for additional unaudited information on items affecting the comparability of our consolidated results, see further unaudited information in “Items Affecting Comparability” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Tabular dollars are in millions, except per share amounts. All per share amounts reflect common per share amounts, assume dilution unless noted, and are based on unrounded amounts.
Our Divisions
Through our operations, authorized bottlers, contract manufacturers and third parties, we make, market, sell and distribute a wide variety of convenient and enjoyable foods and beverages, serving customers in more than 200 countries and territories with our largest operations in North America, Russia, Mexico, the United Kingdom and Brazil. Division results are based on how our Chief Executive Officer assesses the performance of and allocates resources to our divisions. For additional unaudited information on our divisions, see “Our Operations” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The accounting policies for the divisions are the same as those described in Note 2, except for the following allocation methodologies:

•
stock-based compensation expense;
•
pension and retiree medical expense; and
•
derivatives.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Our divisions are held accountable for stock-based compensation expense and, therefore, this expense is allocated to our divisions as an incremental employee compensation cost. The allocation of stock-based compensation expense in 2013 was approximately 16% to FLNA, 2% to QFNA, 5% to LAF, 24% to PAB, 13% to Europe, 12% to AMEA and 28% to corporate unallocated expenses. We had similar allocations of stock-based compensation expense to our divisions in 2012 and 2011. The expense allocated to our divisions excludes any impact of changes in our assumptions during the year which reflect market conditions over which division management has no control. Therefore, any variances between allocated expense and our actual expense are recognized in corporate unallocated expenses.
Pension and Retiree Medical Expense
Pension and retiree medical service costs measured at a fixed discount rate, as well as amortization of costs related to certain pension plan amendments and gains and losses due to demographics, including salary experience, are reflected in division results for North American employees. Division results also include interest costs, measured at a fixed discount rate, for retiree medical plans. Interest costs for the pension plans, pension asset returns and the impact of pension funding, and gains and losses other than those due to demographics, are all reflected in corporate unallocated expenses. In addition, corporate unallocated expenses include the difference between the service costs measured at a fixed discount rate (included in division results as noted above) and the total service costs determined using the plans’ discount rates as disclosed in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements.
Derivatives
We centrally manage commodity derivatives on behalf of our divisions. These commodity derivatives include agricultural products, energy and metals. Certain of these commodity derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are marked to market with the resulting gains and losses recorded in corporate unallocated expenses as either cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expenses, depending on the underlying commodity. These gains and losses are subsequently reflected in division results when the divisions recognize the cost of the underlying commodity in net income. Therefore, the divisions realize the economic effects of the derivative without experiencing any resulting mark-to-market volatility, which remains in corporate unallocated expenses. These derivatives hedge underlying commodity price risk and were not entered into for trading or speculative purposes.
Net revenue and operating profit of each division are as follows:
 
Net Revenue
 
Operating Profit (a)
 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

 
2013

 
2012

 
2011

FLNA
$
14,126

 
$
13,574

 
$
13,322

 
$
3,877

 
$
3,646

 
$
3,621

QFNA
2,612

 
2,636

 
2,656

 
617

 
695

 
797

LAF
8,350

 
7,780

 
7,156

 
1,242

 
1,059

 
1,078

PAB
21,068

 
21,408

 
22,418

 
2,955

 
2,937

 
3,273

Europe
13,752

 
13,441

 
13,560

 
1,293

 
1,330

 
1,210

AMEA
6,507

 
6,653

 
7,392

 
1,174

 
747

 
887

Total division
66,415

 
65,492

 
66,504

 
11,158

 
10,414

 
10,866

Corporate Unallocated

 

 

 

 

 

Mark-to-market net (losses)/gains






(72
)

65


(102
)
Merger and integration charges






—


—


(78
)
Restructuring and impairment charges






(11
)

(10
)

(74
)
Venezuela currency devaluation
 
 
 
 
 
 
(124
)
 
—

 
—

Pension lump sum settlement charge






—


(195
)

—

53rd week






—


—


(18
)
Other






(1,246
)
 
(1,162
)
 
(961
)
 
$
66,415

 
$
65,492

 
$
66,504

 
$
9,705

 
$
9,112

 
$
9,633

(a)
For information on the impact of restructuring, impairment and integration charges on our divisions, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements. See also Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our transaction with Tingyi and refranchising of our beverage business in Vietnam in our AMEA segment.

Corporate
Corporate unallocated includes costs of our corporate headquarters, centrally managed initiatives such as research and development projects, unallocated insurance and benefit programs, foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, commodity derivative gains and losses, our ongoing business transformation initiative and certain other items.
Other Division Information 
Total assets and capital spending of each division are as follows:
 
Total Assets
 
Capital Spending
 
2013


2012


2011

 
2013


2012


2011

FLNA
$
5,308


$
5,332


$
5,384

 
$
423


$
365


$
439

QFNA
983


966


1,024

 
38


37


43

LAF
4,829


4,993


4,721

 
384


436


413

PAB
30,350


30,899


31,142

 
716


702


1,006

Europe 
18,702


19,218


18,461

 
550


575


588

AMEA
5,754


5,738


6,038

 
531


510


693

Total division
65,926


67,146


66,770

 
2,642


2,625


3,182

Corporate (a)
11,552


7,492


6,112

 
153


89


157


$
77,478


$
74,638


$
72,882

 
$
2,795


$
2,714


$
3,339



(a)
Corporate assets consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, derivative instruments, property, plant and equipment and certain pension and tax assets.

Amortization of intangible assets and depreciation and other amortization of each division are as follows:
 
Amortization of Intangible
Assets

Depreciation and
Other Amortization
 
2013


2012


2011


2013


2012


2011

FLNA
$
7


$
7


$
7


$
430


$
445


$
458

QFNA
—


—


—


51


53


54

LAF
8


10


10


253


248


238

PAB
58


59


65


863


855


865

Europe
32


36


39


525


522


522

AMEA
5


7


12


283


305


350

Total division
110


119


133


2,405


2,428


2,487

Corporate
—


—


—


148


142


117


$
110


$
119


$
133


$
2,553


$
2,570


$
2,604


 
Net revenue and long-lived assets by country are as follows:
 
Net Revenue

Long-Lived Assets(a)
 
2013


2012


2011


2013


2012


2011

U.S.
$
33,626


$
33,348


$
33,053


$
28,504


$
28,344


$
28,999

Russia
4,908


4,861


4,749


7,890


8,603


8,121

Mexico
4,347


3,955


4,782


1,226


1,237


1,027

Canada
3,195


3,290


3,364


3,067


3,294


3,097

United Kingdom
2,115


2,102


2,075


1,078


1,053


1,011

Brazil
1,835

 
1,866

 
1,838

 
1,006

 
1,134

 
1,124

All other countries
16,389


16,070


16,643


10,297


10,600


11,041


$
66,415


$
65,492


$
66,504


$
53,068


$
54,265


$
54,420



(a)
Long-lived assets represent property, plant and equipment, nonamortizable intangible assets, amortizable intangible assets and investments in noncontrolled affiliates. These assets are reported in the country where they are primarily used.

# 70
Entity Registrant Name PFIZER INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

A. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include our parent company and all subsidiaries, and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The decision whether or not to consolidate an entity requires consideration of majority voting interests, as well as effective economic or other control over the entity. Typically, we do not seek control by means other than voting interests. For subsidiaries operating outside the United States (U.S.), the financial information is included as of and for the year ended November 30 for each year presented. Substantially all unremitted earnings of international subsidiaries are free of legal and contractual restrictions. All significant transactions among our businesses have been eliminated. Taxes paid on intercompany sales transactions are deferred until recognized upon sale of the asset to a third party.

In the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, we have revised the presentation of other comprehensive income/(loss) shown in prior periods for derivative financial instruments and available-for-sale securities, as certain items had been reported net.

On June 24, 2013, we completed the full disposition of our Animal Health business (Zoetis), and recognized a gain of approximately $10.3 billion, net of tax, in Gain on disposal of discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2013. The operating results of this business are reported as Income from discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statements of income through June 24, 2013, the date of disposal. In addition, in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, the assets and liabilities associated with this business are classified as Assets of discontinued operations and other assets held for sale and Liabilities of discontinued operations, as appropriate. Prior-period financial information has been restated, as appropriate. For additional information, see Note 2B. Acquisitions, Divestitures, Collaborative Arrangements and Equity-Method Investments: Divestitures.

On November 30, 2012, we completed the sale of our Nutrition business to Nestlé and recognized a gain of approximately $4.8 billion, net of tax, in Gain on disposal of discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2012. The operating results of this business are reported as Income from discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statements of income through November 30, 2012, the date of disposal. For additional information, see Note 2B. Acquisitions, Divestitures, Collaborative Arrangements and Equity-Method Investments: Divestitures.

On August 1, 2011, we completed the sale of our Capsugel business and recognized a gain of approximately $1.3 billion, net of tax, in Gain on disposal of discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The operating results of this business are reported as Income from discontinued operations––net of tax in the consolidated statements of income through August 1, 2011, the date of disposal. For additional information, see Note 2B. Acquisitions, Divestitures, Collaborative Arrangements and Equity-Method Investments: Divestitures.

On January 31, 2011, we acquired King Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (King). Commencing from the acquisition date, our financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities, operating results and cash flows of King, and, in accordance with our domestic and international reporting periods, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect approximately 11 months of King’s U.S. operations and approximately 10 months of King’s international operations. For additional information, see Note 2A. Acquisitions, Divestitures, Collaborative Arrangements and Equity-Method Investments: Acquisitions.

B. Adoption of New Accounting Standard

On December 31, 2013, we changed the presentation of certain of our unrecognized tax benefits. For additional information, see Note 5D. Tax Matters: Tax Contingencies.

C. Estimates and Assumptions

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we use certain estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures, including amounts recorded and disclosed in connection with acquisitions. These estimates and underlying assumptions can impact all elements of our financial statements. For example, in the consolidated statements of income, estimates are used when accounting for deductions from revenues (such as rebates, chargebacks, sales returns and sales allowances), determining the cost of inventory that is sold, allocating cost in the form of depreciation and amortization, and estimating restructuring charges and the impact of contingencies. On the consolidated balance sheets, estimates are used in determining the valuation and recoverability of assets, such as accounts receivables, investments, inventories, deferred tax assets, fixed assets and intangible assets (including acquired in-process research & development (IPR&D) assets and goodwill), and estimates are used in determining the reported amounts of liabilities, such as taxes payable, benefit obligations, accruals for contingencies, rebates, chargebacks, sales returns and sales allowances, and restructuring reserves, all of which also impact the consolidated statements of income.

Our estimates are often based on complex judgments, probabilities and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable but that can be inherently uncertain and unpredictable. If our estimates and assumptions are not representative of actual outcomes, our results could be materially impacted.

As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, our estimates and assumptions may prove to be incomplete or inaccurate, or unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that might cause us to change those estimates and assumptions. We are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from estimated amounts, such as changes in the healthcare environment, competition, litigation, legislation and regulations. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions using historical experience and expectations about the future. We adjust our estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances indicate the need for change. Those changes generally will be reflected in our financial statements on a prospective basis unless they are required to be treated retrospectively under relevant accounting standards. It is possible that others, applying reasonable judgment to the same facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts.

D. Acquisitions

Our consolidated financial statements include the operations of an acquired business after the completion of the acquisition. We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date and that the fair value of acquired IPR&D be recorded on the balance sheet. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the consideration transferred over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. When we acquire net assets that do not constitute a business as defined in U.S. GAAP, no goodwill is recognized and acquired IPR&D is expensed.

Contingent consideration in business acquisitions is included as part of the acquisition cost and is recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date. Fair value is generally estimated by using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow approach. Any liability resulting from contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved. These changes in fair value are recognized in earnings in Other (income)/deductions––net.

Amounts recorded for acquisitions can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

E. Fair Value

We are often required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value, either upon initial recognition or for subsequent accounting or reporting. For example, we use fair value extensively in the initial recognition of net assets acquired in a business combination, when measuring certain impairment losses and when accounting for and reporting on certain financial instruments. We estimate fair value using an exit price approach, which requires, among other things, that we determine the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly market. The determination of an exit price is considered from the perspective of market participants, considering the highest and best use of non-financial assets and, for liabilities, assuming that the risk of non-performance will be the same before and after the transfer.

When estimating fair value, depending on the nature and complexity of the asset or liability, we may use one or all of the following approaches:
•
Income approach, which is based on the present value of a future stream of net cash flows.
•
Market approach, which is based on market prices and other information from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
•
Cost approach, which is based on the cost to acquire or construct comparable assets less an allowance for functional and/or economic obsolescence.

Our fair value methodologies depend on the following types of inputs:
•
Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (Level 1 inputs).
•
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or are directly or indirectly observable (Level 2 inputs).
•
Unobservable inputs that reflect estimates and assumptions (Level 3 inputs).

A single estimate of fair value can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

F. Foreign Currency Translation

For most of our international operations, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. We translate functional currency assets and liabilities to their U.S. dollar equivalents at exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and we translate functional currency income and expense amounts to their U.S. dollar equivalents at average exchange rates for the period. The U.S. dollar effects that arise from changing translation rates are recorded in Other comprehensive income/(loss). The effects of converting non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities into the functional currency are recorded in Other (income)/deductions––net. For operations in highly inflationary economies, we translate monetary items at rates in effect as of the balance sheet date, with translation adjustments recorded in Other (income)/deductions––net, and we translate non-monetary items at historical rates.

G. Revenues

Revenue Recognition—We record revenues from product sales when the goods are shipped and title passes to the customer. At the time of sale, we also record estimates for a variety of sales deductions, such as sales rebates, discounts and incentives, and product returns. When we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of future product returns and/or other sales deductions, we record revenues when the risk of product return and/or additional sales deductions has been substantially eliminated. We record sales of certain of our vaccines to the U.S. government as part of the Pediatric Vaccine Stockpile program; these rules require that for fixed commitments made by the U.S. government, we record revenues when risk of ownership for the completed product has been passed to the U.S. government. There are no specific performance obligations associated with products sold under this program.

Deductions from Revenues––As is typical in the biopharmaceutical industry, our gross product sales are subject to a variety of deductions that generally are estimated and recorded in the same period that the revenues are recognized and primarily represent rebates and discounts to government agencies, wholesalers, distributors and managed care organizations with respect to our pharmaceutical products. These deductions represent estimates of the related obligations and, as such, judgment and knowledge of market conditions and practice are required when estimating the impact of these sales deductions on gross sales for a reporting period.

Specifically:
•
In the U.S., we record provisions for pharmaceutical Medicaid, Medicare and performance-based contract rebates based upon our experience ratio of rebates paid and actual prescriptions written during prior quarters. We apply the experience ratio to the respective period’s sales to determine the rebate accrual and related expense. This experience ratio is evaluated regularly to ensure that the historical trends are as current as practicable. In addition, to account for the impacts of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (together, U.S. Healthcare Legislation), we also consider the increase in minimum rebate and extension of Medicaid prescription drug rebates for drugs dispensed to enrollees. We estimate discounts on branded prescription drug sales to Medicare Part D participants in the Medicare “coverage gap,” also known as the “doughnut hole,” based on historical experience of beneficiary prescriptions and consideration of the utilization that is expected to result from the discount in the coverage gap. We evaluate this estimate regularly to ensure that the historical trends and future expectations are as current as practicable. For performance-based contract rebates, we also consider current contract terms, such as changes in formulary status and discount rates.
•
Outside the U.S., the majority of our pharmaceutical rebates, discounts and price reductions (collectively, sales allowances) are contractual or legislatively mandated and our estimates are based on actual invoiced sales within each period, which reduces the risk of variations in the estimation process. In certain European countries, rebates are calculated on the government’s total unbudgeted pharmaceutical spending or on specific product sales thresholds, and we apply an estimated allocation factor against our actual invoiced sales to project the expected level of reimbursement. We obtain third-party information that helps us to monitor the adequacy of these accruals.
•
Provisions for pharmaceutical chargebacks (primarily reimbursements to wholesalers for honoring contracted prices to third parties) closely approximate actual as we settle these deductions generally within two to five weeks of incurring the liability.
•
Provisions for pharmaceutical returns are based on a calculation for each market that incorporates the following, as appropriate: local returns policies and practices; returns as a percentage of sales; an understanding of the reasons for past returns; estimated shelf life by product; an estimate of the amount of time between shipment and return or lag time; and any other factors that could impact the estimate of future returns, such as loss of exclusivity, product recalls or a changing competitive environment. Generally, returned products are destroyed, and customers are refunded the sales price in the form of a credit.
•
We record sales incentives as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when the incentive is offered, whichever is later. We estimate the cost of our sales incentives based on our historical experience with similar incentives programs.

Our accruals for Medicaid rebates, Medicare rebates, performance-based contract rebates, sales allowances and chargebacks were $3.3 billion as of December 31, 2013, and $3.6 billion as of December 31, 2012, and primarily are included in Other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

Amounts recorded for sales deductions can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis; that is, they are excluded from Revenues.

Collaborative Arrangements—Payments to and from our collaboration partners are presented in our consolidated statements of income based on the nature of the arrangement (including its contractual terms), the nature of the payments and applicable accounting guidance. Under co-promotion agreements, we record the amounts received from our partners as alliance revenues, a component of Revenues, when our co-promotion partners are the principal in the transaction and we receive a share of their net sales or profits. Alliance revenues are recorded when our co-promotion partners ship the product and title passes to their customers. The related expenses for selling and marketing these products are included in Selling, informational and administrative expenses. In collaborative arrangements where we manufacture a product for our partners, we record revenues when our partners sell the product and title passes to their customers. All royalty payments to collaboration partners are included in Cost of sales.

H. Cost of Sales and Inventories

We carry inventories at the lower of cost or market. The cost of finished goods, work in process and raw materials is determined using average actual cost. We regularly review our inventories for impairment and reserves are established when necessary.

I. Selling, Informational and Administrative Expenses

Selling, informational and administrative costs are expensed as incurred. Among other things, these expenses include the internal and external costs of marketing, advertising, shipping and handling, information technology and legal defense.

Advertising expenses totaled approximately $3.0 billion in 2013, $2.8 billion in 2012 and $3.6 billion in 2011. Production costs are expensed as incurred and the costs of radio time, television time and space in publications are expensed when the related advertising occurs.

J. Research and Development Expenses

Research and development (R&D) costs are expensed as incurred. These expenses include the costs of our proprietary R&D efforts, as well as costs incurred in connection with certain licensing arrangements. Before a compound receives regulatory approval, we record upfront and milestone payments made by us to third parties under licensing arrangements as expense. Upfront payments are recorded when incurred, and milestone payments are recorded when the specific milestone has been achieved. Once a compound receives regulatory approval, we record any milestone payments in Identifiable intangible assets, less accumulated amortization and, unless the asset is determined to have an indefinite life, we amortize the payments on a straight-line basis over the remaining agreement term or the expected product life cycle, whichever is shorter.

Research and development expenses related to upfront and milestone payments for intellectual property rights totaled $203 million in 2013, $371 million in 2012 and $306 million in 2011.

K. Amortization of Intangible Assets, Depreciation and Certain Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include:
•
Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred for an acquired business over the assigned values of its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized.
•
Identifiable intangible assets, less accumulated amortization—These acquired assets are recorded at cost. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives that are associated with marketed products are not amortized until a useful life can be determined. Intangible assets associated with IPR&D projects are not amortized until approval is obtained in a major market, typically either the U.S. or the European Union (EU), or in a series of other countries, subject to certain specified conditions and management judgment. The useful life of an amortizing asset generally is determined by identifying the period in which substantially all of the cash flows are expected to be generated.
•
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation—These assets are recorded at cost and are increased by the cost of any significant improvements after purchase. Property, plant and equipment assets, other than land and construction in progress, are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the individual assets. Depreciation begins when the asset is ready for its intended use. For tax purposes, accelerated depreciation methods are used as allowed by tax laws.

Amortization expense related to finite-lived acquired intangible assets that contribute to our ability to sell, manufacture, research, market and distribute products, compounds and intellectual property is included in Amortization of intangible assets as these intangible assets benefit multiple business functions. Amortization expense related to intangible assets that are associated with a single function and depreciation of property, plant and equipment are included in Cost of sales, Selling, informational and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses, as appropriate.

We review all of our long-lived assets for impairment indicators throughout the year and we perform detailed testing whenever impairment indicators are present. In addition, we perform impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-lived assets at least annually. When necessary, we record charges for impairments.

Specifically:
•
For finite-lived intangible assets, such as developed technology rights, and for other long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, whenever impairment indicators are present, we calculate the undiscounted value of the projected cash flows associated with the asset, or asset group, and compare this estimated amount to the carrying amount. If the carrying amount is found to be greater, we record an impairment loss for the excess of book value over fair value. In addition, in all cases of an impairment review, we re-evaluate the remaining useful lives of the assets and modify them, as appropriate.
•
For indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as Brands and IPR&D assets, when necessary, we determine the fair value of the asset and record an impairment loss, if any, for the excess of book value over fair value. In addition, in all cases of an impairment review other than for IPR&D assets, we re-evaluate whether continuing to characterize the asset as indefinite-lived is appropriate.
•
For goodwill, when necessary, we determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare that value to its book value. If the carrying amount is found to be greater, we then determine the implied fair value of goodwill by subtracting the fair value of all the identifiable net assets other than goodwill from the fair value of the reporting unit and record an impairment loss, if any, for the excess of the book value of goodwill over the implied fair value.

Impairment reviews can involve a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.
L. Restructuring Charges and Certain Acquisition-Related Costs

We may incur restructuring charges in connection with acquisitions when we implement plans to restructure and integrate the acquired operations or in connection with our cost-reduction and productivity initiatives. Included in Restructuring charges and certain acquisition-related costs are all restructuring charges, as well as certain other costs associated with acquiring and integrating an acquired business. (If the restructuring action results in a change in the estimated useful life of an asset, that incremental impact is classified in Cost of sales, Selling, informational and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses, as appropriate). Termination costs are generally recorded when the actions are probable and estimable. Transaction costs, such as banking, legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with a business acquisition are expensed as incurred.

Amounts recorded for restructuring charges and other associated costs can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

M. Cash Equivalents and Statement of Cash Flows

Cash equivalents include items almost as liquid as cash, such as certificates of deposit and time deposits with maturity periods of three months or less when purchased. If items meeting this definition are part of a larger investment pool, we classify them as Short-term investments.

Cash flows associated with financial instruments designated as fair value or cash flow hedges may be included in operating, investing or financing activities, depending on the classification of the items being hedged. Cash flows associated with financial instruments designated as net investment hedges are classified according to the nature of the hedge instrument. Cash flows associated with financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are classified according to their purpose and accounting nature.

N. Investments and Derivative Financial Instruments

Our investments are comprised of the following: trading securities, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities (where we have the positive intent and ability to hold the investment to maturity) and private equity investments. The classification of an investment can depend on the nature of the investment, our intent and ability to hold the investment and the degree to which we may exercise influence.
•
Trading securities are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in Other (income)/deductions—net.
•
Available-for-sale debt and equity securities are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized gains and losses reported in Other comprehensive income/(loss) until realized.
•
Held-to-maturity debt securities are carried at amortized cost.
•
Private equity securities are carried at equity-method or cost. For private equity investments where we have significant influence over the financial and operating policies of the investee, we use the equity-method of accounting. Under the equity method, we record our share of the investee's income and expenses, in Other (income)/deductions—net. The excess of the cost of the investment over our share of the equity of the investee as of the acquisition date is allocated to the identifiable assets of the investee, with any remaining excess amount allocated to goodwill. Such investments are initially recorded at cost, which typically does not include amounts of contingent consideration.

Realized gains or losses on sales of investments are determined by using the specific identification cost method.

We regularly evaluate all of our financial assets for impairment. For investments in debt and equity securities, when a decline in fair value, if any, is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge is recorded in the statement of income, and a new cost basis in the investment is established.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value in various balance sheet categories (see Note 7A. Financial Instruments: Selected Financial Assets and Liabilities), with changes in fair value reported in current earnings or, for derivative financial instruments in certain qualifying hedging relationships, in Other comprehensive income/(loss) (see Note 7E. Financial Instruments: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities). Virtually all of our valuation measurements for investments and derivative financial instruments are based on the use of quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or are directly or indirectly observable.

A single estimate of fair value and impairment reviews can involve a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

O. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities and Income Tax Contingencies

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates and laws. We provide a valuation allowance when we believe that our deferred tax assets are not recoverable based on an assessment of estimated future taxable income that incorporates ongoing, prudent and feasible tax-planning strategies, that would be implemented, if necessary, to realize the deferred tax assets. All current deferred tax assets and liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction are presented as a net amount and all noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction are presented as a net amount.

We account for income tax contingencies using a benefit recognition model. If we consider that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, based solely on the technical merits of the position, we recognize the benefit. We measure the benefit by determining the amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement, presuming that the tax position is examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

Under the benefit recognition model, if our initial assessment fails to result in the recognition of a tax benefit, we regularly monitor our position and subsequently recognize the tax benefit: (i) if there are changes in tax law, analogous case law or there is new information that sufficiently raise the likelihood of prevailing on the technical merits of the position to more-likely-than-not; (ii) if the statute of limitations expires; or (iii) if there is a completion of an audit resulting in a favorable settlement of that tax year with the appropriate agency. We regularly re-evaluate our tax positions based on the results of audits of federal, state and foreign income tax filings, statute of limitations expirations, changes in tax law or receipt of new information that would either increase or decrease the technical merits of a position relative to the more-likely-than-not standard. Liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions are classified as current only when we expect to pay cash within the next 12 months. Interest and penalties, if any, are recorded in Provision for taxes on income and are classified on our consolidated balance sheet with the related tax liability.

Amounts recorded for valuation allowances and income tax contingencies can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

P. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The majority of our employees worldwide are covered by defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution plans or both. In the U.S., we have both qualified and supplemental (non-qualified) defined benefit and defined contribution plans, as well as other postretirement benefit plans consisting primarily of healthcare and life insurance for retirees. We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of each of our defined benefit plans as an asset or liability on our consolidated balance sheet. The obligations are generally measured at the actuarial present value of all benefits attributable to employee service rendered, as provided by the applicable benefit formula. Our pension and other postretirement obligations may include assumptions such as expected employee turnover and participant mortality. For our pension plans, the obligation may also include assumptions as to future compensation levels. For our other postretirement benefit plans, the obligation may include assumptions as to the expected cost of providing the healthcare and life insurance benefits, as well as the extent to which those costs are shared with the employee or others (such as governmental programs). Plan assets are measured at fair value. Net periodic benefit costs are recognized, as required, into Cost of sales, Selling, informational and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses, as appropriate.

Amounts recorded for pension and postretirement benefit plans can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

Q. Legal and Environmental Contingencies

We and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to numerous contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business, such as patent litigation, product liability and other product-related litigation, commercial litigation, environmental claims and proceedings, government investigations and guarantees and indemnifications. We record accruals for these contingencies to the extent that we conclude that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. If some amount within a range of loss appears to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, we accrue that amount. Alternatively, when no amount within a range of loss appears to be a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the lowest amount in the range. We record anticipated recoveries under existing insurance contracts when recovery is assured.

Amounts recorded for contingencies can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

R. Share-Based Payments

Our compensation programs can include share-based payments. Generally, grants under share-based payment programs are accounted for at fair value and these fair values are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting terms into Cost of sales, Selling, informational and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses, as appropriate.

Amounts recorded for share-based compensation can result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. For information about the risks associated with estimates and assumptions, see Note 1C. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies: Estimates and Assumptions.

# 71
Entity Registrant Name Philip Morris International Inc.
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock
Background and Basis of Presentation:
Background
Philip Morris International Inc. is a holding company incorporated in Virginia, U.S.A., whose subsidiaries and affiliates and their licensees are engaged in the manufacture and sale of cigarettes and other tobacco products in markets outside of the United States of America. Throughout these financial statements, the term "PMI" refers to Philip Morris International Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Basis of presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions include, among other things: pension and benefit plan assumptions; useful lives and valuation assumptions of goodwill and other intangible assets; marketing programs, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The consolidated financial statements include PMI, as well as its wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in which PMI exercises significant influence (generally 20%-50% ownership interest) are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Investments in which PMI has an ownership interest of less than 20%, or does not exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Certain prior years' amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year's presentation, due to the separate disclosure
of investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries. For further details, see Note 4. Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries.

# 72
Entity Registrant Name Phillips 66
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Separation and Basis of Presentation

The Separation
On April 4, 2012, the ConocoPhillips Board of Directors approved the separation of its downstream businesses (as defined below) into an independent, publicly traded company named Phillips 66. In accordance with the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the two companies were separated by ConocoPhillips distributing to its stockholders all 625,272,302 shares of common stock of Phillips 66 after the market closed on April 30, 2012 (the Separation). Each ConocoPhillips stockholder received one share of Phillips 66 stock for every two shares of ConocoPhillips stock held at the close of business on the record date of April 16, 2012. Following the Separation, ConocoPhillips retained no ownership interest in Phillips 66, and each company has separate public ownership, boards of directors and management.
  
Basis of Presentation
Prior to the Separation, our results of operations, financial position and cash flows consisted of ConocoPhillips' refining, marketing and transportation operations; its natural gas gathering, processing, transmission and marketing operations, primarily conducted through its equity investment in DCP Midstream, LLC (DCP Midstream); its petrochemical operations, conducted through its equity investment in Chevron Phillips Chemical Company LLC (CPChem); its power generation operations; and an allocable portion of its corporate costs (together, the “downstream businesses”). These financial statements have been presented as if the downstream businesses had been combined for all periods presented prior to the Separation. All intercompany transactions and accounts within the downstream businesses were eliminated. The statement of income for the periods prior to the Separation includes expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically performed by ConocoPhillips and not allocated to its operating segments, including allocations of general corporate expenses related to executive oversight, accounting, treasury, tax, legal, procurement and information technology. These allocations were based primarily on specific identification of time and/or activities associated with the downstream businesses, employee headcount or capital expenditures, and our management believes the assumptions underlying the allocations were reasonable. The combined financial statements may not necessarily reflect all of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had we been a stand-alone company during the periods presented prior to the Separation. All financial information presented after the Separation represents the consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows of Phillips 66. Accordingly:

•
Our consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2013, consist entirely of the consolidated results of Phillips 66. Our consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2012, consist of the consolidated results of Phillips 66 for the eight months ended December 31, 2012, and of the combined results of the downstream businesses for the four months ended April 30, 2012. Our consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2011, consist entirely of the combined results of the downstream businesses.

•
Our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012, consists of the consolidated balances of Phillips 66.

Effective January 1, 2013, we changed the organizational structure of the internal financial information reviewed by our chief executive officer, and determined this resulted in a change in the composition of our operating segments. The primary effects of this reporting reorganization were:

•
We disaggregated the former Refining and Marketing (R&M) segment into two separate operating segments titled "Refining" and "Marketing and Specialties."

•
We moved our Transportation and power businesses from the former R&M segment to the Midstream and Marketing and Specialties (M&S) segments, respectively.

# 73
Entity Registrant Name PROCTER & GAMBLE CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Nature of Operations
The Procter & Gamble Company's (the "Company," "Procter & Gamble," "we" or "us") business is focused on providing branded consumer packaged goods of superior quality and value. Our products are sold in more than 180 countries and territories primarily through retail operations including mass merchandisers, grocery stores, membership club stores, drug stores, department stores, salons, high-frequency stores and e-commerce. We have on-the-ground operations in approximately 70 countries.

# 74
Entity Registrant Name PRUDENTIAL FINANCIAL INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock

1.    BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Prudential Financial, Inc. (“Prudential Financial”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Prudential” or the “Company”) provide a wide range of insurance, investment management, and other financial products and services to both individual and institutional customers throughout the United States and in many other countries. Principal products and services provided include life insurance, annuities, retirement-related services, mutual funds, and investment management. The Company has organized its principal operations into the Financial Services Businesses and the Closed Block Business. The Financial Services Businesses operate through three operating divisions: U.S. Retirement Solutions and Investment Management, U.S. Individual Life and Group Insurance, and International Insurance. The Company's businesses that are not sufficiently material to warrant separate disclosure and divested businesses, are included in Corporate and Other operations within the Financial Services Businesses. The Closed Block Business, which includes the Closed Block (see Note 12), is managed separately from the Financial Services Businesses. The Closed Block Business was established on the date of demutualization and includes the Company's in force participating insurance and annuity products and assets that are used for the payment of benefits and policyholders' dividends on these products, as well as other assets and equity that support these products and related liabilities. In connection with the demutualization, the Company ceased offering these participating products. 

 

Demutualization

 

On December 18, 2001 (the “date of demutualization”), The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential Insurance”) converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company and became an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial. At the time of demutualization Prudential Financial issued two classes of common stock, both of which remain outstanding. The Common Stock, which is publicly traded, reflects the performance of the Financial Services Businesses, and the Class B Stock, which was issued through a private placement, reflects the performance of the Closed Block Business.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Prudential Financial, entities over which the Company exercises control, including majority-owned subsidiaries and minority-owned entities such as limited partnerships in which the Company is the general partner, and variable interest entities in which the Company is considered the primary beneficiary. See Note 5 for more information on the Company's consolidated variable interest entities. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The Company's Gibraltar Life Insurance Company, Ltd. (“Gibraltar Life”) consolidated operations, including the previously-acquired AIG Star Life Insurance Co., Ltd., AIG Edison Life Insurance Company, AIG Financial Assurance Japan K.K., and AIG Edison Service Co., Ltd. (collectively the “Star and Edison Businesses”) use a November 30 fiscal year end for purposes of inclusion in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Therefore, the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 include the assets and liabilities of Gibraltar Life as of November 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, include Gibraltar Life's results of operations for the twelve months ended November 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

The most significant estimates include those used in determining deferred policy acquisition costs and related amortization; value of business acquired and its amortization; amortization of sales inducements; measurement of goodwill and any related impairment; valuation of investments including derivatives and the recognition of other-than-temporary impairments; future policy benefits including guarantees; pension and other postretirement benefits; provision for income taxes and valuation of deferred tax assets; and reserves for contingent liabilities, including reserves for losses in connection with unresolved legal matters. 

 

Out of Period Adjustments

 

As previously disclosed in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, during 2012, the Company recorded out of period adjustments resulting in an aggregate net decrease of $170 million to “Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in earnings of operating joint ventures” for the year ended December 31, 2012. These adjustments primarily resulted from 1) a decline in the value of a real estate-related investment, where, based on a review of the underlying collateral and a related guarantee, the Company determined that impairments of $75 million should be recognized, of which $61 million should have been recorded in prior years; 2) an increase of $61 million in reserves for estimated payments arising from use of new Social Security Master Death File matching criteria to identify deceased policy and contract holders which should have been reflected in the third quarter of 2011; and 3) an increase of $54 million in recorded liabilities for certain employee benefits based on a review of the consistency of recognition of such liabilities across the Company which should have been recorded in prior years. Management evaluated the adjustments and concluded they were not material to any previously reported quarterly or annual financial statements. For additional information on the impact of these adjustments to our operating segments, see Note 22.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.


# 75
Entity Registrant Name PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS INC
Nature of operations

# 76
Entity Registrant Name RAYTHEON CO/
Nature of operations

# 77
Entity Registrant Name RITE AID CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

  • Description of Business

        The Company is a Delaware corporation and through its 100 percent owned subsidiaries, operates retail drugstores in the United States of America. It is one of the largest retail drugstore chains in the United States, with 4,587 stores in operation as of March 1, 2014. The Company's drugstores' primary business is pharmacy services. The Company also sells a full selection of health and beauty aids and personal care products, seasonal merchandise and a large private brand product line.

        The Company's operations consist solely of the retail drug segment. Revenues are as follows:

 
  Year Ended  
 
  March 1,
2014
(52 Weeks)
  March 2,
2013
(52 Weeks)
  March 3,
2012
(53 Weeks)
 

Pharmacy sales

  $ 17,239,436   $ 17,083,811   $ 17,725,645  

Front end sales

    8,168,922     8,200,022     8,293,643  

Other revenue

    118,055     108,430     101,934  
               
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​

 

  $ 25,526,413   $ 25,392,263   $ 26,121,222  
               
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​ ​
               

        Sales of prescription drugs represented approximately 67.9%, 67.6% and 68.1% of the Company's total sales in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company's principal classes of products in fiscal 2014 were the following:

Product Class
  Percentage
of Sales
 

Prescription drugs

    67.9 %

Over-the-counter medications and personal care

    9.8 %

Health and beauty aids

    5.1 %

General merchandise and other

    17.2 %
  • Fiscal Year

        The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to February 29 or March 1. The fiscal year ended March 1, 2014 included 52 weeks. The fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 included 52 weeks and the fiscal year ended March 3, 2012 included 53 weeks.

  • Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its 100 percent owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

  • Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

  • Allowance for Uncollectible Receivables

        Approximately 97.0% of prescription sales are made to customers who are covered by third-party payors, such as insurance companies, government agencies and employers. The Company recognizes receivables that represent the amount owed to the Company for sales made to customers or employees of those payors that have not yet been paid. The Company maintains a reserve for the amount of these receivables deemed to be uncollectible. This reserve is calculated based upon historical collection activity adjusted for current conditions.

  • Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory balances include the capitalization of certain costs related to purchasing, freight and handling costs associated with placing inventory in its location and condition for sale. The Company uses the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") cost flow assumption for substantially all of its inventories. The Company calculates its inflation index based on internal product mix and utilizes the link-chain LIFO method.

  • Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Asset impairments are recorded when the carrying value of assets are not recoverable. For purposes of recognizing and measuring impairment of long-lived assets, the Company categorizes assets of operating stores as "Assets to Be Held and Used" and "Assets to Be Disposed Of." The Company evaluates assets at the store level because this is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows ascertainable to evaluate impairment. Assets being tested for recoverability at the store level include tangible long-lived assets and identifiable, finite-lived intangibles that arose in purchase business combinations. Corporate assets to be held and used are evaluated for impairment based on excess cash flows from the stores that support those assets.

        The Company reviews long-lived assets to be held and used for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. When fair values are not available, the Company estimates fair value using the expected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks associated with the recovery of the asset.

  • Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides for depreciation using the straight-line method over the following useful lives: buildings—30 to 45 years; equipment—3 to 15 years.

        Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. When determining the amortization period of a leasehold improvement, the Company considers whether discretionary exercise of a lease renewal option is reasonably assured. If it is determined that the exercise of such option is reasonably assured, the Company will amortize the leasehold improvement asset over the minimum lease term, plus the option period. This determination depends on the remaining life of the minimum lease term and any economic penalties that would be incurred if the lease option is not exercised.

        Capitalized lease assets are recorded at the lesser of the present value of minimum lease payments or fair market value and amortized over the estimated useful life of the related property or term of the lease.

        The Company capitalizes direct internal and external development costs associated with internal-use software. Neither preliminary evaluation costs nor costs associated with the software after implementation are capitalized. For fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company capitalized costs of approximately $6,547, $5,844 and $6,371, respectively.

  • Intangible Assets

        The Company has certain finite-lived intangible assets that are amortized over their useful lives. The value of favorable and unfavorable leases on stores acquired in business combinations are amortized over the terms of the leases on a straight-line basis. Prescription files acquired in business combinations are amortized over an estimated useful life of ten years on an accelerated basis, which approximates the anticipated prescription file retention and related cash flows. Purchased prescription files acquired in other than business combinations are amortized over their estimated useful lives of five years on a straight-line basis.

  • Deferred Financing Costs

        Costs incurred to issue debt are deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense over the terms of the related debt agreements. Amortization expense of deferred financing costs was $15,259, $21,896 and $22,049 for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

  • Revenue Recognition

        For front end sales, the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of merchandise at the time the merchandise is sold. The Company records revenue net of an allowance for estimated future returns. Return activity is immaterial to revenues and results of operations in all periods presented. For third party payor pharmacy sales, revenue is recognized at the time the prescription is filled, which is or approximates when the customer picks up the prescription and is recorded net of an allowance for prescriptions that were filled but will not be picked up by the customer. For all periods presented, there is no material difference between the revenue recognized at the time the prescription is filled and that which would be recognized when the customer picks up the prescription. For cash prescriptions and patient third party payor co-payments, the Company recognizes revenue when the patient picks up the prescription and tenders the cash price or patient third party payor co-payment amount at the point of sale. Prescriptions are generally not returnable.

        The Company offers a chain wide loyalty card program titled wellness +. Members participating in the wellness + loyalty card program earn points on a calendar year basis for eligible front end merchandise purchases and qualifying prescriptions. One point is awarded for each dollar spent towards front end merchandise and 25 points are awarded for each qualifying prescription.

        Members reach specific wellness + tiers based on the points accumulated during the calendar year, which entitles such customers to certain future discounts and other benefits upon reaching that tier. For example, any customer that reaches 1,000 points in a calendar year achieves the "Gold" tier, enabling them to receive a 20% discount on qualifying purchases of front end merchandise for the remaining portion of the calendar year and also the next calendar year. There are also similar "Silver" and "Bronze" levels with lower thresholds and benefit levels.

        As wellness + customers accumulate points, the Company defers the value of the points earned as deferred revenue (included in other current and noncurrent liabilities, based on the expected usage). The amount deferred is based on historic and projected customer activity (e.g., tier level, spending level). As customers receive discounted front end merchandise, the Company recognizes an allocable portion of the deferred revenue.  The Company deferred $103,562 as of March 1, 2014 of which $83,668 is included in other current liabilities and $19,894 is included in noncurrent liabilities. The Company deferred $100,883 as of March 2, 2013 of which $78,696 is included in other current liabilities and $22,187 is included in noncurrent liabilities.

  • Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold includes the following: the cost of inventory sold during the period, including related vendor rebates and allowances, LIFO credit or charges, costs incurred to return merchandise to vendors, inventory shrink, purchasing costs and warehousing costs, which include inbound freight costs from the vendor, distribution payroll and benefit costs, distribution center occupancy costs and depreciation expense and delivery expenses to the stores.

  • Vendor Rebates and Allowances

        Rebates and allowances received from vendors relate to either buying and merchandising or promoting the product. Buying and merchandising related rebates and allowances are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold as product is sold. Buying and merchandising rebates and allowances include all types of vendor programs such as cash discounts from timely payment of invoices, purchase discounts or rebates, volume purchase allowances, price reduction allowances and slotting allowances. Certain product promotion related rebates and allowances, primarily related to advertising, are recorded as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses when the advertising commitment has been satisfied.

  • Rent

        The Company records rent expense on operating leases on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The Company begins to record rent expense at the time that the Company has the right to use the property. From time to time, the Company receives incentive payments from landlords that subsidize lease improvement construction. These leasehold incentives are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term.

  • Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        Selling, general and administrative expenses include store and corporate administrative payroll and benefit costs, occupancy costs which include retail store and corporate rent costs, facility and leasehold improvement depreciation and utility costs, advertising, repair and maintenance, insurance, equipment depreciation and professional fees.

  • Repairs and Maintenance

        Routine repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. Improvements and major repairs, which extend the useful life of an asset, are capitalized and depreciated.

  • Advertising

        Advertising costs, net of specific vendor advertising allowances, are expensed in the period the advertisement first takes place. Advertising expenses, net of vendor advertising allowances, for fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $322,843, $335,779 and $369,405, respectively.

  • Insurance

        The Company is self-insured for certain general liability and workers' compensation claims. For claims that are self-insured, stop-loss insurance coverage is maintained for workers' compensation occurrences exceeding $1,000 and general liability occurrences exceeding $2,000. The Company utilizes actuarial studies as the basis for developing reported claims and estimating claims incurred but not reported relating to the Company's self-insurance. Workers' compensation claims are discounted to present value using a risk-free interest rate.

  • Benefit Plan Accruals

        The Company has several defined benefit plans, under which participants earn a retirement benefit based upon a formula set forth in the plan. The Company records expense related to these plans using actuarially determined amounts that are calculated under the provisions of ASC 715, "Compensation—Retirement Benefits." Key assumptions used in the actuarial valuations include the discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets and the rate of increase in future compensation levels.

  • Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has several stock option plans, which are described in detail in Note 13. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation." The Company recognizes option expense over the requisite service period of the award, net of an estimate for the impact of award forfeitures.

  • Store Pre-opening Expenses

        Costs incurred prior to the opening of a new or relocated store, associated with a remodeled store or related to the opening of a distribution facility are charged against earnings when incurred.

  • Litigation Reserves

        The Company is involved in litigation on an ongoing basis. The Company accrues its best estimate of the probable loss related to legal claims. Such estimates are developed in consultation with in-house counsel, and are based upon a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.

  • Facility Closing Costs and Lease Exit Charges

        When a store or distribution center is closed, the Company records an expense for unrecoverable costs and accrues a liability equal to the present value at current credit adjusted risk-free interest rates of the remaining lease obligations and anticipated ancillary occupancy costs, net of estimated sublease income. Other store or distribution center closing and liquidation costs are expensed when incurred.

  • Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) represents the change during the reporting period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions and dispositions. Deferred tax assets include tax loss and credit carryforwards and are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowances from period to period are included in the tax provision in the period of change.

        The Company has net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future income for federal and state tax purposes. These NOLs generate a significant deferred tax asset. The Company regularly reviews the deferred tax assets for recoverability considering historical profitability, projected taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies.

        The Company recognizes tax liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, "Income Taxes" and the Company adjusts these liabilities with changes in judgment as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of the tax liabilities.

  • Sales Tax Collected

        Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to various governmental agencies are presented on a net basis (excluded from revenues) in the Company's statement of operations.

  • Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  • Significant Concentrations

        The Company's pharmacy sales were primarily to customers covered by health plan contracts, which typically contract with a third party payor that agrees to pay for all or a portion of a customer's eligible prescription purchases. During fiscal 2014, the top five third party payors accounted for approximately 65.8% of the Company's pharmacy sales. The largest third party payor, Express Scripts, represented 31.6% and 35.3% of pharmacy sales during fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. The largest third party payor during fiscal 2012, Medco Health Solutions, represented 22.9% of pharmacy sales. Third party payors are entities such as an insurance company, governmental agency, health maintenance organization or other managed care provider, and typically represent several health care contracts and customers.

        During fiscal 2014, state sponsored Medicaid agencies and related managed care Medicaid payors accounted for approximately 13.7% of the Company's pharmacy sales, the largest of which was approximately 1.1% of the Company's pharmacy sales. During fiscal 2014, approximately 30.6% of the Company's pharmacy sales were to customers covered by Medicare Part D. Any significant loss of third-party payor business could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations.

        During fiscal 2014, the Company purchased brand pharmaceuticals and some generic pharmaceuticals, which amounted to approximately 88.2% of the dollar volume of its prescription drugs, from a single wholesaler, McKesson Corporation ("McKesson"), under a contract that the Company amended and restated in February 2014 and now runs through March 31, 2019. Under the amended and restated contract, with limited exceptions, the Company is required to purchase all of its branded pharmaceutical products and almost all of its generic (non-brand name) pharmaceutical products from McKesson. If the Company's relationship with McKesson was disrupted, it could temporarily have difficulty filling prescriptions for brand-named and generic drugs until it executed a replacement wholesaler agreement or developed and implemented self-distribution processes.

  • Derivatives

        The Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the exposure to increasing rates with respect to its variable rate debt, when the Company deems it prudent to do so. Upon inception of interest rate swap agreements, or modifications thereto, the Company performs a comprehensive review of the interest rate swap agreements based on the criteria as provided by ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging." As of March 1, 2014 and March 2, 2013, the Company had no interest rate swap arrangements or other derivatives.

  • Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit when a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU No. 2013-11 requires an entity to present unrecognized tax benefits as a reduction to deferred tax assets when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists, with limited exceptions. ASU No. 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. This pronouncement will have no effect on the financial statements as the Company has historically presented uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASU No. 2013-11.

        In May 2013, the FASB issued a proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 842): a revision of the 2010 proposed Accounting Standards Update, Leases (Topic 840), that would require an entity to recognize assets and liabilities arising under lease contracts on the balance sheet. The proposed standard, as currently drafted, will have a material impact on the company's reported results of operations and financial position.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The guidance was issued in response to ASU No. 2011-05 and required disclosure of the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items of net income, if the amounts reclassified are required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For other amounts not required to be reclassified to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period, or when a portion of the amount is reclassified to a balance sheet account instead of directly to income or expense, a cross reference to the related footnote disclosures for additional information should be provided. The new requirements were effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements. The Company has adopted the guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and modified the disclosures surrounding comprehensive income in Note 14, Reclassifications from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.


# 78
Entity Registrant Name SAFEWAY INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
he Company and Significant Accounting Policies
The Company  Safeway Inc. (“Safeway” or the “Company”) is one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with 1,335 stores as of year-end 2013. Safeway’s U.S. retail operations are located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In support of its retail operations, the Company has an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com (collectively “Safeway.com”).
On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the sale of substantially all of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited ("CSL" now known as CSL IT Services ULC) to Sobeys Inc. ("Sobeys"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire Company Limited. As a result, the operating results of CSL are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company exited the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick's stores. The operating results of Dominick's are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. In addition, certain assets and liabilities associated with Dominick's are reported as assets and liabilities held for sale in the December 28, 2013 consolidated balance sheet. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
Unless otherwise indicated, the notes accompanying the consolidated financial statements reflect the Company's continuing operations.
Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”), a majority-owned subsidiary of Safeway, is a leading prepaid payment network utilizing proprietary technology to offer a broad range of gift cards, other prepaid products and payment services. Blackhawk’s payment network supports its three primary constituents: consumers who purchase the products and services Blackhawk offers, content providers who offer branded products that are redeemable for goods and services, and distribution partners who sell those products. Blackhawk’s product offerings include gift cards, prepaid telecom products and prepaid financial services products, including general purpose reloadable ("GPR") cards and Blackhawk’s reload network. In the fourth quarter of 2013, Blackhawk acquired InteliSpend Prepaid Solutions TM, a leader in the corporate incentives and consumer promotions marketplace, and Retailo AG, a leading third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. See Note C to the consolidated financial statements set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this report for additional information.
The Company also has a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 200 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico.
Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements include Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all majority-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method. Safeway's equity in earnings of Casa Ley is based on financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and is recorded on a one-month delay basis because financial information for the latest month is not available from Casa Ley in time to be included in Safeway’s consolidated results until the following reporting period.
Fiscal Year   The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. The last three fiscal years consist of the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (“fiscal 2013” or “2013”), the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2012” or “2012”) and the 52-week period ended December 31, 2011 (“fiscal 2011” or “2011”).
Corrections to Previously Reported Financial Statements Subsequent to the issuance of the fiscal 2012 consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that the accrual for multiemployer health and welfare benefits was understated by $39.5 million as of December 29, 2012 due to certain labor contracts not accounted for on an accrual basis. This understatement originated many years ago. Safeway assessed the materiality of this item on previously issued financial statements in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99 and concluded that the correction was not material to any of the individual annual or interim periods. Safeway has corrected the accompanying consolidated financial statements by decreasing 2011 Retained Earnings by $24.2 million, and in the 2012 balance sheet, decreasing Current Deferred Income Taxes by $15.3 million and increasing the multiemployer health and welfare accrual within Other Accrued Liabilities by $39.5 million. The effect on the 2012 and 2011 consolidated statement of operations is insignificant. This correction results in no other changes to the consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Translation of Foreign Currencies  Assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and Casa Ley are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange, and income and expenses are translated at average rates during the year. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of applicable income taxes, are included as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income, within accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets and within the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity.
After the net asset sale of Canadian operations ("Sale of Canadian Operations"), the adjustments resulting from translation of retained assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are included in the statement of income as a foreign currency gain or loss. Foreign currency loss was $57.4 million in fiscal 2013.
Revenue Recognition  Retail store sales are recognized at the point of sale. Sales tax is excluded from revenue. Internet sales are recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Discounts provided to customers in connection with loyalty cards are accounted for as a reduction of sales.
Safeway records a deferred revenue liability when it sells Safeway gift cards. Safeway records a sale when a customer redeems the gift card. Safeway gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and increases other revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were $11.6 million, $9.0 million and $8.9 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The Company, through its Blackhawk subsidiary, also sells third-party gift cards through Safeway retail operations and through other grocery and convenience store retailers. Safeway earns a commission which is recorded as other revenue when the third-party gift card is sold to the end consumer. The liability for redemption and potential income for breakage remains with the third-party merchant; therefore, Safeway does not record redemption or breakage of these gift cards. 
Cost of Goods Sold  Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs of Safeway’s distribution network. All vendor allowances are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods when earned. Advertising and promotional expenses are also included as a component of cost of goods sold. Such costs are expensed in the period the advertisement occurs. Advertising and promotional expenses totaled $372.6 million in 2013, $416.7 million in 2012 and $408.6 million in 2011.
Cash and Equivalents  Cash and equivalents include short-term investments with original maturities of less than three months and credit and debit card sales transactions which settle within a few business days of year end.
Book overdrafts at year-end 2013 and 2012 of $84.5 million and $25.8 million, respectively, are included in accounts payable.
Receivables  Receivables include pharmacy, gift card receivables and miscellaneous trade receivables.
Merchandise Inventories  Merchandise inventory of $1,643.2 million at year-end 2013 and $1,608.4 million at year-end 2012 is valued at the lower of cost on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis or market value.  Such LIFO inventory had a replacement or current cost of $1,701.3 million at year-end 2013 and $1,678.9 million at year-end 2012.  Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations.  The remaining inventory consists primarily of perishables, pharmacy and fuel inventory. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost or the last four-week average cost, which approximates first-in, first out ("FIFO") cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records an inventory shrink adjustment upon physical counts and also provides for estimated inventory shrink adjustments for the period between the last physical inventory and each balance sheet date.
Property and Depreciation  Property is stated at cost. Depreciation expense on buildings and equipment is computed on the straight-line method using the following lives:
Stores and other buildings
7 to 40 years
Fixtures and equipment
3 to 15 years

Safeway capitalizes eligible costs to acquire or develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage as part of fixtures and equipment. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Property under capital leases and leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Company-Owned Life Insurance Policies Safeway has company-owned life insurance policies that have a cash surrender value. During 2013, Safeway borrowed against these policies. The Company has no current intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, we offset the cash surrender value by the related loans. At December 28, 2013, the cash surrender value of the policies was $58.5 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.9 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $17.6 million. At December 29, 2012, the cash surrender value of the policies was $89.0 million, and no policy loans were outstanding.
Employee Benefit Plans  The Company recognizes in its statement of financial position an asset for its employee benefit plan's overfunded status or a liability for underfunded status. The Company measures plan assets and obligations that determine the funded status as of fiscal year end. See Note M.
Self-Insurance  The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability costs. The self-insurance liability is determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and is discounted using a risk-free rate of interest. The present value of such claims was calculated using a discount rate of 1.75% in 2013, 0.75% in 2012 and 0.75% in 2011.
A summary of changes in Safeway’s self-insurance liability is as follows (in millions):
 
 
2013
2012
2011
Beginning balance
$
480.1

$
470.9

$
468.5

Expense, including the effect of discount rate
98.6

151.6

151.1

Claim payments
(137.2
)
(142.5
)
(148.6
)
Disposal of discontinued operations
(8.8
)
—

—

Currency translation
—

0.1

(0.1
)
Ending balance
432.7

480.1

470.9

Less current portion
(108.6
)
(137.4
)
(129.4
)
Long-term portion
$
324.1

$
342.7

$
341.5


The current portion of the self-insurance liability is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total undiscounted liability was $477.2 million at year-end 2013 and $496.2 million at year-end 2012.
Deferred Rent
Rent Escalations.  The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Rent Holidays.  Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain rent holidays. For these leases, Safeway recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis starting at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.
Income Taxes  Income tax expense or benefit reflects the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the impact of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, accrued interest on tax deficiencies and refunds and accrued penalties on tax deficiencies. Deferred income taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management's assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.
Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination.  The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes.  These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly.  This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years. 
Financial Instruments
Interest rate swaps.  The Company has, from time to time, entered into interest rate swap agreements to change its portfolio mix of fixed- and floating-rate debt to more desirable levels. Interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange with a counterparty of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments periodically over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional principal amounts. The differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The Company’s counterparties have been major financial institutions.
Energy contracts.  The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. Safeway expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not marked to market. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered.
Warrants.  Blackhawk issued warrants to third parties to purchase shares of Blackhawk common stock. Blackhawk recorded substantially all of the these warrants in additional paid-in-capital with an offset to intangible assets and is amortizing the assets over the term of the related marketing and distribution services agreements of approximately five years.  The value of these warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes model.  Since there is no active market for these warrants, the valuation model used unobservable pricing inputs and management estimates.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments  Disclosures of the fair value of certain financial instruments are required, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. The Company estimated the fair values presented below using appropriate valuation methodologies and market information available as of year end. Considerable judgment is required to develop estimates of fair value, and the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. Additionally, the fair values were estimated at year end, and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:
Cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable. The carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.
Short-term investments. These investments are readily convertible to cash and the carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.
Notes receivables. The Company's notes receivables, included in other assets, is comprised primarily of notes receivable resulting from the sale of real estate. The fair value of note receivables is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates, adjusted for credit risk, at which similar loans could be made under current market conditions. The carrying value of notes receivables, which approximates fair value, was $101.0 million at December 28, 2013 and $130.6 million at December 29, 2012.
Long-term debt, including current maturities.  Market values quoted in public markets are used to estimate the fair value of publicly traded debt. To estimate the fair value of debt issues that are not quoted in public markets, the Company uses those interest rates that are currently available to it for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments.
Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges  Safeway regularly reviews its stores’ operating performance and assesses the Company’s plans for certain store and plant closures. Losses related to the impairment of long-lived assets are recognized when expected future cash flows are less than the asset’s carrying value. The Company evaluates the carrying value of the assets in relation to its expected future cash flows. If the carrying value is greater than the future cash flows, a provision is made for the impairment of the assets to write the assets down to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined by estimating net future cash flows, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of return. The Company calculates impairment on a store-by-store basis. These provisions are recorded as a component of operating and administrative expense.
When stores that are under long-term leases close, the Company records a liability for the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. This liability is recorded at the time the store is closed. Activity included in the reserve for store lease exit costs is disclosed in Note E.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes, consisted of the following at year-end (in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Translation adjustments
$
(139.0
)
 
$
399.0

 
$
402.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status
(403.0
)
 
(737.8
)
 
(658.1
)
Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss
272.5

 
265.5

 
196.0

Other
(1.6
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(1.5
)
Total
$
(271.1
)
 
$
(73.8
)
 
$
(61.5
)

At the closing of the Sale of Canadian Operations, the Company recorded the related balance of cumulative translation adjustment, pension and post-retirement benefit adjustment to funded status and recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss which related to CSL as part of the gain on the sale. See Note B.
Stock-Based Employee Compensation  Safeway accounts for all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, as compensation cost based on the fair value on the date of grant. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of options, in order to arrive at a fair value estimate.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Updated ("ASU") No. 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income", to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. ASU No. 2013-02 requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. Safeway adopted these disclosure amendments in the quarter ended March 23, 2013. The implementation of this update did not impact Safeway's financial position, results of operations or cash flows as it was disclosure-only in nature.

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.” The ASU clarifies that when a parent entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate or conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights) within a foreign entity, the parent is required to apply the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification 830-30 to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. The ASU provides that the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. The Company early adopted ASU No. 2013-05 and the effect is included in the gain on the sale of CSL in Note B.

# 79
Entity Registrant Name SEARS HOLDINGS CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
SUMMARY OF SIGNFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations, Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
Sears Holdings Corporation (“Holdings”) is the parent company of Kmart Holding Corporation (“Kmart”) and Sears, Roebuck and Co. (“Sears”). Holdings (together with its subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation in 2004 in connection with the merger of Kmart and Sears (the “Merger”), on March 24, 2005. We are an integrated retailer with 1,980 full-line and specialty retail stores in the United States, operating through Kmart and Sears, and 449 full-line and specialty retail stores in Canada operating through Sears Canada Inc. (“Sears Canada”), a 51%-owned subsidiary. We have three reportable segments: Kmart, Sears Domestic and Sears Canada.
The consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries in which Holdings exercises control. Investments in companies in which Holdings exercises significant influence, but which we do not control (generally 20% to 50% ownership interest), are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Investments in companies in which we have less than a 20% ownership interest and do not exercise significant influence are accounted for at cost. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
Separation of Sears Hometown and Outlet Businesses
On October 11, 2012, we completed the separation of our Sears Hometown and Outlet businesses through a rights offering transaction. Holdings received gross proceeds of $446.5 million with respect to the transaction, consisting of $346.5 million for the sale of Sears Hometown and Outlet Stores, Inc. ("SHO") common shares and $100 million through a dividend from SHO prior to the separation. Prior to the separation, SHO entered into an asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility with a group of financial institutions to provide (subject to availability under a borrowing base) for aggregate maximum borrowings of $250 million. Borrowings of $100 million from this revolving credit facility were used to fund the dividend paid to Holdings. We accounted for this separation in accordance with accounting standards applicable to common control transactions as ESL Investments, Inc. (together with its affiliated fund, "ESL") is a majority shareholder of Holdings and became a majority shareholder of SHO as a result of exercising subscription rights pursuant to the rights offering. Accordingly, we classified the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of net assets contributed to SHO as a reduction of capital in excess of par value in the Consolidated Statement of Equity for the period ended February 2, 2013.
In connection with the separation, Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries entered into various agreements with SHO under the terms described in Note 15. Because of the various agreements with SHO, the Company has determined that it has significant continuing cash flows with SHO. Accordingly, the operating results for SHO through the date of the separation are presented within the consolidated continuing operations of Holdings and the Sears Domestic segment in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to the agreements with SHO.
Spin-Off of Orchard Supply Hardware Stores Corporation
On December 30, 2011, we completed the spin-off to our shareholders of all the capital stock of Orchard Supply Hardware Stores Corporation (“Orchard”) that was owned by Holdings immediately prior to the spin-off, consisting of common stock that represented approximately 80% of the voting power of Orchard's outstanding capital stock and preferred stock that represented 100% of Orchard's outstanding nonvoting capital stock. In connection with the spin-off, Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries entered into various agreements with Orchard, including a distribution agreement, a transition services agreement, an appliance sale and consignment agreement and brand license agreements. In addition, certain tax matters between Holdings and Orchard are governed by a tax sharing agreement entered into in 2005.
Holdings has no significant continuing involvement in the operations of Orchard. Accordingly, the operating results for Orchard are presented as discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended January 28, 2012. In addition, the cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for Orchard have been separately stated as discontinued operations in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended January 28, 2012. The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements exclude the impact of Orchard for all periods presented. Prior to completion of the spin-off, Orchard’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows were presented within the Sears Domestic segment.
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 each year. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years rather than to calendar years. The following fiscal periods are presented in this report.
Fiscal Year
Ended
 
Weeks
2013
February 1, 2014
 
52
2012
February 2, 2013
 
53
2011
January 28, 2012
 
52

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. The estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Adjustments to estimates and assumptions are made when facts and circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty, actual results may differ from the estimates used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates and assumptions are required as part of determining inventory and accounts receivable valuation, estimating depreciation, amortization and recoverability of long-lived assets, establishing self-insurance, warranty, legal and other reserves, performing goodwill, intangible and long-lived asset impairment analyses, and in establishing valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets and reserves for tax examination exposures, and calculating retirement benefits.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. We also include deposits in-transit from banks for payments related to third-party credit card and debit card transactions within cash equivalents. The deposits in-transit balances included within cash equivalents were $144 million and $148 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.
 
We classify cash balances which have been pledged as collateral, and for which we do not have the ability to substitute letters of credit, as restricted cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
We classify outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit within other current liabilities and reduce cash and cash equivalents when these checks clear the bank on which they were drawn. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit included in other current liabilities were $97 million and $114 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts based on both historical experience and a specific identification basis. Allowances for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable balances were $28 million and $26 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively. Our accounts receivable balance on our Consolidated Balance Sheet is presented net of our allowance for doubtful accounts and is comprised of various vendor-related and customer-related accounts receivable, including receivables related to our pharmacy operations.
Merchandise Inventories
Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. For Kmart and Sears Domestic, cost is primarily determined using the retail inventory method (“RIM”). Kmart merchandise inventories are valued under the RIM using primarily a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost flow assumption. Sears Domestic merchandise inventories are valued under the RIM using primarily a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) cost flow assumption. For Sears Canada, cost is determined using the average cost method based on individual items.
Inherent in the RIM calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including, among others, merchandise markons, markups, markdowns and shrinkage, which significantly impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as resulting gross margins. The methodologies utilized by us in our application of the RIM are consistent for all periods presented. Such methodologies include the development of the cost-to-retail ratios, the groupings of homogenous classes of merchandise, the development of shrinkage and obsolescence reserves, the accounting for price changes and the computations inherent in the LIFO adjustment (where applicable). Management believes that the RIM provides an inventory valuation that reasonably approximates cost and results in carrying inventory at the lower of cost or market.
Approximately 47% of consolidated merchandise inventories are valued using LIFO. To estimate the effects of inflation on inventories, we utilize external price indices determined by an outside source, the Bureau of Labor Statistics. If the FIFO method of inventory valuation had been used instead of the LIFO method, merchandise inventories would have been $70 million higher at February 1, 2014 and $72 million higher at February 2, 2013.
Vendor Rebates and Allowances
We receive rebates and allowances from certain vendors through a variety of programs and arrangements intended to offset our costs of promoting and selling certain vendor products. These vendor payments are recognized and recorded as a reduction to the cost of merchandise inventories when earned and, thereafter, as a reduction of cost of sales, buying and occupancy as the merchandise is sold. Upfront consideration received from vendors linked to purchases or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of sales, buying and occupancy over the life of the contract or as performance of the activities specified by the vendor to earn the fee is completed.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Additions and substantial improvements are capitalized and include expenditures that materially extend the useful lives of existing facilities and equipment. Maintenance and repairs that do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation expense, which includes depreciation on assets under capital leases, is recorded over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes, and accelerated methods for tax purposes. The range of lives are generally 20 to 50 years for buildings, 3 to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, and 3 to 5 years for computer systems and computer equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the associated lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation expense included within depreciation and amortization expense reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $703 million, $778 million, and $798 million for the years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012, respectively.
Primarily as a result of store closing actions, certain property and equipment are considered held for sale. The value of assets held for sale was $39 million and $57 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively. These assets were included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 at the lower of their historical net book value or their estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell. We expect to sell the properties within a year and we continually remarket them. Substantially all assets held for sale are held within the Sears Domestic segment.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Costs Associated with Exit Activities
In accordance with accounting standards governing the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, the carrying value of long-lived assets, including property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, is evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment has occurred relative to a given asset or assets. Factors that could result in an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a current period cash flow loss combined with a history of cash flow losses, current cash flows that may be insufficient to recover the investment in the property over the remaining useful life, or a projection that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, significant changes in the manner of use of the assets or significant changes in business strategies. An impairment loss is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset (if any) are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment loss is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value as determined based on quoted market prices or through the use of other valuation techniques. See Note 13 for further information regarding long-lived asset impairment charges recorded during 2013.
We account for costs associated with location closings in accordance with accounting standards pertaining to accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. As such, we record a liability for costs associated with location closings, which includes employee severance, inventory markdowns and other liquidation fees when management makes the decision to exit a location. We record a liability for future lease costs (net of estimated sublease income) when we cease to use the location.
Goodwill, Trade Names, Other Intangible Assets and Related Impairments
Trade names acquired as part of the Merger account for the majority of our intangible assets recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The majority of these trade name assets, such as Kenmore, Craftsman and Lands' End, are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely, do not have estimable or finite useful lives and, therefore, are accounted for as indefinite-lived assets not subject to amortization. Certain intangible assets, including favorable lease rights, contractual arrangements and customer lists, have estimable, finite useful lives, which are used as the basis for their amortization. The estimated useful lives of such assets are determined using a number of factors, including the demand for the asset, competition and the level of expenditure required to maintain the cash flows associated with the asset.
Our goodwill results from the Merger. We perform annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests at the last day of our November accounting period each year and assess the need to update the tests between annual tests if events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying amount. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Goodwill Impairment Assessments
Our goodwill resides in multiple reporting units. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of each reporting unit's fair value to its carrying value. We estimate fair value using the best information available, using both a market approach, as well as a discounted cash flow model, commonly referred to as the income approach. The market approach determines the value of a reporting unit by deriving market multiples for reporting units based on assumptions potential market participants would use in establishing a bid price for the unit. This approach therefore assumes strategic initiatives will result in improvements in operational performance in the event of purchase, and includes the application of a discount rate based on market participant assumptions with respect to capital structure and access to capital markets. The income approach uses a reporting unit's projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market conditions appropriate for the reporting unit. The projection uses management's best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period, including growth rates in sales, costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates, future estimates of capital expenditures and changes in future working capital requirements. Our final estimate of fair value of reporting units is developed by weighting the fair values determined through both the market and income approaches.
If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and the second step must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. See Note 12 for further information regarding goodwill and related impairment charges recorded during 2012 and 2011.
Intangible Asset Impairment Assessments
We consider the income approach when testing intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on an annual basis. We utilize the income approach, specifically the relief from royalty method, for analyzing our indefinite-lived assets. This method is based on the assumption that, in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset class. The relief from royalty method involves two steps: (1) estimation of reasonable royalty rates for the assets and (2) the application of these royalty rates to a net sales stream and discounting the resulting cash flows to determine a value. We multiplied the selected royalty rate by the forecasted net sales stream to calculate the cost savings (relief from royalty payment) associated with the assets. The cash flows are then discounted to present value by the selected discount rate and compared to the carrying value of the assets.
Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as a result of our net investment in Sears Canada. Further, Sears Canada is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates due to inventory purchase contracts denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we primarily use derivatives as a risk management tool to decrease our exposure to fluctuations in the foreign currency market. We primarily use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge the foreign currency exposure of our net investment in Sears Canada against adverse changes in exchange rates and to hedge against foreign currency exposure arising from Sears Canada's inventory purchase contracts denominated in U.S. dollars.
Hedges of Net Investment in Sears Canada
When applying hedge accounting treatment to our derivative transactions, we formally document our hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. We also formally assess, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting.
For derivatives that are designated as hedges of our net investment in Sears Canada, we assess effectiveness based on changes in spot currency exchange rates. Changes in spot rates on the derivatives are recorded in the currency translation adjustments line in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) and remain there until such time that we substantially liquidate or sell our holdings in Sears Canada.
Sears Canada Hedges of Merchandise Purchases
Sears Canada mitigates the risk of currency fluctuations on offshore merchandise purchases denominated in U.S. currency by purchasing foreign exchange forward contracts for a portion of its expected requirements. Since the Company's functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we are not directly exposed to the risk of exchange rate changes due to Sears Canada's merchandise purchases, and therefore we do not account for these instruments as a hedge of our foreign currency exposure risk. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of other income (loss) each period.
Hedges of Foreign Currency
The foreign currency forward contracts are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value and, to the extent they have been designated and qualify for hedge accounting treatment, an offsetting amount is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax effects. Changes in the fair value of those forward contracts for which hedge accounting is not applied are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of other income (loss). Certain of our currency forward contracts require collateral to be posted in the event our liability under such contracts reaches a predetermined threshold. Cash collateral posted under these contracts is recorded as part of our restricted cash balance.
Counterparty Credit Risk
We actively manage the risk of nonpayment by our derivative counterparties by limiting our exposure to individual counterparties based on credit ratings, value at risk and maturities. The counterparties to these instruments are major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings or better at February 1, 2014.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We determine the fair value of financial instruments in accordance with standards pertaining to fair value measurements. Such standards define fair value and establish a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP. Under fair value measurement accounting standards, fair value is considered to be the exchange price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability at the measurement date. We report the fair value of financial assets and liabilities based on the fair value hierarchy prescribed by accounting standards for fair value measurements, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels. See Note 4 for further information regarding our derivative positions.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments, accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. We place our cash and cash equivalents in investment-grade, short-term instruments with high quality financial institutions and, by policy, limit the amount of credit exposure in any one financial instrument. We use high credit quality counterparties to transact our derivative transactions.
Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, merchandise payables, credit facility borrowings and accrued liabilities are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of our debt is disclosed in Note 3.
Self-insurance Reserves
We are self-insured for certain costs related to workers' compensation, asbestos and environmental, automobile, warranty, product and general liability claims. We obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure to certain of these self-insured risks. A portion of these self-insured risks is managed through a wholly-owned insurance subsidiary. Our liability reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, classified within other liabilities (current and long-term), represents an estimate of the ultimate cost of claims incurred at the balance sheet date. In estimating this liability, we utilize loss development factors based on Company-specific data to project the future development of incurred losses. Loss estimates are adjusted based upon actual claims settlements and reported claims. The liabilities for self-insured risks are discounted to their net present values using an interest rate which is based upon the expected duration of the liabilities. Expected payments as of February 1, 2014 were as follows:
millions
 
2014
$
251

2015
153

2016
115

2017
86

2018
63

Later years
365

Total undiscounted obligation
1,033

Less—discount
(97
)
Net obligation
$
936


Loss Contingencies
We account for contingent losses in accordance with accounting standards pertaining to loss contingencies. Under accounting standards, loss contingency provisions are recorded for probable losses at management's best estimate of a loss, or when a best estimate cannot be made, a minimum loss contingency amount is recorded. These estimates are often initially developed substantially earlier than the ultimate loss is known, and the estimates are refined each accounting period, as additional information is known.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues include sales of merchandise, services and extended service contracts, net commissions earned from leased departments in retail stores, delivery and handling revenues related to merchandise sold, and fees earned from co-branded credit card programs. We recognize revenues from retail operations at the later of the point of sale or the delivery of goods to the customer. Direct to customer revenues are recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Revenues from product installation and repair services are recognized at the time the services are provided. Revenues from the sale of service contracts and the related direct acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the lives of the associated contracts, while the associated service costs are expensed as incurred.
We earn revenues through arrangements with third-party financial institutions that manage and directly extend credit relative to our co-branded credit card programs. The third-party financial institutions pay us for generating new accounts and sales activity on co-branded cards, as well as for selling other financial products to cardholders. We recognize these revenues in the period earned, which is when our related performance obligations have been met. We sell gift cards to customers at our retail stores and through our direct to customer operations. The gift cards generally do not have expiration dates. Revenues from gift cards are recognized when (i) the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or (ii) the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (gift card breakage) based on historical redemption patterns and we determine that we do not have a legal obligation to remit the value of the unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions.
Revenues from merchandise sales and services are reported net of estimated returns and allowances and exclude sales taxes. The reserve for returns and allowances is calculated as a percentage of sales based on historical return percentages. Estimated returns are recorded as a reduction of sales and cost of sales. We defer the recognition of layaway sales and profit until the period in which the customer takes possession of the merchandise.
Cost of Sales, Buying and Occupancy Costs
Cost of sales, buying and occupancy are comprised principally of the costs of merchandise, buying, warehousing and distribution (including receiving and store delivery costs), retail store occupancy costs, product repair, and home service and installation costs, customer shipping and handling costs, vendor allowances, markdowns and physical inventory losses.
The Company has a Shop Your Way program in which customers earn points on purchases which may be redeemed to pay for future purchases. The expense for customer points earned is recognized as customers earn them and recorded in cost of sales.
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses are comprised principally of payroll and benefits costs for retail and corporate employees, occupancy costs of corporate facilities, advertising, pre-opening costs and other administrative expenses.
Pre-Opening Costs
Pre-opening and start-up activity costs are expensed in the period in which they occur.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred, generally the first time the advertising occurs, and amounted to $1.5 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.9 billion for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These costs are included within selling and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with accounting standards pertaining to such taxes. Accordingly, we provide deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The tax balances and income tax expense recognized by us are based on management's interpretation of the tax laws of multiple jurisdictions. Income tax expense also reflects our best estimates and assumptions regarding, among other things, the level of future taxable income, tax planning, and any valuation allowance. Future changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, tax planning, and adoption and implementation of new accounting standards could impact the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by us. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, we begin with historical results adjusted for the results of discontinued operations and changes in accounting policies and incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider cumulative operating income (loss) over the past three years. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income.
Income tax expense or benefit from continuing operations is generally determined without regard to other categories of earnings, such as discontinued operations and other comprehensive income ("OCI"). An exception is provided in the authoritative accounting guidance when there is income from categories other than continuing operations and a loss from continuing operations in the current year. In this case, the tax benefit allocated to continuing operations is the amount by which the loss from continuing operations reduces the tax expense recorded with respect to the other categories of earnings, even when a valuation allowance has been established against the deferred tax assets. In instances where a valuation allowance is established against current year losses, income from other sources, including gain from pension and other postretirement benefits recorded as a component of OCI, is considered when determining whether sufficient future taxable income exists to realize the deferred tax assets.
Stock-based Compensation
We account for stock-based compensation arrangements in accordance with accounting standards pertaining to share-based payment transactions, which requires us to both recognize as expense the fair value of all stock-based compensation awards (which includes stock options, although there were no options outstanding in 2013) and to classify excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation deductions as cash from financing activities rather than cash from operating activities. We recognize compensation expense as awards vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Holdings' shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for each period. Diluted earnings per common share also includes the dilutive effect of potential common shares, exercise of stock options and the effect of restricted stock when dilutive.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued an accounting standards update which requires an unrecognized tax benefit to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward that the entity intends to use and is available for settlement at the reporting date. The update will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2014 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Disclosures about Reclassification Adjustments out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update requires entities to disclose additional information about reclassification adjustments, including changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances by component and significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The update was effective and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2013 and impacted the Company's disclosures, but otherwise did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment
In July 2012, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which provides, subject to certain conditions, the option to perform a qualitative, rather than quantitative, assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. This update was effective and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2013 and did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities
In December 2011, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which requires disclosures of gross and net information about financial derivative instruments eligible for offset in the statement of financial position or subject to a master netting agreement. In January 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update which narrows the scope of the disclosure requirements to derivatives, securities borrowings, and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to a master netting arrangement. This update was effective for and adopted by the Company in the first quarter of 2013 and impacted the Company's disclosures, but otherwise did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

# 80
Entity Registrant Name SPRINT CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Note 1.
Description of Operations
Sprint Corporation, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is a communications company offering a comprehensive range of wireless and wireline communications products and services that are designed to meet the needs of individual consumers, businesses, government subscribers and resellers. We have organized our operations to meet the needs of our targeted subscriber groups through focused communications solutions that incorporate the capabilities of our wireless and wireline services.
The Wireless segment includes retail, wholesale, and affiliate service revenue from a wide array of wireless voice and data transmission services and equipment revenue from the sale of wireless devices and accessories in the U.S., Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
The Wireline segment includes revenue from domestic and international wireline voice and data communication services, including services to the cable multiple systems operators that resell our local and long distance services and use our back office systems and network assets in support of their telephone service provided over cable facilities primarily to residential end-use subscribers.
On July 10, 2013, SoftBank Corp. and certain of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (together, "SoftBank") completed the merger (SoftBank Merger) with Sprint Nextel Corporation (Sprint Nextel) contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 15, 2012 (as amended, the Merger Agreement) and the Bond Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2012 (as amended, the Bond Agreement). As a result of the SoftBank Merger, Starburst II, Inc. (Starburst II), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SoftBank became the parent company of Sprint Nextel. Immediately thereafter, Starburst II changed its name to Sprint Corporation and Sprint Nextel changed its name to Sprint Communications, Inc. In addition, in connection with the closing of the SoftBank Merger, Sprint Corporation became the successor registrant to Sprint Nextel under Rule 12g-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) and is the entity subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) subsequent to the close of the SoftBank Merger. In addition, in order to align with SoftBank’s reporting schedule, our Board of Directors have approved a change in our fiscal year end to March 31, effective March 31, 2014. As a result, we expect to file an additional Annual Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014. See Note 3. Significant Transactions for additional information regarding the SoftBank Merger and related transactions. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "Sprint," "we," "us," "our" and the "Company" mean Sprint Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries for all periods presented, inclusive of Successor and Predecessor periods described below, and references to "Sprint Communications" are to Sprint Communications, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
In connection with the change of control, as a result of the SoftBank Merger, Sprint Communications' assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value on the closing date of the SoftBank Merger. The consolidated financial statements distinguish between the predecessor period (Predecessor) relating to Sprint Communications for periods prior to the SoftBank Merger and the successor period (Successor) relating to Sprint Corporation, formerly known as Starburst II, for periods subsequent to the incorporation of Starburst II on October 5, 2012. The Successor financial information includes the activity and accounts of Sprint Corporation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, which includes the activity and accounts of Sprint Communications, inclusive of the consolidation of Clearwire Corporation (Clearwire), prospectively for the 174-day period following completion of the SoftBank Merger (Post-merger period), beginning on July 11, 2013. The accounts and operating activity for the Successor periods from October 5, 2012 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 and from January 1, 2013 to July 10, 2013 consist solely of the activity of Starburst II prior to the close of the SoftBank Merger, which primarily related to merger expenses that were incurred in connection with the SoftBank Merger (recognized in selling, general and administrative expense) and interest related to the $3.1 billion convertible bond (Bond) Sprint Communications, Inc. issued to Starburst II. The Predecessor financial information represents the historical basis of presentation for Sprint Communications for all periods prior to the SoftBank Merger. As a result of the preliminary valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value at the time of the SoftBank Merger, the financial statements for the Successor period are presented on a measurement basis different than the Predecessor period (Sprint Communications historical cost) and are, therefore, not comparable. See Note 3. Significant Transactions for additional information regarding the SoftBank Merger.
On July 9, 2013, Sprint Communications completed the acquisition of the remaining equity interests in Clearwire that it did not already own for approximately $3.5 billion, net of cash acquired, or $5.00 per share (Clearwire Acquisition). The consideration paid was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated preliminary fair values at the time of the Clearwire Acquisition. The effects of the Clearwire Acquisition are included in the Predecessor period financial information and are therefore included in the allocation of the consideration transferred at the closing date of the SoftBank Merger.

# 81
Entity Registrant Name SUPERVALU INC
Nature of operations

# 82
Entity Registrant Name SYSCO CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Business and Consolidation

 

Sysco Corporation, acting through its subsidiaries and divisions, (Sysco or the company), is engaged in the marketing and distribution of a wide range of food and related products primarily to the foodservice or food-away-from-home industry.  These services are performed for approximately 425,000 customers from 194 distribution facilities located throughout the United States (U.S.), Bahamas, Canada, Ireland and Northern Ireland.

 

Sysco’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to June 30th.  This resulted in a 52-week year ending June 28, 2014 for fiscal 2014, June 30, 2013 for fiscal 2013 and June 30, 2012 for fiscal 2012.

 

The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Sysco and its consolidated subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions and account balances have been eliminated.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses.  Actual results could differ from the estimates used.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash includes cash equivalents such as time deposits, certificates of deposit, short-term investments and all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less, which are recorded at fair value.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable consist primarily of trade receivables from customers and receivables from suppliers for marketing or incentive programs.  Sysco determines the past due status of trade receivables based on contractual terms with each customer.  Sysco evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable and determines the appropriate reserve for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors.  The company utilizes specific criteria to determine uncollectible receivables to be written off including whether a customer has filed for or been placed in bankruptcy, has had accounts referred to outside parties for collection or has had accounts past due over specified periods.  Allowances are recorded for all other receivables based on an analysis of historical trends of write-offs and recoveries.  In addition, in circumstances where the company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligation to Sysco, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded to reduce the receivable to the net amount reasonably expected to be collected. 

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consisting primarily of finished goods include food and related products and lodging products held for resale and are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.  Elements of costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver the product to the company’s warehouses and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors (see “Vendor Consideration”).

 

Plant and Equipment

 

Capital additions, improvements and major replacements are classified as plant and equipment and are carried at cost.  Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method, which reduces the book value of each asset in equal amounts over its estimated useful life, and is included within operating expenses in the consolidated results of operations.  Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to earnings when they are incurred.  Upon the disposition of an asset, its accumulated depreciation is deducted from the original cost, and any gain or loss is reflected in current earnings.

 

Certain internal and external costs related to the acquisition and development of internal use software being built within our Business Transformation Project are capitalized within plant and equipment during the application development stages of the project.  Amortization commenced in August 2012 on the majority of the software in the project when it entered the deployment stage.  Costs continue to be capitalized for added software that is in the application development stage of the project.

 

Applicable interest charges incurred during the construction of new facilities and development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives.  Interest capitalized for the past three fiscal years was $1.1 million in fiscal 2014, $4.2 million in fiscal 2013 and $20.8 million in fiscal 2012.

 

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Management reviews long-lived assets for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Cash flows expected to be generated by the related assets are estimated over the asset’s useful life based on updated projections on an undiscounted basis.  If the evaluation indicates that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured using fair value.

 

Goodwill and Intangibles

 

Goodwill and intangibles represent the excess of cost over the fair value of tangible net assets acquired.  Goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized.  Goodwill is assigned to the reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of a business combination.  The recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles is assessed annually, or more frequently as needed when events or changes have occurred that would suggest an impairment of carrying value, by determining whether the fair values of the applicable reporting units exceed their carrying values.  The reporting units used to assess goodwill impairment are the company’s 12 operating segments as described in Note 21, “Business Segment Information.” The components within each of the 12 operating segments have similar economic characteristics and therefore are aggregated into 12 reporting units.  The evaluation of fair value requires the use of projections, estimates and assumptions as to the future performance of the operations in performing a discounted cash flow analysis, as well as assumptions regarding sales and earnings multiples that would be applied in comparable acquisitions.

 

Intangibles with definite lives are amortized over their useful lives in a manner consistent with underlying cash flow, which generally ranges from two to ten years.  Management reviews finite-lived intangibles for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Cash flows expected to be generated by the finite-lived intangibles are estimated over the intangible asset’s useful life based on updated projections on an undiscounted basis.  If the evaluation indicates that the carrying value of the finite-lived intangible asset may not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured at fair value.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Sysco is required by its insurers to collateralize a part of the self-insured portion of its workers’ compensation and liability claims.  Sysco has chosen to satisfy these collateral requirements by depositing funds in insurance trusts or by issuing letters of credit.  All amounts in restricted cash at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013 represented funds deposited in insurance trusts.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

All derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets at fair value at their gross values.  Gains or losses on derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges are recognized immediately in the consolidated results of operations, along with the offsetting gain or loss related to the underlying hedged item.

 

Gains or losses on derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity from inception of the hedges to their settlement, at which time gains or losses are reclassified to the Consolidated Results of Operations in conjunction with the recognition of the underlying hedged item.

 

In the normal course of business, Sysco enters into forward purchase agreements for the procurement of fuel and electricity.  Certain of these agreements meet the definition of a derivative.  However, the company elected to use the normal purchase and sale exemption available under derivatives accounting literature; therefore, these agreements are not recorded at fair value.

 

Investments in Corporate-Owned Life Insurance

 

Investments in corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) policies are recorded at their cash surrender values as of each balance sheet date.  Changes in the cash surrender value during the period are recorded as a gain or loss within operating expenses.  The company does not record deferred tax balances related to cash surrender value gains or losses for the policies that Sysco has the intent to hold these policies to maturity.  Deferred tax balances are recorded for those policies that Sysco intends to redeem prior to maturity.  The total amounts related to the company’s investments in COLI policies included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets were $161.9 million and $159.3 million at June 28, 2014 and June 29, 2013, respectively.

 

Treasury Stock

 

The company records treasury stock purchases at cost.  Shares removed from treasury are valued at cost using the average cost method.

 

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The assets and liabilities of all foreign subsidiaries are translated at current exchange rates.  Related translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The company recognizes revenue from the sale of a product when it is considered to be realized or realizable and earned.  The company determines these requirements to be met at the point at which the product is delivered to the customer.  The company grants certain customers sales incentives such as rebates or discounts and treats these as a reduction of sales at the time the sale is recognized.  Sales tax collected from customers is not included in revenue but rather recorded as a liability due to the respective taxing authorities.  Purchases and sales of inventory with the same counterparty that are entered into in contemplation of one another are considered to be a single nonmonetary transaction.  As such, the company records the net effect of such transactions in the consolidated results of operations within sales.

 

Vendor Consideration

 

Sysco recognizes consideration received from vendors when the services performed in connection with the monies received are completed and when the related product has been sold by Sysco as a reduction to cost of sales.  There are several types of cash consideration received from vendors.  In many instances, the vendor consideration is in the form of a specified amount per case or per pound.  In these instances, Sysco will recognize the vendor consideration as a reduction of cost of sales when the product is sold.  In the situations in which the vendor consideration is not related directly to specific product purchases, Sysco will recognize these as a reduction of cost of sales when the earnings process is complete, the related service is performed and the amounts are realized. 

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs include costs associated with the selection of products and delivery to customers.  Included in operating expenses are shipping and handling costs of approximately $2,612.4 million in fiscal 2014, $2,539.6 million in fiscal 2013 and $2,396.2 million in fiscal 2012.

 

Insurance Program

 

Sysco maintains a self-insurance program covering portions of workers’ compensation, general and vehicle liability and property insurance costs.  The amounts in excess of the self-insured levels are fully insured by third party insurers.  The company also maintains a fully self-insured group medical program.  Liabilities associated with these risks are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience, medical cost trends, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. 

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Sysco recognizes expense for its share-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted.  The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  Option pricing methods require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.  The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards are based on the company’s stock price on the date of grant.  Measured compensation cost is recognized ratably over the vesting period of the related share-based compensation award.  Cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows on the consolidated cash flows statements.

 

Income Taxes

 

Sysco recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured pursuant to tax laws using rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The impact on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized.

 

Sysco recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has greater than a 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.  To the extent interest and penalties may be assessed by taxing authorities on any underpayment of income tax, estimated amounts required by the accounting guidance related to uncertain tax positions have been accrued and are classified as a component of income taxes in the consolidated results of operations.

 

 

The determination of the company’s provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, the use of estimates and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws.  The company’s provision for income taxes primarily reflects a combination of income earned and taxed in the various U.S. federal and state, as well as various foreign jurisdictions.  Jurisdictional tax law changes, increases or decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, accruals or adjustments of accruals for tax contingencies or valuation allowances, and the company’s change in the mix of earnings from these taxing jurisdictions all affect the overall effective tax rate.

 

Acquisitions

 

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and the financial statements include the results of the acquired operations from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

The purchase price of the acquired entities is allocated to the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair value at the dates of acquisition, with any excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired, including intangibles, recognized as goodwill.  The balances included in the consolidated balance sheets related to recent acquisitions are based upon preliminary information and are subject to change when final asset and liability valuations are obtained.  Subsequent changes to the preliminary balances are reflected retrospectively, if material.  Material changes to the preliminary allocations are not anticipated by management.

 

Reclassifications

 

      Prior year amounts within the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation as it relates to the presentation of certain accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred taxes and other long-term liabilities balances within these statements.  Prior year amounts within the consolidated results of operations have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation as it relates to the classification of certain amounts within cost of sales and operating expenses within this statement.  The impact of these reclassifications was immaterial to all periods presented.


# 83
Entity Registrant Name TARGET CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureAndSignificantAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
Summary of Accounting Policies

Organization    Target Corporation (Target, the Corporation, or the Company) operates two reportable segments: U.S. and Canadian. Our U.S. Segment includes all of our U.S. retail operations, including digital sales. The U.S. Segment also includes our U.S. credit card servicing activities and certain centralized operating and corporate activities not allocated to our Canadian Segment. In 2013, following the sale of our U.S. consumer credit card portfolio to TD Bank Group (TD), we combined our historical U.S. Retail Segment and U.S. Credit Card Segment into one U.S. Segment. Our Canadian Segment includes all of our Canadian retail operations, including 124 stores opened in 2013. We currently do not have a digital sales channel in Canada.
Consolidation    The consolidated financial statements include the balances of the Corporation and its subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany balances and transactions. All material subsidiaries are wholly owned. We consolidate variable interest entities where it has been determined that the Corporation is the primary beneficiary of those entities' operations.
Use of estimates    The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates.
Fiscal year    Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest January 31. Unless otherwise stated, references to years in this report relate to fiscal years, rather than to calendar years. Fiscal 2013 ended February 1, 2014 and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2012 ended February 2, 2013, and consisted of 53 weeks. Fiscal 2011 ended January 28, 2012, and consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2014 will end January 31, 2015, and will consist of 52 weeks.
Accounting policies    Our accounting policies are disclosed in the applicable Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

# 84
Entity Registrant Name TECH DATA CORP
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock
Description of Business
Tech Data Corporation (“Tech Data” or the “Company”) is one of the world’s largest wholesale distributors of technology products. The Company serves as an indispensable link in the technology supply chain by bringing products from the world’s leading technology vendors to market, as well as providing customers with advanced logistics capabilities and value-added services. Tech Data’s customers include value-added resellers, direct marketers, retailers and corporate resellers who support the diverse technology needs of end users. The Company is managed in two geographic segments: the Americas (including North America and South America) and Europe.

# 85
Entity Registrant Name TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureTextBlock
Description of business and significant accounting policies and practices

Business
At Texas Instruments (TI), we design and make semiconductors that we sell to electronics designers and manufacturers all over the world. We have two reportable segments, which are established along major categories of products as follows:

•
Analog – consists of the following major product lines: High Volume Analog & Logic (HVAL), Power Management (Power), High Performance Analog (HPA) and Silicon Valley Analog (SVA). SVA consists primarily of products that we acquired through our purchase of National Semiconductor Corporation (National) in 2011.
•
Embedded Processing – consists of the following major product lines: Processors, Microcontrollers and Connectivity.

We report the results of our remaining business activities in Other. As a result of our decision to exit certain product lines, Other also includes our baseband products and our OMAP™ applications processors and connectivity products sold into smartphones and consumer tablets. These products, which we refer to as “legacy wireless products,” were part of our former Wireless segment. The Wireless segment was eliminated effective January 1, 2013. To conform to this revised reporting structure, we filed a Form 8-K on May 3, 2013, to recast prior period segment information presented in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. See Note 16 for additional information on our business segments.

Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The basis of these financial statements is comparable for all periods presented herein.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All dollar amounts in the financial statements and tables in these notes, except per-share amounts, are stated in millions of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated. We have reclassified certain amounts in the prior periods’ financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation. The preparation of financial statements requires the use of estimates from which final results may vary.

In September 2011, we completed the acquisition of National. We accounted for this transaction under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805 – Business Combinations, and the consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of National from the date of acquisition. See Note 2 for more information.

Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue from direct sales of our products to our customers, including shipping fees, when title and risk of loss pass to the customer, which usually occurs upon shipment or delivery, depending upon the terms of the sales order; when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; when sales amounts are fixed or determinable; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales of our products that are subject to inventory consignment agreements is recognized consistent with the principles discussed above, but delivery occurs when the customer pulls product from consignment inventory that we store at designated locations. Estimates of product returns for quality reasons and of price allowances, which are based on historical experience, product shipment analysis and customer contractual arrangements, are recorded when revenue is recognized. Allowances include volume-based incentives and special pricing arrangements. In addition, we record allowances for accounts receivable that we estimate may not be collected.

We recognize revenue from direct sales of our products to our distributors, net of allowances, consistent with the principles discussed above. Title transfers to the distributors at delivery or when the products are pulled from consignment inventory, and payment is due on our standard commercial terms; payment terms are not contingent upon resale of the products. We calculate credit allowances based on historical data, current economic conditions and contractual terms. For instance, we sell to distributors at standard published prices, but we may grant them price adjustment credits in response to individual competitive opportunities they may have. To estimate allowances, we use statistical percentages of revenue, determined quarterly, based upon recent historical adjustment trends. We also provide allowances for certain growth-based incentives.

We provide distributors an allowance to scrap certain slow-selling or obsolete products in their inventory, estimated as a negotiated fixed percentage of each distributor’s purchases from us. In addition, if we publish a new price for a product that is lower than that paid by distributors for the same product still remaining in each distributor’s on-hand inventory, we may credit them for the difference between those prices. The allowance for this type of credit is based on the identified product price difference applied to our estimate of each distributor’s on-hand inventory of that product. We believe we can reasonably and reliably estimate allowances for credits to distributors in a timely manner.

We determine the amount and timing of royalty revenue based on our contractual agreements with intellectual property licensees. We recognize royalty revenue when earned under the terms of the agreements and when we consider realization of payment to be probable. Where royalties are based on a percentage of licensee sales of royalty-bearing products, we recognize royalty revenue by applying this percentage to our estimate of applicable licensee sales. We base this estimate on historical experience and an analysis of each licensee’s sales results. Where royalties are based on fixed payment amounts, we recognize royalty revenue ratably over the term of the royalty agreement. Where warranted, revenue from licensees may be recognized on a cash basis.

We include shipping and handling costs in COR.

Advertising costs
We expense advertising and other promotional costs as incurred. This expense was $46 million in 2013, $46 million in 2012 and $43 million in 2011.

Restructuring charges
Restructuring charges may consist of voluntary or involuntary severance-related charges, asset-related charges and other costs due to exit activities. We recognize voluntary termination benefits when the employee accepts the offered benefit arrangement. We recognize involuntary severance-related charges depending on whether the termination benefits are provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement or under a one-time benefit arrangement. If the former, we recognize the charges once they are probable and the amounts are estimable. If the latter, we recognize the charges once the benefits have been communicated to employees.

Restructuring activities associated with assets are recorded as an adjustment to the basis of the asset, not as a liability. When we commit to a plan to abandon a long-lived asset before the end of its previously estimated useful life, we accelerate the recognition of depreciation to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. When an asset is held to be sold, we write down the carrying value to its net realizable value and cease depreciation. Restructuring actions may be viewed as an impairment indicator requiring testing of the recoverability of intangible assets, including goodwill.

Income taxes
We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. We record the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Other assessed taxes
Some transactions require us to collect taxes such as sales, value-added and excise taxes from our customers. These transactions are presented in our statements of income on a net (excluded from revenue) basis.

Earnings per share (EPS)
Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to receive dividends or dividend equivalents, such as our restricted stock units (RSUs), are considered to be participating securities and the two-class method is used for purposes of calculating EPS. Under the two-class method, a portion of net income is allocated to these participating securities and, therefore, is excluded from the calculation of EPS allocated to common stock, as shown in the table below. 

Computation and reconciliation of earnings per common share are as follows (shares in millions):
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Net Income
 
Shares
 
EPS
 
Net Income
 
Shares
 
EPS
 
Net Income
 
Shares
 
EPS
Basic EPS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
2,162

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,759

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,236

 
 
 
 
Income allocated to RSUs
 
(37
)
 
 
 
 
 
(31
)
 
 
 
 
 
(35
)
 
 
 
 
Income allocated to common stock for basic EPS calculation
 
$
2,125

 
1,098

 
$
1.94

 
$
1,728

 
1,132

 
$
1.53

 
$
2,201

 
1,151

 
$
1.91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustment for dilutive shares:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Stock-based compensation plans
 
 

 
15

 
 

 
 

 
14

 
 

 
 

 
20

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted EPS:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
2,162

 
 

 
 

 
$
1,759

 
 

 
 

 
$
2,236

 
 

 
 

Income allocated to RSUs
 
(36
)
 
 

 
 

 
(31
)
 
 

 
 

 
(34
)
 
 

 
 

Income allocated to common stock for diluted EPS calculation
 
$
2,126

 
1,113

 
$
1.91

 
$
1,728

 
1,146

 
$
1.51

 
$
2,202

 
1,171

 
$
1.88


 
There were no potentially dilutive securities to exclude from the computation of diluted earnings per common share during 2013. Potentially dilutive securities representing 52 million and 24 million shares of common stock that were outstanding during 2012 and 2011, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share for these periods because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Investments
We present investments on our balance sheets as cash equivalents, short-term investments or long-term investments. Specific details are as follows:

•
Cash equivalents and short-term investments: We consider investments in debt securities with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of our investment to be cash equivalents. We consider investments in debt securities with maturities beyond 90 days from the date of our investment as being available for use in current operations and include them in short-term investments. The primary objectives of our cash equivalent and short-term investment activities are to preserve capital and maintain liquidity while generating appropriate returns.
•
Long-term investments: Long-term investments consist of mutual funds, venture capital funds and non-marketable equity securities.
•
Classification of investments: Depending on our reasons for holding the investment and our ownership percentage, we classify investments in securities as available for sale, trading, or equity- or cost-method investments, which are more fully described in Note 9. We determine cost or amortized cost, as appropriate, on a specific identification basis.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Cost is generally computed on a currently adjusted standard cost basis, which approximates cost on a first-in first-out basis. Standard cost is based on the normal utilization of installed factory capacity. Cost associated with underutilization of capacity is expensed as incurred. Inventory held at consignment locations is included in our finished goods inventory. Consigned inventory was $202 million and $169 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We review inventory quarterly for salability and obsolescence. A specific allowance is provided for inventory considered unlikely to be sold. Remaining inventory includes a salability and obsolescence allowance based on an analysis of historical disposal activity. We write off inventory in the period in which disposal occurs.

Property, plant and equipment; acquisition-related intangibles and other capitalized costs
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Our cost basis includes certain assets acquired in business combinations that were initially recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. We amortize acquisition-related intangibles on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the assets. Capitalized software licenses generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license. Fully depreciated or amortized assets are written off against accumulated depreciation or amortization.

Impairments of long-lived assets
We regularly review whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of property, plant and equipment or other long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are impaired. We assess the recoverability of assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with those assets to their respective carrying amounts. Any impairment charge is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. Fair value is determined by available market valuations, if applicable, or by discounted cash flows.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles
Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators arise. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 for our reporting units, which compares the fair value for each reporting unit to its associated carrying value including goodwill. See Note 10 for additional information.

Foreign currency
The functional currency for our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accounts recorded in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are remeasured into the functional currency. Current assets (except inventories), deferred income taxes, other assets, current liabilities and long-term liabilities are remeasured at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. Property, plant and equipment with associated depreciation and inventories are valued at historic exchange rates. Revenue and expense accounts other than depreciation for each month are remeasured at the appropriate daily rate of exchange. Currency exchange gains and losses from remeasurement are credited or charged to OI&E.

Derivatives and hedging
In connection with the issuance of variable-rate long-term debt in May 2011, we entered into an interest rate swap designated as a hedge of the variability of cash flows related to interest payments. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap were credited or charged to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes (AOCI). We repaid this long-term debt in the second quarter of 2013, and this interest rate swap was settled for no gain or loss. In association with the issuance of long-term debt, we use financial derivatives such as treasury rate lock agreements that are recognized in AOCI and amortized over the life of the related debt. The results of these derivative transactions have not been material.

We also use derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to foreign exchange risk. These instruments are primarily forward foreign currency exchange contracts, which are used as economic hedges to reduce the earnings impact that exchange rate fluctuations may have on our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of these forward foreign currency exchange contracts are credited or charged to OI&E. We do not apply hedge accounting to our foreign currency derivative instruments.

We do not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.

Changes in accounting standards
In January 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This standard clarifies that a previously-issued standard on disclosure requirements relating to offsetting (or netting) financial instruments applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and certain securities lending transactions. This standard was effective as of the first quarter of 2013 and did not have a material impact on our financial disclosures as the derivatives to which it applies are not significant.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This standard requires an entity to disclose information about amounts reclassified out of AOCI. This standard was effective as of the first quarter of 2013. See Note 15 for the required disclosure.

# 86
Entity Registrant Name TIME WARNER CABLE INC.
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock

1.       DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Description of Business

 

Time Warner Cable Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “TWC” or the “Company”) is among the largest providers of video, high-speed data and voice services in the U.S., with technologically advanced, well-clustered cable systems located mainly in five geographic areas – New York State (including New York City), the Carolinas, the Midwest (including Ohio, Kentucky and Wisconsin), Southern California (including Los Angeles) and Texas. TWC's mission is to connect its customers to the world—simply, reliably and with superior service. TWC offers video, high-speed data and voice services to residential and business services customers. TWC's residential services also include security and home management services, and TWC's business services also include networking and transport services (including cell tower backhaul services) and enterprise-class, cloud-enabled hosting, managed applications and services. TWC also sells video and online advertising inventory to a variety of local, regional and national customers.

 

On February 12, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Comcast Corporation (“Comcast”) whereby the Company agreed to merge with and into a 100% owned subsidiary of Comcast. Upon completion of the merger, all of the outstanding shares of the Company will be cancelled and each issued and outstanding share will be converted into the right to receive 2.875 shares of Class A common stock of Comcast. The merger is subject to the approval of the Company's and Comcast's stockholders, regulatory approvals and certain other closing conditions.

 

On January 13, 2014, Charter Communications, Inc. (“Charter”) made an unsolicited proposal to acquire the Company. After careful consideration, including a thorough review of the offer with its financial and legal advisors, TWC's Board of Directors (“TWC's Board”) unanimously determined that Charter's offer was grossly inadequate, substantially undervalued the Company and was not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. On February 11, 2014, Charter provided formal notice to the Company of its nomination of a slate of thirteen independent candidates for election to TWC's Board at the Company's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders. In addition to nominating the slate of independent candidates for election to TWC's Board, Charter also proposed that the stockholders amend the Company's by-laws to fix the size of TWC's Board at thirteen members and to repeal any amendments to the by-laws that were adopted by TWC's Board without stockholder approval after July 26, 2012.

Basis of Presentation

 

Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include all of the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows of TWC and all entities in which TWC has a controlling voting interest. The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership (“TWE-A/N”) only for the TWE-A/N cable systems that are controlled by TWC and for which TWC holds an economic interest. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include accounting for allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, business combinations, derivative financial instruments, pension benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, loss contingencies, certain programming arrangements and asset impairments. Allocation methodologies used to prepare the consolidated financial statements are based on estimates and have been described in the notes, where appropriate.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial information to conform to the current year presentation.


# 87
Entity Registrant Name TIME WARNER INC.
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationBasisOfPresentationBusinessDescriptionAndAccountingPoliciesTextBlock

1.       DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Description of Business

 

Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) is a leading media and entertainment company, whose businesses include television networks, film and TV entertainment and publishing. Time Warner classifies its operations into four reportable segments: Turner: consisting principally of cable networks and digital media properties; Home Box Office: consisting principally of premium pay television services domestically and premium pay and basic tier television services internationally;  Warner Bros.: consisting principally of feature film, television, home video and videogame production and distribution; and Time Inc.: consisting principally of magazine publishing and related websites and operations. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company separated its former Networks reportable segment into two reportable segments: Turner and Home Box Office. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company changed the names of its Film and TV Entertainment reportable segment to Warner Bros. and its Publishing reportable segment to Time Inc. The new presentation had no impact on the historical consolidated financial information previously reported by the Company. Financial information for Time Warner's reportable segments is presented in Note 15. See Note 3, “Dispositions and Acquisitions,” for information regarding the separation of the Time Inc. segment from Time Warner.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include all of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of entities in which Time Warner has a controlling interest (“subsidiaries”). Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Recast of Historical Financial Results - CME Investment

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Company recast its historical financial results to reflect the presentation of its investment in the Class A common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock (which is convertible into Class A common stock and votes with the Class A common stock on an as-adjusted basis) of Central European Media Enterprises Ltd. (“CME”) under the equity method of accounting for all prior periods from the date of the Company's initial investment in CME in May 2009. For more information, see Note 3, “Investments.”

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial information to conform to the December 31, 2013 presentation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Significant estimates and judgments inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include accounting for asset impairments, multiple-element transactions, allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, the determination of ultimate revenues as it relates to amortization of capitalized film and programming costs and participations and residuals, home video and videogames product and magazine returns, business combinations, pension and other postretirement benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, contingencies, litigation matters, reporting revenue for certain transactions on a gross versus net basis, and the determination of whether the Company should consolidate certain entities.

Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2013

 

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted on a retrospective basis guidance requiring disclosure of the line item in the Consolidated Statement of Operations that is affected by reclassification adjustments out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. For more information, see Note 10, “Shareholders' Equity.”

 

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

 

On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted on a retrospective basis guidance requiring disclosure of additional information about the Company's ability to offset certain financial instruments, specifically derivative instruments subject to master netting arrangements. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. For more information, see Note 7, “Derivative Instruments.”

 

Accounting for Cumulative Translation Adjustments

 

On January 1, 2013, the Company early adopted on a prospective basis guidance that requires the cumulative translation adjustment (“CTA”) related to a subsidiary of or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity to be released into earnings when (i) the foreign entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in that subsidiary or group of assets and (ii) the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. For the sale of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the investment will be recognized in earnings upon the sale of the investment. CTA will also be recognized in earnings in a step acquisition transaction. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

 

Presentation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

In July 2013, guidance was issued that requires a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit to be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In situations in which a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of a jurisdiction or the tax law of a jurisdiction does not require it, and the Company does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. This guidance became effective on a prospective basis for the Company on January 1, 2014 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Summary of Critical and Significant Accounting Policies

 

The following is a discussion of each of the Company's critical accounting policies, including information and analysis of estimates and assumptions involved in their application, and other significant accounting policies.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to the Company's financial condition and results of operations and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by Time Warner's management and the related disclosures have been reviewed with the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Due to the significant judgment involved in selecting certain of the assumptions used in these areas, it is possible that different parties could choose different assumptions and reach different conclusions. The Company considers the policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:

 

  • Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets (see pages 87 to 89);

     

  • Income Taxes (see pages 96 to 97);

     

  • Film and Television Production Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments (see pages 93 to 94);

     

  • Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition (see page 95); and

     

  • Sales Returns and Pricing Rebates (see page 84).

 

Cash and Equivalents

 

Cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company monitors concentrations of credit risk with respect to Cash and equivalents by placing such balances with higher quality financial institutions or investing such amounts in liquid, short-term, highly-rated instruments or investment funds holding similar instruments. As of December 31, 2013, the majority of the Company's Cash and equivalents were invested with banks with a credit rating of at least A and in Rule 2a-7 money market mutual funds. At December 31, 2013, the Company did not have more than $500 million invested in any single bank or money market mutual fund.

 

Sales Returns and Pricing Rebates

 

Management's estimate of product sales that will be returned and pricing rebates to grant is an area of judgment affecting Revenues and Net income. In estimating product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of the Company's product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of any product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The provision for such sales returns is reflected as a reduction in the revenues from the related sale. In estimating the reserve for pricing rebates, management considers the terms of the Company's agreements with its customers that contain targets which, if met, would entitle the customer to a rebate. In those instances, management evaluates the customer's actual and forecasted purchases to determine the appropriate reserve. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, total reserves for sales returns (which also reflects reserves for certain pricing allowances provided to customers) primarily related to home entertainment products (e.g., DVD and Blu-ray Disc sales) were $1.192 billion and $1.198 billion, respectively, and for magazines and direct marketing sales were $213 million and $275 million, respectively.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company monitors customer credit risk related to accounts receivable, including unbilled trade receivables primarily related to the international distribution of television product. Significant judgments and estimates are involved in evaluating if such amounts will ultimately be fully collected. Each of the Company's segments maintains a comprehensive approval process prior to issuing credit to third-party customers. Counterparties that are determined to be of a higher risk are evaluated to assess whether the credit terms previously granted to them should be modified. The Company monitors customers' accounts receivable aging, and a provision for estimated uncollectible amounts is maintained based on customer payment levels, historical experience and management's views on trends in the overall receivable agings at the Company's divisions. In addition, for larger accounts, the Company performs analyses of risks on a customer-specific basis. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, total reserves for doubtful accounts were approximately $261 million and $284 million, respectively. Bad debt expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $41 million, $55 million and $30 million, respectively. In general, the Company does not require collateral with respect to its trade receivable arrangements.

 

Investments

 

Investments in companies in which Time Warner has significant influence, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when Time Warner owns between 20% and 50% of the voting interests in the investee, holds substantial management rights or holds an interest of less than 20% in an investee that is a limited liability partnership or limited liability corporation that is treated as a flow-through entity.

 

Under the equity method of accounting, only Time Warner's investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet; only Time Warner's share of the investee's earnings (losses) is included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations; and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Additionally, the carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is reduced to reflect any other-than-temporary declines in value (see “Asset Impairments” below).

 

Investments in companies in which Time Warner does not have a controlling interest or over which it is unable to exert significant influence are generally accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded. If the investment or security is not publicly traded, the investment is accounted for at cost. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported, net of tax, in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, until the investment is sold or considered impaired (see “Asset Impairments” below), at which time the realized gain or loss is included in Other loss, net. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market-value investments and investments accounted for at cost are included in Other loss, net, when declared. For more information, see Notes 3 and 4.

 

Consolidation

 

Time Warner consolidates all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and all other entities in which it has a controlling voting interest. An entity is generally a VIE if it meets any of the following criteria: (i) the entity has insufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (ii) the equity investors cannot make significant decisions about the entity's operations or (iii) the voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the entity or receive the expected returns of the entity and substantially all of the entity's activities involve or are conducted on behalf of the investor with disproportionately few voting rights. Time Warner periodically makes judgments in determining whether its investees are VIEs and, each reporting period, the Company assesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of any of its VIEs. Entities determined to be VIEs primarily consist of HBO Latin America Group (“HBO LAG”) because the Company's ownership and voting rights in this entity are disproportionate. HBO LAG operates multi-channel premium pay and basic tier television services in Latin America and is accounted for using the equity method. See Note 4 for additional information.

 

At December 31, 2012, HBO Asia and HBO South Asia were also considered VIEs of the Company. During 2013, the Company purchased the remaining interests in these entities and began consolidating their financial results from the acquisition date. See Note 3 for additional information.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Financial statements of subsidiaries operating outside the United States whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and at average rates of exchange for revenues and expenses during the period.  Translation gains or losses on assets and liabilities are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Company uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates, and recognizes all derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in shareholders' equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, until the hedged item is recognized in earnings, depending on whether the derivative instrument is being used to hedge changes in fair value or cash flows. For qualifying hedge relationships, the Company excludes the impact of forward points from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. The ineffective portion of a derivative instrument's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For those derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are recognized immediately in earnings. See Note 7 for additional information regarding derivative instruments held by the Company and risk management strategies.

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor and overhead. Time Warner also capitalizes certain costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements incurred for the development of internal use software. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the term of the applicable lease. Time Warner periodically evaluates the depreciation periods of property, plant and equipment to determine whether a revision to its estimates of useful lives is warranted. Property, plant and equipment, including capital leases, consist of (millions):

   December 31, Estimated
   2013 2012 Useful Lives
          
 Land(a) $ 506 $ 505   
 Buildings and improvements   2,918   2,851 7 to 30 years
 Capitalized software costs   1,990   1,869 3 to 7 years
 Furniture, fixtures and other equipment(b)   3,600   3,541 3 to 10 years
     9,014   8,766   
 Less accumulated depreciation   (5,189)   (4,824)   
 Total $ 3,825 $ 3,942   
 ____________         
           
(a) Land is not depreciated.         
(b) Includes $339 million and $396 million of construction in progress as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Intangible Assets

 

Time Warner has a significant number of intangible assets, including acquired film and television libraries and other copyrighted products and tradenames. Time Warner does not recognize the fair value of internally generated intangible assets. Intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded at the acquisition date fair value in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet. Acquired film libraries are amortized using the film forecast computation model. For more information, see Note 2.

 

Asset Impairments

 

Investments

 

The Company's investments consist of (i) investments carried at fair value, including available-for-sale securities and certain deferred compensation-related investments, (ii) investments accounted for using the cost method of accounting and (iii) investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company regularly reviews its investments for impairment, including when the carrying value of an investment exceeds its related market value. If the Company determines that an investment has sustained an other-than-temporary decline in its value, the investment is written down to its fair value by a charge to earnings. Factors that are considered by the Company in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred include (i) the market value of the security in relation to its cost basis, (ii) the financial condition of the investee and (iii) the Company's intent and ability to retain the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery in the market value of the investment.

 

In evaluating the factors described above for available-for-sale securities, the Company presumes a decline in value to be other-than-temporary if the quoted market price of the security is 20% or more below the investment's cost basis for a period of six months or more (the “20% criterion”) or the quoted market price of the security is 50% or more below the security's cost basis at any quarter end (the “50% criterion”). However, the presumption of an other-than-temporary decline in these instances may be overcome if there is persuasive evidence indicating that the decline is temporary in nature (e.g., the investee's operating performance is strong, the market price of the investee's security is historically volatile, etc.). Additionally, there may be instances in which impairment losses are recognized even if the 20% and 50% criteria are not satisfied (e.g., if there is a plan to sell the security in the near term and the fair value is below the Company's cost basis).

 

For investments accounted for using the cost or equity method of accounting, the Company evaluates information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements, etc.) in addition to quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults and subsequent rounds of financing at an amount below the cost basis of the Company's investment. For more information, see Note 4.

 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily tradenames, are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is either the “operating segment level,” such as Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (“Warner Bros.”), Home Box Office, Inc. (“Home Box Office”), Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and Time Inc., or one level below, which is referred to as a “component” (e.g., Warner Bros. Theatrical, Warner Bros. Television). The level at which the impairment test is performed requires judgment as to whether the operations below the operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business or whether the operations are similar such that they should be aggregated for purposes of the impairment test. For purposes of the goodwill impairment test, management has concluded that the operations below the operating segment are not self-sustaining businesses or the operations are similar and therefore has determined that its reporting units are the same as its operating segments.

 

In assessing Goodwill for impairment, the Company has the option to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company is not required to perform any additional tests in assessing Goodwill for impairment. However, if the Company concludes otherwise or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, then it is required to perform the first step of a two-step impairment review process. The first step of the two-step process involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount. In performing the first step, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and, in certain cases, a combination of a DCF analysis and a market-based approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable public company earnings multiples. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on the Company's most recent budgets and long range plans and, when applicable, various growth rates are assumed for years beyond the current long range plan period. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of market rates as well as the risk inherent in the future cash flows included in the budgets and long range plans.

 

In 2013, the Company elected not to perform a qualitative assessment of Goodwill and instead proceeded to perform a quantitative impairment test. The results of the quantitative test did not result in any impairments of Goodwill because the fair values of each of the Company's reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. The fair value of the Time Inc. reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 3%. No other reporting unit's fair value was within 10% of its carrying value. Had the fair value of the Time Inc. reporting unit been hypothetically lower by 10% as of December 31, 2013, its carrying value would have exceeded its fair value. Had the fair values of each of the Company's reporting units been hypothetically lower by 20% as of December 31, 2013, the Time Inc. and the Warner Bros. reporting units' carrying values would have exceeded their respective fair values. If this were to occur, the second step of the impairment review process would need to be performed to determine the ultimate amount of impairment loss to record. For Time Inc., the significant assumptions utilized in the 2013 DCF analysis were a discount rate of 10.5% and a terminal revenue growth rate of 1.00%. Significant assumptions utilized for all other reporting units included discount rates that ranged from 9.5% to 10.0% and a terminal revenue growth rate of 3.25%. Significant assumptions utilized in the market-based approach were market multiples of 7.5x for the Time Inc. reporting unit and market multiples ranging from 7.5x to 12.0x for the Company's other reporting units where a market-based approach was performed.

 

In assessing other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment, the Company also has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, then the Company is not required to perform any additional tests for assessing those intangible assets for impairment. However, if the Company concludes otherwise or elects not to perform the qualitative assessment, then it is required to perform a quantitative impairment test that involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

 

In 2013, the Company elected not to perform a qualitative assessment for intangible assets not subject to amortization. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF valuation analysis. Common among such approaches is the “relief from royalty” methodology, which is used in estimating the fair value of the Company's tradenames. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets. Also subject to judgment are assumptions about royalty rates, which are based on the estimated rates at which similar tradenames are being licensed in the marketplace.

 

The performance of the Company's 2013 annual impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization resulted in the impairment of a tradename at Time Inc. As a result, the Company wrote down this tradename from its carrying value of $539 million to its fair value of $489 million. No other tradename's fair value was within 20% of its carrying value. The significant assumptions utilized in the 2013 DCF analysis of other intangible assets not subject to amortization at Time Inc. were a discount rate of 11.0% and a terminal revenue growth rate of 1.00%, and for all other intangible assets not subject to amortization discount rates that ranged from 10.0% to 10.5% and a terminal revenue growth rate of 3.25%.

 

Because of the planned spin-off of Time Inc., the Company will continue to perform interim impairment reviews of Time Inc.'s goodwill during 2014 for the periods prior to the spin off.  Time Inc. is experiencing declines in its print advertising and newsstand sales as a result of market conditions in the publishing industry.  During the fourth quarter, senior management at Time Inc. prepared a new long-range plan that served as the basis for the DCF analysis used in the 2013 annual impairment review.  If market conditions worsen as compared to the assumptions incorporated in that long-range plan, if market conditions associated with valuation multiples of comparable companies decline, or if Time Inc.'s performance fails to meet current expectations, it is possible that the carrying value of Time Inc. will exceed its fair value, which could result in the Company recognizing a noncash impairment of goodwill that could be material.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets (e.g., tradenames, customer lists, film libraries and property, plant and equipment), do not require that an annual impairment test be performed; instead, long-lived assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Triggering events include the more likely than not disposal of a portion of such assets or the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related assets. Once a triggering event has occurred, the impairment test is based on whether the intent is to hold the asset for continued use or to hold the asset for sale. The impairment test for assets held for continued use requires a comparison of cash flows expected to be generated over the useful life of an asset or group of assets (“asset group”) against the carrying value of the asset group. An asset group is established by identifying the lowest level of cash flows generated by the asset or group of assets that are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. If the intent is to hold the asset group for continued use, the impairment test first requires a comparison of estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset group against its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment would be measured as the difference between the estimated fair value of the asset group and its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the future cash flows associated with that asset group. If the intent is to hold the asset group for sale and certain other criteria are met (e.g., the asset can be disposed of currently, appropriate levels of authority have approved the sale, and there is an active program to locate a buyer), the impairment test involves comparing the asset group's carrying value to its estimated fair value. To the extent the carrying value is greater than the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. Significant judgments in this area involve determining the appropriate asset group level at which to test, determining whether a triggering event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. For more information, see Note 2.

 

Accounting for Pension Plans

 

Time Warner and certain of its subsidiaries have both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, the substantial majority of which are noncontributory, covering a majority of domestic employees and, to a lesser extent, have various defined benefit plans, primarily noncontributory, covering certain international employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the participating employees' years of service and compensation. Time Warner uses a December 31 measurement date for its plans. The pension expense recognized by the Company is determined using certain assumptions, including the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the interest factor implied by the discount rate and the rate of compensation increases. Additional information about the determination of pension-related assumptions is presented in Note 13.

 

Equity-Based Compensation

 

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized in Costs of revenues or Selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the job function of the grantee on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) from the date of grant over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. The total grant-date fair value of an equity award granted to an employee who has reached a specified age and years of service as of the grant date is recognized as compensation expense immediately upon grant as there is no required service period.

 

The grant-date fair value of a restricted stock unit (“RSU”) is determined based on the closing sale price of the Company's common stock on the NYSE Composite Tape on the date of grant. 

 

Performance stock units (“PSUs”) granted in 2012 and 2013 are subject to a performance condition such that the number of PSUs that ultimately vest generally depends on the adjusted earnings per share (“Adjusted EPS”) achieved by the Company during a three-year performance period compared to targets established at the beginning of the period. The PSUs are also subject to a market condition and the number of PSUs that vest can be increased or decreased based on the Company's cumulative total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the TSR of the other companies in the S&P 500 Index for the performance period. Because the terms of the PSUs granted in 2012 and 2013 provide discretion to make certain adjustments to the performance calculation, the service inception date of these awards precedes the grant date. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense beginning on the service inception date and remeasures the fair value of the PSU until a grant date occurs, which is typically after the completion of the required service period. These PSUs, as well as RSUs granted to certain senior executives beginning in 2012, also are subject to a performance condition based on an adjusted net income target for a one-year period that, if not achieved, will result in the forfeiture of the awards.

 

PSUs granted in 2011 are subject to a market condition such that the number of PSUs that ultimately vest generally depends on the Company's TSR relative to the other companies in the S&P 500 Index for a three-year performance period. The PSUs also are subject to a performance condition, and the number of PSUs that vest may be further adjusted if the TSR ranking for the three-year performance period is below the 50th percentile but the Company's growth in Adjusted EPS relative to the growth in Adjusted EPS of the other companies in the S&P 500 Index is at or above the 50th percentile. The effect of the market condition is reflected in the grant date fair value of the award and is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The three-year performance period for PSUs granted in 2011 ended on December 31, 2013.

 

The grant-date fair value of a stock option is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Because the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company determines the volatility assumption for these stock options using implied volatilities data from its traded options. The expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, is estimated based on the historical exercise behavior of Time Warner employees. Groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate assumed in valuing the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option. The Company determines the expected dividend yield percentage by dividing the expected annual dividend by the market price of Time Warner common stock at the date of grant. For more information, see Note 12.

 

Revenues and Costs

 

Turner and Home Box Office

 

Subscription revenues are recognized as programming services are provided to cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors (collectively, “affiliates”) based on negotiated contractual programming rates. When a distribution contract with an affiliate has expired and a new distribution contract has not been executed, revenues are based on estimated rates, giving consideration to factors including the previous contractual rates, inflation, current payments by the affiliate and the status of the negotiations on a new contract. When the new distribution contract terms are finalized, an adjustment to Subscription revenues is recorded, if necessary, to reflect the new terms. Such adjustments historically have not been significant.

 

For the Company's advertising-supported networks, Advertising revenues are recognized, net of agency commissions, in the period that the advertisements are aired. If there is a targeted audience guarantee, revenues are recognized for the actual audience delivery and revenues are deferred for any shortfall until the guaranteed audience delivery is met, typically by providing additional air time. Advertising revenues from websites are recognized as impressions are delivered or the services are performed.

 

Revenues from home video sales are recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that the DVDs or Blu-ray Discs are made widely available for sale or rental by retailers based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company's networks enter into agreements to license programming exhibition rights from licensors. A programming inventory asset related to these rights and a corresponding liability to the licensor are recorded (on a discounted basis if the license agreements are long-term) when (i) the cost of the programming is reasonably determined, (ii) the programming material has been accepted in accordance with the terms of the agreement, (iii) the programming is available for its first showing or telecast, and (iv) the license period has commenced. There are variations in the amortization methods of these rights, depending on whether the network is advertising-supported (e.g., TNT and TBS) or not advertising-supported (e.g., HBO and Turner Classic Movies).

 

For the Company's advertising-supported networks, the Company's general policy is to amortize each program's costs on a straight-line basis (or per-play basis, if greater) over its license period. However, for certain types of programming, the initial airing has more value than subsequent airings. In these circumstances, the Company will use an accelerated method of amortization. For example, if the Company is licensing the right to air a movie multiple times over a certain period, the movie is being shown for the first time on a Company network (a “Network Movie Premiere”) and the Network Movie Premiere advertising is sold at a premium rate, a larger portion of the movie's programming inventory cost is amortized upon the initial airing of the movie, with the remaining cost amortized on a straight-line basis (or per-play basis, if greater) over the remaining license period. The accelerated amortization upon the first airing versus subsequent airings is determined based on a study of historical and estimated future advertising sales for similar programming. For rights fees paid for sports programming arrangements (e.g., National Basketball Association, The National Collegiate Athletic Association (“NCAA”) Men's Division I Basketball championship events (the “NCAA Tournament”) and Major League Baseball), such rights fees are amortized using a revenue-forecast model, in which the rights fees are amortized using the ratio of current period advertising revenue to total estimated remaining advertising revenue over the term of the arrangement. The revenue-forecast model approximates the pattern with which the network expects to use and benefit from providing the sports programming.

 

For premium pay television services that are not advertising-supported, each licensed program's costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over its license period or estimated period of use, beginning with the month of initial exhibition. When the Company has the right to exhibit feature theatrical programming in multiple windows over a number of years, the Company uses historical audience viewership as its basis for determining the amount of programming amortization attributable to each window.

 

The Company carries its licensed programming inventory at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value. For networks that earn both Advertising and Subscription revenues (e.g., TBS and TNT), the Company generally evaluates the net realizable value of unamortized programming costs based on the network's programming taken as a whole. In assessing whether the programming inventory for a particular advertising-supported network is impaired, the Company determines the net realizable value for all of the network's programming inventory based on a projection of the network's estimated combined Subscription revenues and Advertising revenues less certain direct costs of delivering the programming. Similarly, for premium pay television services that are not advertising-supported, the Company performs its evaluation of the net realizable value of unamortized programming costs based on the premium pay television services' licensed programming taken as a whole. Specifically, the Company determines the net realizable value for all of its premium pay television service licensed programming based on projections of estimated Subscription revenues less certain costs of delivering and distributing the licensed programming. However, changes in management's intended usage of a specific program, such as a decision to no longer exhibit that program and forego the use of the rights associated with the program license, would result in a reassessment of that program's net realizable value, which could result in an impairment.

 

For the Company's advertising-supported networks and premium pay television services, amortization expense also includes costs for programs owned by the Company amortized using the film forecast computation method.  Under this method, the amortization of a program's capitalized costs and the accrual of its participations and residuals costs for a given period are based on the ratio of the program's revenues recognized for such period to its estimated remaining ultimate revenues.  The process of estimating a program's ultimate revenues (i.e., the total revenue to be received throughout a program's life cycle) is discussed under “Film and Television Production Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments.”  Programs owned by the Company are carried at the lower of cost, less accumulated amortization, or fair value.

 

Warner Bros.

 

Feature films typically are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters, followed by distribution, generally commencing within three years of such initial exhibition, through home video, electronic sell-through, video-on-demand, subscription video-on-demand services, premium cable, basic cable and broadcast networks. Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Revenues from home video sales are recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that the DVDs or Blu-ray Discs are made widely available for sale or rental by retailers based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product through premium cable, basic cable and broadcast networks are recognized when the films are available to telecast.

 

Television films and series are initially produced for broadcast networks, cable networks or first-run television syndication and may be subsequently licensed for foreign or domestic cable, syndicated television and subscription video-on-demand services, as well as sold on home video. Revenues from the distribution of television programming are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for advertising barter agreements, where the revenue is valued and recognized when the related advertisements are exhibited. In certain circumstances, pursuant to the terms of the applicable contractual arrangements, the availability dates granted to customers may precede the date the Company may bill the customers for these sales. Unbilled accounts receivable, which primarily relate to the distribution of television product at Warner Bros., totaled $3.418 billion and $3.210 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Included in the unbilled accounts receivable at December 31, 2013 was $2.073 billion that is to be billed in the next twelve months. Similar to theatrical home video sales, revenues from home video sales of television films and series are recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that the DVDs or Blu-ray Discs are made widely available for sale or rental by retailers based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns.

 

Revenues from the sales of videogames are recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that the videogames are made available for sale or rental by retailers based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns.

 

Upfront or guaranteed payments for the licensing of intellectual property are recognized as revenue when (i) an arrangement has been signed with a customer, (ii) the customer's right to use or otherwise exploit the intellectual property has commenced and there is no requirement for significant continued performance by the Company, (iii) licensing fees are either fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability of the fees is reasonably assured. In the event any significant continued performance is required in these arrangements, revenue is allocated to each applicable element and recognized when the related services are performed.

 

Film and television production costs include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical films and television episodes, theatrical films and television series in production and film rights in preparation of development. Film and television production costs are stated at the lower of cost, less accumulated amortization, or fair value. The amount of capitalized film and television production costs recognized as Cost of revenues for a given period is determined using the film forecast computation method. Under this method, the amortization of capitalized costs and the accrual of participations and residuals is based on the proportion of the film's revenues recognized for such period to the film's estimated remaining ultimate revenues. The process of estimating a film's ultimate revenues (i.e., the total revenue to be received throughout a film's life cycle) is discussed further under “Film and Television Production Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments.”

 

Inventories of theatrical and television product consist primarily of DVDs and Blu-ray Discs and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the average cost method. Returned goods included in Inventory are valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost. For more information, see Note 6.

 

Videogame development costs are expensed as incurred before the applicable videogames reach technological feasibility. Unamortized capitalized videogame production and development costs are stated at the lower of cost, less accumulated amortization, or net realizable value and reported in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were $243 million and $173 million, respectively, of unamortized computer software costs related to videogames.  Amortization of such costs was $180 million, $182 million and $163 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in such amortization are writedowns to net realizable value of certain videogame production costs of $53 million, $7 million and $16 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The Company enters into collaborative arrangements from time to time with third parties to jointly finance and distribute certain of its theatrical productions (“co-financing arrangements”). See “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements” for more information.

 

Time Inc.

 

Magazine Subscription and Advertising revenues are recognized at the magazine cover date. The unearned portion of magazine subscriptions is deferred until the magazine cover date, at which time a proportionate share of the gross subscription price is recognized in revenues, net of any commissions paid to subscription agents. Also included in Subscription revenues are revenues generated from single-copy sales of magazines through retail outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, convenience stores and drugstores and on certain digital devices and platforms, which may or may not result in future subscription sales. Revenues from retail outlet sales are recognized based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns. Advertising revenues from websites are recognized as impressions are delivered or the services are performed.

 

Film and Television Production Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments

 

One aspect of the accounting for film and television production costs, as well as related revenues, that requires the exercise of judgment relates to the process of estimating a film's ultimate revenues and is important for two reasons. First, while a film or television series is being produced and the related costs are being capitalized, as well as at the time the film or television series is released, it is necessary for management to estimate the ultimate revenues, less additional costs to be incurred (including exploitation and participation costs), in order to determine whether the value of a film or television series is impaired and requires an immediate write-off of unrecoverable film and television production costs down to fair value. Second, it is necessary for management to determine, using the film forecast computation method, the amount of capitalized film and television production costs and the amount of participations and residuals to be recognized as Costs of revenues for a given film or television series in a particular period. To the extent that the ultimate revenues are adjusted, the resulting gross margin reported on the exploitation of that film or television series in a period is also adjusted.

 

Prior to the theatrical release of a film, management bases its estimates of ultimate revenues for each film on factors such as the historical performance of similar films, the star power of the lead actors, the rating and genre of the film, pre-release market research (including test market screenings) and the expected number of theaters in which the film will be released. In the absence of revenues directly related to the exhibition of a film or television program that is owned by the Company on the Company's television networks or premium pay television services, management estimates a portion of the unamortized costs that are representative of the utilization of that film or television program in that exhibition and expenses such costs as the film or television program is exhibited. The period over which ultimate revenues are estimated is generally not to exceed ten years from the initial release of a motion picture or from the date of delivery of the first episode of an episodic television series. For an episodic television series still in production, the period over which ultimate revenues are estimated cannot exceed five years from the date of delivery of the most recent episode. Management updates such estimates based on information available during the film's production and, upon release, the actual results of each film. Changes in estimates of ultimate revenues from period to period affect the amount of production costs amortized in a given period and, therefore, could have an impact on the segment's financial results for that period. For example, prior to a film's release, the Company often will test market the film to the film's targeted demographic. If the film is not received favorably, the Company may (i) reduce the film's estimated ultimate revenues, (ii) revise the film, which could cause the production costs to increase, or (iii) perform a combination of both. Similarly, a film that generates lower-than-expected theatrical revenues in its initial weeks of release would have its theatrical, home video and television distribution ultimate revenues adjusted downward. A failure to adjust for a downward change in estimates of ultimate revenues would result in the understatement of production costs amortization for the period. The Company recorded production cost amortization of $3.873 billion, $4.092 billion and $4.040 billion in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in production cost amortization are film impairments primarily related to pre-release theatrical films of $51 million, $92 million and $74 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Barter Transactions

 

Time Warner enters into transactions that involve the exchange of advertising, in part, for other products and services, such as a license for programming. Such transactions are recognized by the programming licensee (e.g., a television network) as programming inventory and deferred advertising revenue at the estimated fair value when the product is available for telecast. Barter programming inventory is amortized in the same manner as the non-barter component of the licensed programming, and Advertising revenue is recognized when advertising spots are delivered. From the perspective of the programming licensor (e.g., a film studio), incremental licensing revenue is recognized when the barter advertising spots received are either used or sold to third parties.

 

Multiple-Element Transactions

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into multiple-element transactions that involve making judgments about allocating the consideration to the various elements of the transactions. While the more common type of multiple-element transactions encountered by the Company involve the sale or purchase of multiple products or services (e.g., licensing multiple film titles in a single arrangement), multiple-element transactions can also involve contemporaneous purchase and sales transactions, the settlement of an outstanding dispute contemporaneous with the purchase of a product or service, as well as investing in an investee while at the same time entering into an operating agreement.  In accounting for multiple-element transactions, judgment must be exercised in identifying the separate elements in a bundled transaction as well as determining the values of these elements. These judgments can impact the amount of revenues, expenses and net income recognized over the term of the contract, as well as the period in which they are recognized.

 

In determining the value of the respective elements, the Company refers to quoted market prices (where available), independent appraisals (where available), historical and comparable cash transactions or its best estimate of selling price. Other indicators of value include the existence of price protection in the form of “most-favored-nation” clauses or similar contractual provisions and individual elements whose values are dependent on future performance (and based on independent factors). Further, in such transactions, evidence of value for one element of a transaction may provide support that value was not transferred from one element in a transaction to another element in a transaction.

 

Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition

 

In the normal course of business, the Company acts as or uses an intermediary or agent in executing transactions with third parties. In connection with these arrangements, the Company must determine whether to report revenue based on the gross amount billed to the ultimate customer or on the net amount received from the customer after commissions and other payments to third parties. To the extent revenues are recorded on a gross basis, any commissions or other payments to third parties are recorded as expense so that the net amount (gross revenues less expense) is reflected in Operating Income. Accordingly, the impact on Operating Income is the same whether the Company records revenue on a gross or net basis.

 

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. If the Company is acting as a principal in a transaction, the Company reports revenue on a gross basis. If the Company is acting as an agent in a transaction, the Company reports revenue on a net basis. The determination of whether the Company is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of an arrangement. The Company serves as the principal in transactions in which it has substantial risks and rewards of ownership.

 

The following are examples of arrangements where the Company is an intermediary or uses an intermediary:

 

  • Warner Bros. provides distribution services to third-party companies.   Warner Bros. may provide distribution services for an independent third-party company for the worldwide distribution of theatrical films, home video, television programs and/or videogames. The independent third-party company may retain final approval over the distribution, marketing, advertising and publicity for each film or videogame in all media, including the timing and extent of the releases, the pricing and packaging of packaged goods units and approval of all television licenses. Warner Bros. records revenue generated in these distribution arrangements on a gross basis when it (i) is the merchant of record for the licensing arrangements, (ii) is the licensor/contracting party, (iii) provides the materials to licensees, (iv) handles the billing and collection of all amounts due under such arrangements and (v) bears the risk of loss related to distribution advances and/or the packaged goods inventory. If Warner Bros. does not bear the risk of loss as described in the previous sentence, the arrangements are accounted for on a net basis.

     

  • Turner provides advertising sales services to third-party companies.  From time to time, Turner contracts with third parties, or in certain instances a related party such as a joint venture, to perform television or website advertising sales services.  While terms of these agreements can vary, Turner generally records advertising revenue on a gross basis when it acts as the primary obligor in the arrangement because in those cases it is the face to the advertiser and is responsible for fulfillment of the advertising sold.

 

  • Time Inc. utilizes marketing partners to generate magazine subscribers.   As a way to generate magazine subscribers, Time Inc. sometimes uses third-party marketing partners to secure subscribers and, in exchange, the marketing partners receive a percentage of the Subscription revenues generated. Time Inc. records revenues from subscriptions generated by the marketing partner, net of the fees paid to the marketing partner, primarily because the marketing partner (i) has the primary contact with the customer, (ii) performs all of the billing and collection activities, and (iii) passes the proceeds from the subscription to Time Inc. after deducting the marketing partner's commission.

Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements

 

The Company's collaborative arrangements primarily relate to co-financing arrangements to jointly finance and distribute theatrical productions and an arrangement entered into with CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (“CBS”) and the NCAA that provides Turner and CBS with exclusive television, Internet and wireless rights to the NCAA Tournament in the U.S. and its territories and possessions from 2011 through 2024.

 

In most cases, the form of the co-financing arrangement is the sale of an interest in a film to an investor. Warner Bros. generally records the amounts received for the sale of an interest as a reduction of the costs of the film, as the investor assumes full risk for that portion of the film asset acquired in these transactions. The substance of these arrangements is that the third-party investors own an interest in the film and, therefore, in each period the Company reflects in the Consolidated Statement of Operations either a charge or benefit to Costs of revenues to reflect the estimate of the third-party investor's interest in the profits or losses incurred on the film. The estimate of the third-party investor's interest in profits or losses incurred on the film is determined using the film forecast computation method. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, net participation costs related to third party investors of $522 million, $444 million and $336 million, respectively, were recorded in Costs of revenues.

 

The aggregate programming rights fee, production costs, advertising revenues and sponsorship revenues related to the NCAA Tournament and related programming are equally shared by Turner and CBS. However, if the amount paid for the programming rights fee and production costs in any given year exceeds advertising and sponsorship revenues for that year, CBS' share of such shortfall is limited to specified annual amounts (the “loss cap”), ranging from approximately $90 million to $30 million. The amounts incurred by the Company pursuant to the loss cap during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were not significant. In accounting for this arrangement, the Company records Advertising revenues for the advertisements aired on Turner's networks and amortizes Turner's share of the programming rights fee based on the ratio of current period advertising revenues to its estimate of total advertising revenues over the term of the arrangement.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Time Warner expenses advertising costs as they are incurred, which generally is when the advertising is exhibited or aired. Advertising expense to third parties was $2.579 billion in 2013, $2.458 billion in 2012 and $2.980 billion in 2011.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method, such that income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable/refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the results of any difference between GAAP and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating losses, capital losses and tax credit carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. The subsequent realization of net operating loss and general business credit carryforwards acquired in acquisitions accounted for using the purchase method of accounting is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Research and development credits are recorded based on the amount of benefit the Company believes is more likely than not of being earned. The majority of such research and development benefits have been recorded to shareholders' equity as they resulted from stock option deductions for which such amounts are recorded as an increase to Paid-in-capital. Tax credits received for the production of a film or program are offset against the cost of inventory capitalized.

 

From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such transactions include business acquisitions and dispositions, including dispositions designed to be tax free, and certain financing transactions. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, the Company's tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company's tax provision for financial reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain tax positions unless such positions are determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on the Company's tax returns are more likely than not of being sustained.

 

The Company adjusts its tax reserve estimates periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, the various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. The Company's policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. For further information, see Note 9.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

In determining whether a group of assets disposed (or to be disposed) of should be presented as a discontinued operation, the Company makes a determination of whether the group of assets being disposed of comprises a component of the entity; that is, whether it has historic operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished (both operationally and for financial reporting purposes). The Company also determines whether the cash flows associated with the group of assets have been significantly (or will be significantly) eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and whether the Company has no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the group of assets after the disposal transaction. If so, the results of operations of the group of assets being disposed of (as well as any gain or loss on the disposal transaction) are aggregated for separate presentation, if material, apart from continuing operating results of the Company in the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company expects to complete the separation of Time Inc. from Time Warner during the second quarter of 2014. Upon completion of the separation, the Company expects to report the financial position and results of operations of its Time Inc. segment as discontinued operations. For more information on the separation of Time Inc. from Time Warner, see Note 3.

 

During 2013, the Company recognized additional net tax benefits associated with certain foreign tax attributes of the Warner Music Group, which the Company disposed of in 2004. The net benefit of $137 million is recognized in Discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.


# 88
Entity Registrant Name TRAVELERS COMPANIES, INC.
Nature of operations us-gaap:OrganizationConsolidationAndPresentationOfFinancialStatementsDisclosureAndSignificantAccountingPoliciesTextBlock

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Travelers Companies, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the Company). The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and claims and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2012 and 2011 financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

        On November 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Dominion for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.034 billion. Dominion primarily markets personal lines and small commercial insurance business in Canada. At the acquisition date, the Company recorded at fair value $3.91 billion of assets acquired and $2.88 billion of liabilities assumed as part of purchase accounting, including $16 million of identifiable intangible assets and $273 million of goodwill. The operating income and the amount of assets acquired from Dominion were included in the Company's Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment effective at the acquisition date. The unearned premium reserve related to the acquired insurance and reinsurance contracts was carried over and included in the Company's unearned premium reserve. Premium revenue from the acquired business will be recognized on a pro rata basis beginning with the acquisition date over the remaining policy terms in accordance with the Company's accounting policy. The Company recognized an intangible asset for the value of business acquired (VOBA) of $76 million at the acquisition date. VOBA represents the present value of future gross profits of the business acquired from Dominion, is reported as part of the Company's deferred acquisition costs, and will be amortized in proportion to the premium revenue recognized from the acquired business.

Adoption of Accounting Standards Updates

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued updated guidance to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to present, either on the face of the statement of income or in the notes, separately for each component of comprehensive income, the current period reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income affected by the reclassification.

        The updated guidance was effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective March 31, 2013, and such adoption did not have any effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date

        In February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance to resolve diversity in practice concerning the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from certain joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount under the arrangement is fixed at the reporting date. The guidance requires that the reporting entity measure joint and several liability arrangements within the scope of the guidance as the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among the co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The updated guidance is effective for the quarter ending ending March 31, 2014. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity

        In March 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance to resolve diversity in practice concerning the release of the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment into net income when a parent sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. When a company ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary within a foreign entity, the company should recognize any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary had resided. Upon the partial sale of an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, the company should release into earnings a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment. Upon the partial sale of an equity method investment that is not a foreign entity, the company should release into earnings the cumulative translation adjustment if the partial sale represents a complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity that holds the equity method investment. The updated guidance is effective for the quarter ending March 31, 2014. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Accounting Policies

Investments

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities

        Fixed maturities include bonds, notes and redeemable preferred stocks. Fixed maturities, including instruments subject to securities lending agreements, are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value, with unrealized investment gains and losses, net of income taxes, charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income. Equity securities, which include public common and non-redeemable preferred stocks, are classified as available for sale with changes in fair value, net of income taxes, charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income.

Real Estate Investments

        The Company's real estate investments include warehouses, office buildings and other commercial land and properties that are directly owned. Real estate is recorded on the purchase date at the purchase price, which generally represents fair value, and is supported by internal analysis or external appraisals that use discounted cash flow analyses and other acceptable valuation techniques. Real estate held for investment purposes is subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation.

        Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the expected useful life of the building or 39 years. Real estate held for sale is carried at lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell.

Short-term Securities

        Short-term securities have an original maturity of less than one year and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Other Investments

        Investments in Private Equity Limited Partnerships, Hedge Funds and Real Estate Partnerships

        The Company uses the equity method of accounting for private equity limited partnerships, hedge funds and real estate partnerships. The partnerships and the hedge funds generally report investments on their balance sheet at fair value. The financial statements prepared by the investee are received by the Company on a lag basis, with the lag period generally dependent upon the type of underlying investments. The private equity and real estate partnerships provide financial information quarterly which is generally available to investors, including the Company, within three to six months following the date of the reporting period. The hedge funds provide financial information monthly, which is generally available to investors within one month following the date of the reporting period. The Company regularly requests financial information from the partnerships prior to the receipt of the partnerships' financial statements and records any material information obtained from these requests in its consolidated financial statements.

Other

        Also included in other investments are non-public common and preferred equities, trading securities and derivatives. Non-public common and preferred equities are reported at fair value with changes in fair value, net of income taxes, charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income. Trading securities are marked to market with the change in fair value recognized in net investment income during the current period. The Company sold all of its remaining trading securities during 2013. The Company's derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value, with the changes in fair value reflected in the consolidated statement of income in net realized investment gains (losses). For a further discussion of the derivatives used by the Company, see note 3.

Net Investment Income

        Investment income from fixed maturities is recognized based on the constant effective yield method which includes an adjustment for estimated principal repayments, if any. The effective yield used to determine amortization for fixed maturities subject to prepayment risk (e.g., asset-backed, loan-backed and structured securities) is recalculated and adjusted periodically based upon actual historical and/or projected future cash flows, which are obtained from a widely-accepted securities data provider. The adjustments to the yield for highly rated prepayable fixed maturities are accounted for using the retrospective method. The adjustments to the yield for non-highly rated prepayable fixed maturities are accounted for using the prospective method. Dividends on equity securities (including those with transfer restrictions) are recognized in income when declared. Rental income on real estate is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. See note 3 for further discussion. Investments in private equity limited partnerships, hedge funds, real estate partnerships and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company's share of the investee's earnings or losses in the fund is reported in net investment income. Trading securities were marked to market with the change in fair value recognized in net investment income during the current period. The Company sold all of its remaining trading securities in 2013.

        Accrual of income is suspended on non-securitized fixed maturities that are in default, or on which it is likely that future payments will not be made as scheduled. Interest income on investments in default is recognized only when payments are received. Investments included in the consolidated balance sheet that were not income-producing for the preceding 12 months were not material.

        For fixed maturities where the Company records an other-than-temporary impairment, a determination is made as to the cause of the impairment and whether the Company expects a recovery in the value. For fixed maturities where the Company expects a recovery in value, not necessarily to par, the constant effective yield method is utilized, and the investment is amortized to the expected recovery amount.

Investment Gains and Losses

        Net realized investment gains and losses are included as a component of pretax revenues based upon specific identification of the investments sold on the trade date. Included in net realized investment gains (losses) are other-than-temporary impairment losses on invested assets other than those investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting as described in the "Investment Impairments" section that follows.

Investment Impairments

        The Company conducts a periodic review to identify and evaluate invested assets having other-than-temporary impairments. Some of the factors considered in identifying other-than-temporary impairments include: (1) for fixed maturity investments, whether the Company intends to sell the investment or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment prior to an anticipated recovery in value; (2) for non-fixed maturity investments, the Company's ability and intent to retain the investment for a reasonable period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; (3) the likelihood of the recoverability of principal and interest for fixed maturity securities (i.e., whether there is a credit loss) or cost for equity securities; (4) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost for fixed maturity securities or cost for equity securities; and (5) the financial condition, near-term and long-term prospects for the issuer, including the relevant industry conditions and trends, and implications of rating agency actions and offering prices.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments of Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

        For fixed maturity investments that the Company does not intend to sell or for which it is more likely than not that the Company would not be required to sell before an anticipated recovery in value, the Company separates the credit loss component of the impairment from the amount related to all other factors and reports the credit loss component in net realized investment gains (losses). The impairment related to all other factors is reported in other comprehensive income.

        For equity securities (including public common and non-redeemable preferred stock) and for fixed maturity investments the Company intends to sell or for which it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before an anticipated recovery in value, the full amount of the impairment is included in net realized investment gains (losses).

        Upon recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment, the new cost basis of the investment is the previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in net realized investment gains (losses). The new cost basis is not adjusted for any subsequent recoveries in fair value; however, for fixed maturity investments the difference between the new cost basis and the expected cash flows is accreted on a quarterly basis to net investment income over the remaining expected life of the investment.

Determination of Credit Loss—Fixed Maturities

        The Company determines the credit loss component of fixed maturity investments by utilizing discounted cash flow modeling to determine the present value of the security and comparing the present value with the amortized cost of the security. If the amortized cost is greater than the present value of the expected cash flows, the difference is considered a credit loss and recognized in net realized investment gains (losses).

        For non-structured fixed maturities (U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government and government agencies and authorities, obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions, debt securities issued by foreign governments, and certain corporate debt), the estimate of expected cash flows is determined by projecting a recovery value and a recovery time frame and assessing whether further principal and interest will be received. The determination of recovery value incorporates an issuer valuation assumption utilizing one or a combination of valuation methods as deemed appropriate by the Company. The Company determines the undiscounted recovery value by allocating the estimated value of the issuer to the Company's assessment of the priority of claims. The present value of the cash flows is determined by applying the effective yield of the security at the date of acquisition (or the most recent implied rate used to accrete the security if the implied rate has changed as a result of a previous impairment) and an estimated recovery time frame. Generally, that time frame for securities for which the issuer is in bankruptcy is 12 months. For securities for which the issuer is financially troubled but not in bankruptcy, that time frame is generally 24 months. Included in the present value calculation are expected principal and interest payments; however, for securities for which the issuer is classified as bankrupt or in default, the present value calculation assumes no interest payments and a single recovery amount.

        In estimating the recovery value, significant judgment is involved in the development of assumptions relating to a myriad of factors related to the issuer including, but not limited to, revenue, margin and earnings projections, the likely market or liquidation values of assets, potential additional debt to be incurred pre- or post-bankruptcy/restructuring, the ability to shift existing or new debt to different priority layers, the amount of restructuring/bankruptcy expenses, the size and priority of unfunded pension obligations, litigation or other contingent claims, the treatment of intercompany claims and the likely outcome with respect to inter-creditor conflicts.

        For structured fixed maturity securities (primarily residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities), the Company estimates the present value of the security by projecting future cash flows of the assets underlying the securitization, allocating the flows to the various tranches based on the structure of the securitization and determining the present value of the cash flows using the effective yield of the security at the date of acquisition (or the most recent implied rate used to accrete the security if the implied rate has changed as a result of a previous impairment or changes in expected cash flows). The Company incorporates levels of delinquencies, defaults and severities as well as credit attributes of the remaining assets in the securitization, along with other economic data, to arrive at its best estimate of the parameters applied to the assets underlying the securitization. In order to project cash flows, the following assumptions are applied to the assets underlying the securitization: (1) voluntary prepayment rates, (2) default rates and (3) loss severity. The key assumptions made for the Prime, Alt-A and first-lien Sub-Prime mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2013 were as follows:

(at December 31, 2013)
  Prime   Alt-A   Sub-Prime

Voluntary prepayment rates

  4% - 34%   0% - 15%   1% - 9%

Percentage of remaining pool liquidated due to defaults

  1% - 45%   19% - 69%   23% - 74%

Loss severity

  30% - 60%   50% - 75%   65% - 100%

Real Estate Investments

        On at least an annual basis, the Company obtains independent appraisals for substantially all of its real estate investments. In addition, the carrying value of all real estate investments is reviewed for impairment on a quarterly basis or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The review for impairment considers the valuation from the independent appraisal, when applicable, and incorporates an estimate of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the real estate property. An impairment loss is recognized if the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the real estate property. The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

Other Investments

Investments in Private Equity Limited Partnerships, Hedge Funds and Real Estate Partnerships

        The Company reviews its investments in private equity limited partnerships, hedge funds and real estate partnerships for impairment no less frequently than quarterly and monitors the performance throughout the year through discussions with the managers/general partners. If the Company becomes aware of an impairment of a partnership's investments at the balance sheet date prior to receiving the partnership's financial statements, it will recognize an impairment by recording a reduction in the carrying value of the partnership with a corresponding charge to net investment income.

Changes in Intent to Sell Temporarily Impaired Assets

        The Company may, from time to time, sell invested assets subsequent to the balance sheet date that it did not intend to sell at the balance sheet date. Conversely, the Company may not sell invested assets that it asserted that it intended to sell at the balance sheet date. Such changes in intent are due to events occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date. The types of events that may result in a change in intent include, but are not limited to, significant changes in the economic facts and circumstances related to the invested asset (e.g., a downgrade or upgrade from a rating agency), significant unforeseen changes in liquidity needs, or changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment.

Securities Lending

        The Company has engaged in securities lending activities from which it generates net investment income by lending certain of its investments to other institutions for short periods of time. Borrowers of these securities provide collateral equal to at least 102% of the market value of the loaned securities plus accrued interest. This collateral is held by a third-party custodian, and the Company has the right to access the collateral only in the event that the institution borrowing the Company's securities is in default under the lending agreement. Therefore, the Company does not recognize the receipt of the collateral held by the third-party custodian or the obligation to return the collateral. The loaned securities remain a recorded asset of the Company. The Company accepts only cash as collateral for securities on loan and restricts the manner in which that cash is invested.

Reinsurance Recoverables

        Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the associated claim liability. The Company reports its reinsurance recoverables net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables. The allowance is based upon the Company's ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing, disputes, applicable coverage defenses and other relevant factors. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible, including amounts due from known insolvent reinsurers, are written off against the allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables. Any subsequent collections of amounts previously written off are reported as part of claims and claim adjustment expenses. The Company evaluates and monitors the financial condition of its reinsurers under voluntary reinsurance arrangements to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.

Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Incremental direct costs of acquired new and renewal insurance contracts, consisting of commissions (other than contingent commissions) and premium-related taxes, are capitalized and charged to expense pro rata over the contract periods in which the related premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future income and, if not, are charged to expense. Future investment income attributable to related premiums is taken into account in measuring the recoverability of the carrying value of this asset. All other acquisition expenses are charged to operations as incurred.

Contractholder Receivables and Payables

        Under certain workers' compensation insurance contracts with deductible features, the Company is obligated to pay the claimant for the full amount of the claim. The Company is subsequently reimbursed by the policyholder for the deductible amount. These amounts are included on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheet in contractholder payables and contractholder receivables, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The Company performs a review, on at least an annual basis, of goodwill held by the reporting units which are the Company's three operating and reportable segments: Business Insurance; Financial, Professional & International Insurance; and Personal Insurance. The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units and compares it to their carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying values of the reporting units were to exceed their fair value, the amount of the impairment would be calculated and goodwill adjusted accordingly.

        The Company uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. The discounted cash flow model is an income approach to valuation that is based on a detailed cash flow analysis for deriving a current fair value of reporting units and is representative of the Company's reporting units' current and expected future financial performance. The discount rate assumptions reflect the Company's assessment of the risks inherent in the projected future cash flows and the Company's weighted-average cost of capital, and are compared against available market data for reasonableness.

        Other indefinite-lived intangible assets held by the Company are also reviewed for impairment on at least an annual basis. The classification of the asset as indefinite-lived is reassessed and an impairment is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

        Intangible assets that are deemed to have a finite useful life are amortized over their useful lives. The carrying amount of intangible assets with a finite useful life is regularly reviewed for indicators of impairment in value. Impairment is recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows and is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset.

        As a result of the reviews performed for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company determined that the estimated fair value significantly exceeded the respective carrying value of its reporting units for those years and that goodwill was not impaired. The Company also determined during its reviews for each year that its other indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets were not impaired.

Claims and Claim Adjustment Expense Reserves

        Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves represent estimates for the ultimate cost of unpaid reported and unreported claims incurred and related expenses. The reserves are adjusted regularly based upon experience. Included in the claims and claim adjustment expense reserves in the consolidated balance sheet are certain reserves discounted to the present value of estimated future payments. The liabilities for losses for most long-term disability and annuity claim payments, primarily arising from workers' compensation insurance and workers' compensation excess insurance policies, were discounted using a rate of 5% at both December 31, 2013 and 2012. These discounted reserves totaled $2.21 billion and $2.01 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The Company performs a continuing review of its claims and claim adjustment expense reserves, including its reserving techniques and its reinsurance. The reserves are also reviewed regularly by qualified actuaries employed by the Company. Since the reserves are based on estimates, the ultimate liability may be more or less than such reserves. The effects of changes in such estimated reserves are included in the results of operations in the period in which the estimates are changed. Such changes in estimates could occur in a future period and may be material to the Company's results of operations and financial position in such period.

Other Liabilities

        Included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet is the Company's estimate of its liability for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments. The liability for expected state guaranty fund and other premium-based assessments is recognized as the Company writes or becomes obligated to write or renew the premiums on which the assessments are expected to be based. The liability for loss-based assessments is recognized as the related losses are incurred. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had a liability of $261 million and $297 million, respectively, for guaranty fund and other insurance-related assessments and related recoverables of $14 million and $15 million, respectively. The liability for such assessments and the related recoverables are not discounted for the time value of money. The loss-based assessments are expected to be paid over a period ranging from one year to the life expectancy of certain workers' compensation claimants and the recoveries are expected to occur over the same period of time.

        Also included in other liabilities is an accrual for policyholder dividends. Certain insurance contracts, primarily workers' compensation, are participating whereby dividends are paid to policyholders in accordance with contract provisions. Net written premiums for participating dividend policies were approximately 1%, 2% and 1% of total net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Policyholder dividends are accrued against earnings using best available estimates of amounts to be paid. The liability accrued for policyholder dividends totaled $53 million and $59 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Treasury Stock

        The cost of common stock repurchased by the Company is reported as treasury stock and represents authorized and unissued shares of the Company under the Minnesota Business Corporation Act.

Statutory Accounting Practices

        The Company's U.S. insurance subsidiaries, domiciled principally in the state of Connecticut, prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance departments of the states of domicile. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are those practices that are incorporated directly or by reference in state laws, regulations, and general administrative rules applicable to all insurance enterprises domiciled in a particular state. Permitted statutory accounting practices include practices not prescribed by the domiciliary state, but allowed by the domiciliary state regulatory authority. The impact of any permitted accounting practices on policyholders' surplus of the Company is not material.

        The Company's non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries file financial statements prepared in accordance with the regulatory reporting requirements of their respective local jurisdiction.

Premiums and Unearned Premium Reserves

        Premiums are recognized as revenues pro rata over the policy period. Unearned premium reserves represent the unexpired portion of policy premiums. Accrued retrospective premiums are included in premium balances receivable. Premium balances receivable are reported net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible premium amounts.

        Ceded premiums are charged to income over the applicable term of the various reinsurance contracts with third party reinsurers. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the unexpired portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers and are reported as part of other assets.

Fee Income

        Fee income includes servicing fees from carriers and revenues from large deductible policies and service contracts and is recognized pro rata over the contract or policy periods.

Other Revenues

        Other revenues include revenues from premium installment charges, which are recognized as collected, revenues of noninsurance subsidiaries other than fee income and gains and losses on dispositions of assets and redemption of debt, and other miscellaneous revenues.

Income Taxes

        The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax effects attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement and tax return bases of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax rates and other provisions of the tax law. The effect of a change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period in which such change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company assigns functional currencies to its foreign operations, which are generally the currencies of the local operating environment. Foreign currency amounts are remeasured to the functional currency, and the resulting foreign exchange gains or losses are reflected in earnings. Functional currency amounts are then translated into U.S. dollars. The foreign currency remeasurement and translation are calculated using current exchange rates for items reported in the balance sheets and average exchange rates for items recorded in earnings. The change in unrealized foreign currency translation gain or loss during the year, net of tax, is a component of other comprehensive income.

Share-Based Compensation

        The Company has an employee stock incentive compensation plan that permits grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock, stock units, performance awards and other stock-based or stock-denominated awards with respect to the Company's common stock.

        Compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair value of an award, utilizing the assumptions discussed in note 13. Compensation cost is recognized for financial reporting purposes over the period in which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period). In connection with certain share-based awards, participants are entitled to receive dividends during the vesting period, either in cash or dividend equivalent shares, commensurate with the dividends paid to common shareholders. Dividends and dividend equivalent shares on awards that are expected to vest are recorded in retained earnings. Dividends paid on awards that are not expected to vest as part of the Company's forfeiture estimate are recorded as compensation expense.

Nature of Operations

        The Company is organized into three reportable business segments: Business Insurance; Financial, Professional & International Insurance; and Personal Insurance. These segments reflect the manner in which the Company's businesses are currently managed and represent an aggregation of products and services based on type of customer, how the business is marketed and the manner in which risks are underwritten. The specific business segments are as follows:

Business Insurance

        The Business Insurance segment offers a broad array of property and casualty insurance and insurance-related services to its clients primarily in the United States. Business Insurance is organized into the following six groups, which collectively comprise Business Insurance Core operations:

  • •
    Select Accounts provides small businesses with property and casualty products, including commercial multi-peril, commercial property, general liability, commercial auto and workers' compensation insurance.

    •
    Commercial Accounts provides mid-sized businesses with property and casualty products, including commercial multi-peril, commercial property, general liability, commercial auto and workers' compensation insurance.

    •
    National Accounts provides large companies with casualty products and services, including workers' compensation, general liability and automobile liability, generally utilizing loss-sensitive products, on both a bundled and unbundled basis. National Accounts also includes the Company's commercial residual market business, which primarily offers workers' compensation products and services to the involuntary market.

    •
    Industry-Focused Underwriting.  The following units provide targeted industries with differentiated combinations of insurance coverage, risk management, claims handling and other services:

    •
    Construction serves a broad range of construction businesses, offering guaranteed cost products and loss sensitive programs structured to meet customer needs. Products offered include workers' compensation, general liability and commercial auto coverages, and other risk management solutions.

    •
    Technology serves small to large companies involved in telecommunications, information technology, medical technology and electronics manufacturing, offering a comprehensive portfolio of products and services. Products offered include commercial property, commercial auto, general liability, workers' compensation, internet liability, technology errors and omissions coverages and global companion products.

    •
    Public Sector Services provides insurance products and services to public entities including municipalities, counties, Indian Nation gaming organizations and selected special government districts such as water and sewer utilities. Products offered by this unit typically cover commercial property, commercial auto, general liability, professional liability and workers' compensation exposures.

    •
    Oil & Gas provides specialized property and liability products and services for customers involved in the exploration and production of oil and natural gas, including operators, drilling and well servicing contractors, supply companies and manufacturers that support upstream operations. Products offered include workers' compensation, general liability, commercial auto, commercial property, control of well and other risk management solutions.

    •
    Agribusiness serves small to medium-sized agricultural businesses, including farms, ranches, wineries and related operations. Products offered include property and liability coverages other than workers' compensation.

    •
    Target Risk Underwriting.  The following units serve commercial businesses requiring specialized product underwriting, claims handling and risk management services:

    •
    National Property provides traditional and customized property insurance programs to large and mid-sized customers, including office building owners, manufacturers, municipalities and schools, retailers, and service businesses.

    •
    Inland Marine provides insurance for goods in transit and movable objects for customers such as jewelers, museums, contractors and the transportation industry. Builders' risk insurance is also offered to customers during the construction, renovation or repair of buildings and other structures.

    •
    Ocean Marine serves the marine transportation industry and related services, as well as other businesses involved in international trade. The Company's product offerings in this unit fall under six main coverage categories: marine liability, cargo, hull and machinery, protection and indemnity, pleasure craft, and marine property and liability.

    •
    Excess Casualty serves small to mid-sized commercial businesses, offering mono-line umbrella and excess coverage where the Company typically does not write the primary casualty coverage or where other business units within the Company prefer to access the underwriting expertise and/or limit capacity of the Excess Casualty business unit.

    •
    Boiler & Machinery serves small to large companies, offering comprehensive breakdown coverages for equipment, including property and business interruption coverages. Through the BoilerRe unit, Boiler & Machinery also serves other property and casualty carriers that do not have in-house expertise with reinsurance, underwriting, engineering, claim handling and risk management services for this type of coverage.

    •
    Global Partner Services provides insurance to foreign organizations with property and liability exposures located in the United States (reverse-flow), as part of a global program.

    •
    Specialized Distribution.  The following units market and underwrite their products to customers predominantly through licensed wholesale agents and program managers that manage customers' unique insurance requirements.

    •
    Northland provides insurance coverage for the commercial transportation industry, as well as commercial liability and commercial property policies for small, difficult to place specialty classes of commercial business, primarily on an excess and surplus lines basis.

    •
    National Programs offers tailored property and casualty programs on an admitted basis for customers with common risk characteristics or coverage requirements. Programs available include, but are not limited to, those for entertainment, architects and engineers, equipment rental, golf services and owners of franchised businesses.

        Business Insurance also includes the Special Liability Group (which manages the Company's asbestos and environmental liabilities) and the assumed reinsurance and certain other runoff operations, which collectively are referred to as Business Insurance Other.

Financial, Professional & International Insurance

        The Financial, Professional & International Insurance segment includes surety and financial liability coverages, which primarily use credit-based underwriting processes, as well as property and casualty products that are primarily marketed on a domestic basis in Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland, and on an international basis through Lloyd's. The segment includes the following groups:

  • •
    Bond & Financial Products provides a wide range of customers with bond and insurance products and risk management services. The range of coverages includes performance, payment and commercial surety and fidelity bonds for construction and general commercial enterprises; management liability coverages for losses caused by the actual or alleged negligence or misconduct of directors and officers or employee dishonesty; employment practices liability coverages and fiduciary coverages for public corporations, private companies and not-for-profit organizations; professional liability coverage for actual or alleged errors and omissions committed in the course of professional conduct or practice for a variety of professionals including, among others, lawyers and design professionals; and professional and management liability, property, workers' compensation, auto and general liability and fidelity insurance for financial institutions.

    •
    International, through its operations in Canada, the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland, offers specialized insurance and risk management services to several customer groups, including, among others, those in the technology, public services, and financial and professional services industry sectors. In addition, International markets personal lines and small commercial insurance business in Canada through Dominion, which the Company acquired on November 1, 2013. International, through its Lloyd's syndicate (Syndicate 5000), for which the Company provides 100% of the capital, underwrites through five principal business units—marine, global property, accident & special risks, power & utilities and aviation.

        In addition, the Company owns 49.5% of the common stock of J. Malucelli Participações em Seguros e Resseguros S.A. (JMalucelli), its joint venture in Brazil. JMalucelli is currently the market leader in surety in Brazil based on market share, and commenced writing other property and casualty insurance business in 2012. The Company's investment in JMalucelli is accounted for using the equity method and is included in "other investments" on the consolidated balance sheet.

Personal Insurance

        The Personal Insurance segment writes a broad range of property and casualty insurance covering individuals' personal risks. The primary products of automobile and homeowners insurance are complemented by a broad suite of related coverages.

        Automobile policies provide coverage for liability to others for both bodily injury and property damage, uninsured motorist protection, and for physical damage to an insured's own vehicle from collision, fire, flood, hail and theft. In addition, many states require policies to provide first-party personal injury protection, frequently referred to as no-fault coverage.

        Homeowners policies provide protection against losses to dwellings and contents from a variety of perils (excluding flooding) as well as coverage for personal liability. The Company writes homeowners insurance for dwellings, condominiums and tenants, and rental properties. The Company also writes coverage for boats and yachts and valuable personal items such as jewelry, and also writes coverages for umbrella liability, identity fraud, and weddings and special events.


# 89
Entity Registrant Name TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY FOX, INC.
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Twenty-First Century Fox, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (formerly known as News Corporation) and its subsidiaries (together, “Twenty-First Century Fox” or the “Company”) is a diversified global media and entertainment company, which manages and reports its businesses in five segments: Cable Network Programming, which principally consists of the production and licensing of programming distributed through cable television systems, direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) operators and telecommunication companies primarily in the U.S., Latin America, Europe and Asia; Television, which principally consists of the broadcasting of network programming in the U.S. and the operation of 28 full power broadcast television stations, including 10 duopolies, in the U.S. (of these stations, 18 are affiliated with the Fox Broadcasting Company (“FOX”) and 10 are affiliated with Master Distribution Service, Inc. (“MyNetworkTV”) programming distribution service); Filmed Entertainment, which principally consists of the production and acquisition of live-action and animated motion pictures for distribution and licensing in all formats in all entertainment media worldwide, and the production of original television programming worldwide; Direct Broadcast Satellite Television, which consists of the distribution of programming services via satellite and broadband directly to subscribers in Italy, Germany and Austria; and Other, Corporate and Eliminations, which principally consists of corporate overhead and eliminations and other businesses.


# 90
Entity Registrant Name TYSON FOODS INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Description of Business: Tyson Foods, Inc. (collectively, “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”), founded in 1935 with world headquarters in Springdale, Arkansas, is one of the world's largest producers of chicken, beef, pork and prepared foods that include leading brands such as Tyson®, Jimmy Dean®, Hillshire Farm®, Sara Lee® frozen bakery, Ball Park®, Wright®, Aidells® and State Fair®.

# 91
Entity Registrant Name UNITED PARCEL SERVICE INC
Nature of operations

# 92
Entity Registrant Name UNITED TECHNOLOGIES CORP /DE/
Nature of operations

# 93
Entity Registrant Name UNITEDHEALTH GROUP INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Description of Business
UnitedHealth Group Incorporated (individually and together with its subsidiaries, “UnitedHealth Group” and “the Company”) is a diversified health and well-being company dedicated to helping people live healthier lives and making the health system work better for everyone.
Through the Company’s diversified family of businesses, it leverages core competencies in advanced, enabling technology; health care data, information and intelligence; and clinical care management and coordination to help meet the demands of the health system.

# 94
Entity Registrant Name VALERO ENERGY CORP/TX
Nature of operations

# 95
Entity Registrant Name VERIZON COMMUNICATIONS INC
Nature of operations

# 96
Entity Registrant Name WAL MART STORES INC
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
General
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ("Walmart" or the "Company") operates retail stores in various formats under 71 banners around the world, aggregated into three reportable segments: Walmart U.S., Walmart International and Sam's Club. Walmart is committed to saving people money so they can live better. Walmart earns the trust of its customers every day by providing a broad assortment of quality merchandise and services at everyday low prices ("EDLP"), while fostering a culture that rewards and embraces mutual respect, integrity and diversity. EDLP is the Company's pricing philosophy under which it prices items at a low price every day so its customers trust that its prices will not change under frequent promotional activity.

# 97
Entity Registrant Name WALGREEN CO
Nature of operations us-gaap:BusinessDescriptionAndBasisOfPresentationTextBlock
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include amounts based on management's prudent judgments and estimates. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The Company's 45% proportionate share of earnings in the Alliance Boots GmbH (Alliance Boots) equity method investment is included in consolidated net earnings.  The Company reports its share of equity earnings in Alliance Boots within the operating section in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings because operations of Alliance Boots are integral to Walgreens.  The companies share common board of director members, recognize purchasing synergies through Walgreens Boots Alliance Development GmbH, a 50/50 joint venture, as well as engage in intercompany sales transactions on select front-end merchandise.  Because of the three-month lag and the timing of the closing of this investment, only the ten months of August through May's results of operations are reflected in the equity earnings in Alliance Boots included in the Company's reported net earnings for year ended August 31, 2013 compared to twelve months operating results for June through May in the current fiscal year.

The Company directly owns a 50% interest in Walgreens Boots Alliance Development GmbH and indirectly owns an additional ownership interest through its 45% ownership in Alliance Boots, representing a direct and indirect economic interest of 72.5%. The financial results of the Walgreens Boots Alliance Development GmbH joint venture are fully consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and reported without a lag.  As the joint venture is included within the Company's operating results, Alliance Boots proportionate share of Walgreens Boots Alliance Development GmbH earnings is removed from equity earnings and presented as a component of noncontrolling interests.


# 98
Entity Registrant Name WALT DISNEY CO/
Nature of operations

# 99
Entity Registrant Name WellPoint, Inc.
Nature of operations us-gaap:NatureOfOperations
Organization
References to the terms “we”, “our”, “us”, “WellPoint” or the “Company” used throughout these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements refer to WellPoint, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 35.7 medical members through our affiliated health plans and approximately 67.8 individuals through our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013. We offer a broad spectrum of network-based managed care health benefit plans to large and small employer, individual, Medicaid and senior markets. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service, or POS, plans; traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products. In addition, we provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services. We provide an array of specialty and other insurance products and services such as behavioral health benefit services, dental, vision, life and disability insurance benefits, radiology benefit management, analytics-driven personal health care guidance and long-term care insurance. We also provide services to the Federal Government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP, and various Medicare programs. We also sold contact lenses, eyeglasses and other ocular products through our 1-800 CONTACTS, Inc., or 1-800 CONTACTS, business, which was divested on January 31, 2014.
We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for: Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.) and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, and Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also conduct business through our AMERIGROUP Corporation, or Amerigroup, subsidiary, in Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana, Maryland, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Tennessee, Texas and Washington. Amerigroup also provided services in the state of Ohio through June 30, 2013 and in the state of New Mexico through December 31, 2013. We also serve customers throughout the country as HealthLink, UniCare, and in certain Arizona, California, Nevada, New York and Virginia markets through our CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50 states through our subsidiaries.

# 100
Entity Registrant Name WELLS FARGO & COMPANY/MN
Nature of operations

Valid CSS!